HomeMy WebLinkAbout433 E 8th St Technical - Building
TECHNICAL
if 01----b 1 S
Y '7 3 . ~ <6-\1'\ St-
. 0 ~ mplc (Y\~ C-\t-
~ V ftc ~ p\f7) VW1mJ-
~
~or- R~mcx1v\
:l ~o ~(lj05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
II
I
I
I
I
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
for
433 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, WA
June 1, 2007
lEXPIRES 12/10/ D8
.1
Seattle I
I5fructural
1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 425, Seattle, WA 98101-4019
206-343-3000 phone 206-343-3013 fax
Seattle Structural Project No. P7019
I
I
PROJECT SUMMARY
I
I
The purpose of this project is to upgrade the mechanical system and overall facility to DOH standards.
A new roof above the existing will be constructed to provide a shallow attic space to enclose the HV AC
distribution system. Mechanical units will be mounted on the new roof. The new roof and framing will
mirror the existing and will bear on existing support points. Framing will consist of pre-engineered
trusses, I-joists, short wood framed perimeter stud walls and a combination of post & beam and bearing
walls for the interior supports. Interior post foundations are upgraded where required.
I
II
I
Gravity loads for the new upper roof are carried directly down to the existing exterior walls below and to
the foundation. The interior, the new roof will bear on one of two systems. Where existing bearing walls
are below, a stud wall will carry the loads to the existing wall below and the floor support modified to carry
the new loads to the soil. The other interior gravity system uses beams that post directly to the floor
below that has been modified to take the new loads.
Lateral loads are resisted by the exterior walls and selected interior walls. All new perimeter walls of the
attic space are shear walls. Existing building walls have been checked and are upgraded where required.
Holdowns are noted as added to existing walls where needed. Interior shear walls have been added to
provide additional lateral support where deficiencies were found. Upgrades to existing walls consist of
added nailing, installation of ply:wood sheathing, holdowns, and improved connections to foundations.
I
DESIGN CRITERIA
I
Roof DL (new)
Roof DL (existing)
Roof Snow Load
Floor DL
Floor LL
10 psf
15 psf
25 psf
15 psf
50 psf
I
I
Wind
10 mph Exp B, Kzt = 1.0, Iw = 1.0
I
Seismic
Ss = 1.244
Sl = .524
SDS = .83
SDCD
R=6
IE = 1.0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Project Summary.doc
\:)~leNt
I TJ_Beam@625SeriaINu;~=Busin= 11 7/8" T JI@ 210 @ 24" ole
~:::~ ~~;~eo~:~~:~:o::S~l THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET
I DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND
LOADS LISTED
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 1 Stud wall
2 Stud wall
I
I DESIGN CONTROLS:
I
I
I
I PROJECT INFORMATION:
I
I
Copyright G 2006 by Trus Joist. a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJICIl and TJ-BeamCll are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
III e-I Joist~,Pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
J-
/1 Member Slope: .25M2 Roof Slope.25M2
J
J
I
.,&.
.,&.
1-
~~
I
~
All dimensions are horizontal.
20'
~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member.
Primary Load Group - Roof (psf): 25.0 Live at 125 % duration, 10.0 Dead
Vertical Loads:
Type Class
Point(lbs) Roof(1.25)
Point(lbs) Roof(1.25)
Live Dead Location Application Comment
o 286 2' 3"
o 286 7'
Bearing
Length
5.50"
5.50"
Vertical Reactions (Ibs)
Live/Dead/U pi iftIT otal
500 I 646 I 0 /1146
500 I 326 I 0 I 826
Detail
Other
R1: Blocking 1 Ply 11 7/8" TJI@ 210
R1: Blocking 1 Ply 117/8"TJI@210
-CAUTION: Required bearing length(s) exceed the minimum shown in the TJ Builder's guide for single family residential
applications. Limits: End supports, 3 1/2" . Intermediate supports, 3 1/2" with web stiffeners and 5 1/4" without web
stiffeners.
-See T J SPECIFIER'S I BUILDERS GUIDE for detail(s): R1: Blocking
Maximum Design Control
Shear (Ibs) 1120 1114 2069
Vertical Reaction (Ibs) 1120 1120 1794
Moment (Ft-Lbs) 4572 4572 4525
Live Load Defl (in) 0.588 0.963
Total Load Defl (in) 1.147 1.284
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U240,TL:U180).
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 2' 10" olc unless detailed otherwise.
attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-Design assumes adequate continuous lateral support of the compression edge.
Control
Passed (54%)
Passed (62%)
Passed (101%)
Passed (L/393)
Passed (L/201)
Location
Lt. end Span 1 under Roof loading
Bearing 1 under Roof loading
MID Span 1 under Roof loading
MID Span 1 under Roof loading
MID Span 1 under Roof loading
Proper
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Kevin Bonner
Seattle Structural PS Inc.
1420 Fifth Avenue
Suite 425
Seattle, WA 98101
Phone: (206) 343-3000
~~leNt
I TJ-Beam@625SeriaINU;b~Busincss 11 7/8" TJI@210 2 plies @ 24" ole
User: 2 5/18/2007 3:53:47 PM '
Pagel Engine Version: 6.25.71 THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET
I DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND
LOADS LISTED
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 Stud wall
I 2 Stud wall
I
I
I
I
I PROJECT INFORMATION:
I
I
Copyright G 2006 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJIm and TJ-Beame are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist-,Pro. and TJ-Pro. are trademarks of TrUB Joist.
I
J
/1 Member Slope: .25M 2 Roof Slope.25M 2
J
J
.J,
.J,
.,&.
.,&. ,
L
~~
I
~
All dimensions are horizontal.
20'
~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member.
Primary Load Group - Roof (psf): 25.0 Live at 125 % duration, 10.0 Dead
Vertical Loads:
Type Class
Point(lbs) Roof(1.25) 0
Point(lbs) Roof(1.25) 0
Point(lbs) Roof(1.25) 0
Point(lbs) Roof( 1.25) 0
Live
Location Application Comment
2'
Dead
286
286
286
286
6' 9"
12'
16' 9"
Bearing
Length
5.50"
5.50"
Vertical Reactions (Ibs)
Live/Dead/UpliftlTotal
500 I 809 / 0 /1309
500 / 735 / 0 11235
Detail
Other
R1: Blocking 1 Ply 11 7/8" T JI@ 210
R1: Blocking 1 Ply 11 7/8" TJI@ 210
-CAUTION: Required bearing length(s) exceed the minimum shown in the TJ Builder's guide for single family residential
applications. Limits: End supports, 3 1/2" . Intermediate supports, 3 1/2" with web stiffeners and 5 1/4" without web
stiffeners.
-See TJ SPECIFIER'S / BUILDERS GUIDE for detail(s): R1: Blocking
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Kevin Bonner
Seattle Structural PS Inc.
1420 Fifth Avenue
Suite 425
Seattle, WA 98101
Phone: (206) 343-3000
~")~l~__ 117/S"TJI@210 2 I" @24" I
IT J-Beam@6.25 Serial Number: R pies 0 e
~:::~ ~nlg~eO~:~~:~:~:S~l THIS PRODUCT MEET~ OR EXCEEDS THE SET
I DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION ANrh
LOADS LISTED
I DESIGN CONTROLS:
I
I
III
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I PROJECT INFORMATION:
I
I
Copyright 0 2006 by Trus Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJIs and TJ-Beam~ are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
III e-I Joist~.Pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
~
~
Maximum Design Control
Shear (Ibs) 1283 1277 4138
Vertical Reaction (Ibs) 1283 1283 3588
Moment (Ft-Lbs) 5898 5898 9050
Live Load Defl (in) 0.294 0.963
Total Load Defl (in) 0.756 1,284
-Deflection Criteria: STAN DARD(LL: U240, TL:U180).
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 3' 6" olc unless detailed otherwise.
and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-Design assumes adequate continuous lateral support of the compression edge.
.
Control
Passed (31 %)
Passed (38%)
Passed (65%)
Passed (U786)
Passed (U306)
Location
Lt. end Span 1 under Roof loading
Bearing 1 under Roof loading
MID Span 1 under Roof loading
MID Span 1 under Roof loading
MID Span 1 under Roof loading
Proper attachment
ADDITIONAL NOTES:
-IMPORTANT! The analysis presented is output from software developed by Trus Joist (TJ). TJ warrants the sizing of its
products by this software will be accomplished in accordance with T J product design criteria and code accepted design values.
The specific product application, input design loads, and stated dimensions have been provided by the software user. This
output has not been reviewed by a T J Associate.
-Not all products are readily available. Check with your supplier or TJ technical representative for product availability.
-THIS ANALYSIS FOR TRUS JOIST PRODUCTS ONL Yl PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION VOIDS THIS ANALYSIS.
-Allowable Stress Design methodology was used for Building Code IBC analyzing the T J Distribution product listed above.
-Note: See T J SPECIFIER'S 1 BUILDER'S GUIDES for multiple ply connection.
-(Minimum cut length) = (Overall horizontal length) x 1.000 + 1/4"
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Kevin Bonner
Seattle Structural PS Inc.
1420 Fifth Avenue
Suite 425
Seattle, WA 98101
Phone: (206) 343-3000
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seattle I
ISfructural
PROJECT
PAGE S ..
t1:: 33,.3 k' ~ 4CO{<"
Fb'= /552 ISl 6x ~2 J).(3 6Xtg
/be Isle,. o~ 8 '!.(6
Sf.:: Ib 71A(3
c;,' t:- 5 ~ x I~ 5t; ~ 192,2...
5 (0 ' la)(f74 )1 ~ ~ -
,}; "'Q,S" c::::. (;) 7"
:: .38~(ISc:o)(It<tI/\J<l-)r '
BY
/CDer=-- FkA/'1 {M (!, ~
'DL= IOp.s'F
Lt.. =- 25 fJSF
0"I2t'JEI2. 4ceAiG Gl2tp) 2,7 F120N (J,/ TO c::s
T!2-1!5;::;./S' ;:- ~2S pt.-F ~t-<..J
L gpAN= II'
tV!.. 2. ,
H':; --r:r- :; 7, 91J<
:: '15,3 t!"
Douc.. . FIr< =1i I Fh:: /3 ~D L Fo/J. 6710)
FJ:;'= t3~b(/,'sJ = Ir:iS2pS\
t1 q53 t'l ::' 6( 4:
(jltf.) '" ~p;;,( ,.-- r
/AJ~
L,:-
L./ "
/240 - 0,5
'y
III
5:: ~(DIO~1)C/~~.~.
~B1- (I b co ~All'i.3Ct 3 ItlA4: )
-0"" tl
- ,.::>
G 111(.1) [I) s Au) AI C; c'IUD
T~ If) ==- 36 I - 2 .,
(!.s Ftl-6H L to 2
= /266 PCF .~t.O
~
L-SP4"1= /6'
/1: ~;- 40,S k'
:4ebk"
.w
L SfJIt-N: I f~6 ~
Dour!, F(i2- :{.( 2.
~t-
.-=-
dt.... 24F -I, 8t
F6 to" 2 <<C 00/;) S c'
DATE 5~07
U:iE
b'l<./O S,::: 82.73lN
~~3Cf3J",,4:
-,'
~ O. \
Ocs
~
""-
5PAN 71>0 t.DA./4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seattle I
ISfructural
BY 1<& DATE ,!;-D7
PAGE lo
PROJECT {)Ul'l-IP/(!. )1EDICAL (!eJ7ER-
Alr::1A-I BGAN <0 KEj){ACt {EJ &A.t21)J6~ WALL.
rEf
17<IB =36"2"
DL- =-1'> psr-
::- 54'2. S pLF
::;rPhM ::- I 0' -6 "
{.+: 7, S /I- I ~ 0;0 l< "
6~'O
S i<: 82.1l,),/' [:,/ -:: ISS:~ ps'c
f1cA(J ~ '/28!<-"
,~ I
o{<r..
-----
tli 1'f fO
51''''' 4'l'l11~~ Fh': Cfoo (t.lr-) (1.'2) ::: /2-f2 k. ..
HeAP' 6/. 'H. ,.
I
I
I
III
V) .....
III ..................
i 1 $~ ~.!!i~
::i:
I
I
'C
o
LO LO LO
~~~.,.....,....
~ ~ ~
I
.c
o
I
u
I
o
I
~
.2
<.>
~
III
..
III
-
c:
III
o
i1i
l.l
:s
III
:s
<.>
'it
E
~
o
III
III ..
~~~~e!~
ctJ ............ ........
1-.. ...
.. ....
I
~
i .c > ~1~lw
o LLLLLLLL
0:
I
I
:::::
~
"0
::2
-
(J)
..
0 {l
'l:
III :=3
~ i'ii
r-... "l
tl) <::> 'It
.S CD :!... it '<f.
- ~ x
.!!! ~ E N
tl1 ... III
'"' :t
....
0
.0
'u c Ui II II
III OJ 0 W .r: .r:
g- '0; III ::J ~ c..
III iii l- t:::! ~ III
0 0 0 (f) (f) 0
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
~ III
a. a.
u
ci
III
III
.r: -
u III
.~ ~
*1~~; ~;!~;
...... ..
II II " II
'C
1Il'C
o III Iii
- 0
m= ~
u III 0
"" ~
~ III
1Il- OJ_
>.!!! c.r:
E E 'u .2'
III III
::J ::J fir::
E E
'x 'x 'C III
III III ::J III
::!:::!: U)<3
f
~
-2.
Pi
~
...
v.
.q.:
'1':
0:
~ .l!!
... ~
a..
E I
.2 ::0
II 0 :6
!Xl
.:r C') - ~~
< '0; III '0; '0; 'v
~ .S a. ,S a. a.
.....
E
0 <0 Ol C') LO l!J ": LO ,0'
0 to Ol 'CQ
~ ~ ": .2 <0 0 ,II)
<0 C') N C') '<t
~ <0 ~ 0 .. N 0
~ VI ~ ~
::2
~ Ql <.> .....
~ u '5
.!l2 !:!:: t::
'tl III g Ql
II II II Ql + e- II II II
Q) III I
'l::: .e Q)
0 :g ~ a..
Q. .. ~ t::
g. i'ii .c
u.. .S!
III 'tl III a.
~ x Ql + <0 III Qj
~ - ~ .s l!!
III C N '<t a.
::2 {l III ::!: .Q < ~ Q. -I
E E ~:u E u
~ II 0 -I ~
:=3 0 X 0 _LL 0 u
it i'ii ::!: (f) .e 0 0 ~ u.. ~
'C
C
III
lC!
0
~
g
u
LL
I Qj
u
~
N
, '(i) 'iij ~
'in u 5 5 0
a. LL N
;::.,
'u
LL
C') LO 0; Q:). Qj
'tl '<t <0 ~ Ol Ol 0) U
III .....: u; ~ ~ t-- C') '1'. LL
~ N 0 0 '<t N 0 +'
iti ~
<.> .
::::: 0
..
III N
;:. ?"
..9 N u
III II II II II II II II ~ !:!::
::2 III
~ u
"0 !::.
t:: ~
0 +
Ui [u ~
III ~ 'Ill "F ~
l!! ~ u
, ~ U <0 0
Q. u Iii U III LL 0
LL II
E Qj ::J ~ -t:: II II
0 ~ III U U U ~ III U II III
U U g U U
0 32 u.. LL u.. u.. <{ LL u.. 0 ~
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
..
.!
l:
Gl
(,)
'jij
<.>
:a
Gl
::5
<.>
'50
E
~
o
~
"0
:J
-
CI)
..
a
',=
.!
.!:
tl)
.S
~
~
....
a
~
'0
III
Q.
III
(,)
........ .... .... ....
~ .... .... .... n! ..!
Ci).Vi m~~~~~~g
~""~~~~p;
<i: .....
"
()
II) II) II)
~""':-r:~"I""""
.,....,... .,-
~
.2
<.>
~
(f) .... .... .... .... ....
~ _ ci~ ~< 6~ ~\ 8:
- ,- II), lit Q; 0' 0;
~ ~d:~~:d~
III
f-
~
~ .a > ~I-;;Iw
e 11.11.11.11.
a.
"'-
o
co~
~~
~
'"
~
:J
iii
C'l
'II:
it
E
Gl
J:
"".
x
N
e
01"
,- Ql
en_
Ql III
00
C/)
o
:J
f-
C/)
II
:5
"
~
w
~
C/)
II
.!:
a.
Ql
o
-
:::: en
0- 0-
u
o
en
Ql
.!: -
U Ql
.5 .!
II II
"
Ill"
.9 ~
i\i=
.~ ~
1::: Ql
~~
E E
:::J :::J
E E
'x 'x
III III
:2:2
i\i
~
'0
Ol_
e.!:
'o,!2'
III Ql
vr::
" III
:::J Ql
U)(3
~
II II
"'"
;Ie'
.0.
'-'
..,'
..,
~
.ii
~:
"'-,
~
<:i: .l!!
III
it
E I
g .0
II 0 0
Cll
;::: C') - ~~
a < 'iij III 'iij 'iij .v
,5 0- .S 0- 0-
E
to C') 0 Cl .,... II) .0).
~ ~ 0 a:i ,Cl:),
~ C':! 0 .2 0 ."t'
0 C') 0 .,- ci Ol "<t' '~:i
.. .,...
~ VI ~ ~
::J
~ Qj' 0
.l!! u :s
..!!1 11. c:
'b ~ ;g Q)
II II II + e- II II II
~ OIl .e , Q)
0 ~ .,... a..
Q, ~ c:
g. .a
CI) u... .~
'" 'b OIl
~ x Q) + OIl 0-
Q) i: ~ S N .,... l!! Q;
... <tl "'- 0-
::J ~ Ql :2 .Q < .,- ~ -I
E E ~:o ci u
~ II -I l!::
:J 0 X 0 _11. 0 u
it iii :2 C/) .e u u ~ u... ~
"
e
III
II)~
0
s....
~
'0
11.
Cil
; u
b ~
N
~~ <
'iij , 'iij .iii G'
u .e: .e: ..V
0- Il. ~
u
11.
C') II) .,- ,"", Cil
'b "<t' o::l .,- Ol Ol o::l :'t'--: U
<tl ,...: u; C') C'! l'- Ol '''t. 11.
~ N ci 0 "<t' .,- .~ +'
"iV .. .,-
0 ..... 0
1:: G'
Ql ~
;:.
.2 N u
11.
Ql II II II " II II II < Cil
:J ~
'b u
11.
c: ~ +'
0
'iij Lu .,...
~ ~ ~ 'Ql 'F C':!
'u u 0
U ~ u cq
Q. ~ i\i Ql 11. 0 II
E :::J l!:: .c: II II
~ Ql Ql ~ Ql II Ql
0 U U U U U g u u u
U 32 11. 11. u... u... ~ 11. u... () ~
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seattle I
ISfructural
BY KB
PROJECT
DATE
507
PAGE
[, , K
Fta:>R.- FP4-t1rAf,tJ -(dcYJr, )
CH-tr!K. Le) 4Y-./f @ Ii!
F eoDl<-
l
\
PD/A{-( toArtJ -:- 16 k- NEW {CooF
4,6 k OLD (2CJ:Jl'::
PAfG'TTAL- t.oAb~ 6bOPtF c/- 4-'-~t'
12 fDpl-F "'i~11( - /2.'
i2f'
1~4" ~'
644'
12ISOfh..~
7~{r J
Z-HA =-0 6.2 60,1
Ln:) RB = P'b6 ~qJ-4-")'e-r I ,?f3(7'-B'') ( }aL7/-S") + q.'-1)
<<-
,... ;20f61<(t'_1-~) tOBk (4'-1)
30. "I
Ie i3 c Cf I 77 k .
~Ir ~ ;2't,2~ ("'"
f2A 1
I~'.O~
1~R ~ ).71<
'51:k
J-.1.lJ · f,~S
r;
I .~"S" Ott7
/ ..
\
M ~ :3 7,6 k ::- 4 S'l I... II
1&
5x: 10'2-.4 Ai :3
f~ !> 44CO {JSI
Itb ~ ()i){J .
C' I-lfC/C. 41<14
C flCC k.. SHEA/?- _
:- 2<t,23k./46.3>8/AfL ~ 52.~ f.s[ <. S7SfJst ->E!5.
. -z1, 23 k/
C'Ht(l[c . F~l" ,/62'5pSL ~ 39 I.l/~
U!;f (2) I ~ "x It"!
, ct x 14 ::
P.4:AAUNI"Zs;." ;-1CA/J <(2 J 13, ~B k I ;; 27.2 k I
r=tOOfS'l (1,15) x. I02.4IN~ ':r: 8, 8{~ J
~
36 k'
37,6b'-366:.'
C'
S7,6~'
4,:2 'f., OO€C. S rkt53 Et) -
0(4
~
il
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III
'? ~
_'S'l~
Seattle I
ISfructural
PROJECT OD1NMC!
PAGE
\0
BY /<E
DATE 5-07
\,
I
f\bcw }C.oO(: f~AN rUy
IOp~f Dc
25(J Sf S
-1
,
'I
C>tt!>1200t' F/lrA,/<( (,.{/(j
1 5' pfF D L
-I
6.7k.
!, ~ '
, ').0-
,,\too L~ "'~ >t.\' ,,,~
'7-'" \\7 ,')' ,.", 'I- '2-'
~ I ' \q \~~ I
D iJ C3 ----G- 0 I
(1) @ 'i-.~)
~ ~
J5!- F~ F.tAHtAr4
J<spsF ()(
1:0fJSF- LL
A - C H-ECr.. (c) 4)( /1- @. lji'f Pc cok FlJAH IN C; ..
'PO/lv1' LoAf) ..: 16 k. )J~w 'R.ODf
Ic'-:;," G,65k OLD [2ocx=
.22, 7 k.
UAlIFO;'t1 ItJAf) =- 6GO ptr-,
I. O,b60(/I~9'J~
II .. 9 'l~&) =- . -to 2. 2.7 (ro'- 5 " )
2.
'R.,~ :: .2 4 k'
fA =- 6 , 461<.
--=.,...,..,.--.-..
....::--"".lrI::~~"',.,._:s>'I'
t
"
W
I
t
/I'. "r" -+
:EM A :::-0
~22J71<
6 to PL F
. or--::;'
A 6.
f itA- i R 8
t4. lO'-S"= '3',6'2 k I
=- 380 k "
€ .46/<
-2"P
,& C/JEC't: 4'1. /<{-
.2'3".
0,(''' (02,4 IJJ3., '
fb~ 3 700l:-si ,
I.' \<-
1/ /" 3\,621<- -:jot,':;
IVO ~Oc{), ~
4//- ,,' -' / ':/
,//.<~.....::..::/. .' : ,:'<' ',>:
.c'
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seattle I
ISfructural
PROJECT
PAGE
BY
DATE 5-07
/ $J RcofC..- Fl AI-t IN. G '
15EA/t 5 ufJPDf!2. 7" A ( 0 rUe:; C;A ri) 21 Ftf. 0''1 C' ( 70 c.:s
2.fAC7fOA/ F;l..ON- LeAl /f2Dvt. = 2. cr k -9 UJ'(- 3k.
g /J M1 ot= /-C.Ool2- bevt c -1 ~..
MAl< /1orte.rr: 3I<L"f')/4 =- '5 k I .= 36f:."
/1,,'1 ~ ~ 0, r
[)Ol.tC;. - F I~ # t Fb.: /2.60
T,.e<f ~) 2'f,.6 F~ 1= /O(;)oCf'[~)LI, 3) -::- /4r5 ps[
Sx=- ISd2..6'A.l3
C'APAC!17'1- t-"1 = Fh I $x : :22 bk " )Jo 6t;ol)
Tf( t{ 1- x 6 H/ c: If) co (I ' /5 J ( I, 3):::: 14:1 r;; ps'/
==: x <0 /7. 6 ') /",( ~
1'1;:::, FtJ I tJl(. !:: 3/,6 k" No 6tXl1.
c.'o4IlUxs.
yQ<f
1'ff3 I=D'!:" ICOD( (,/s) (f,s) /4r5 /.osE
/
g-x~ 3O,~G 14~
/1 = 4s,8k:(
Iy. ::: tI/, { /Nf
A:
6!i-
~
3/:.{ 48rY~
48C'7~ IYP'liXllI, / ,tJ4 J ::: = 0,0 4-:
0(<:'
~
wi I-IfJu.s48 Sii1~SCY-l !J4AJ~tt,
I
1
I'
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
Seattle I
ISfructural
PROJECT
PAGE \ 1-
C~b
BY KB DATE 5 -07
pf>(;4.}t <:> 11-.
Fe= /oooPS[ (I,/r;)ccp) '" /lSo{>a (CfJ)=- Fe'*
'FCf :- _0,3 (/600C>CD) := 2658 P5L
( 84A/~)'2.
F C!'Yic:t- '=-' I, 7 cr
C&h=- 2/79 -JC'2'7'1)'L- /~
I,~ ,,6 0,8
F (! ;: q 78 fJ 5t
A :: 30,2..S 1).1'2... ':' 29,6 k
-= Q.f3 S
ofL,
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seattle I u_
!Structural
PROJECT OU(H!J/(! ;4r:lJfCA (. CeJ 7Gtt
PAGE \"3
BY IcB DATE 5~c>7
/' ~c:.vt'--;--~- ( E ) P D S7 .
1/
I
{e) FOOTJ ~'
A DDE{) FooT/Nt,
N
I
I
I
I
I
\ .,
l-----~ ~
I
1
1- II/aiL -f
3'- 6~
'~"""'T._
"
I
I'
I
Il)
J
) " I C)"
-l ---- -
gEC-rloA!
__ (2)-It4s €A .' a
r r
/? EPD'f'Y V'/(ij;)U1
/'"/ W/4If/1tNB-t ~
// I e 12"C;A,
1
e
'-
1. cJ. <::\.
~ ~
M'
Ir
- - - ,- - r
'q
10/:31-, <-
2tk LaAJJ
':2-4~~c:e:opsf=:C /2 sr- /2ioutl&'J.
tJ I '2.5; ~ 5. s-' J 64CI-I j)f/2.fr-rtCJ;J',
foorlNG, CYESIC,A./
2- 'TIc. I< [,-6 < J€. e{-,/{
As.s.UM{; c~ j FoOrl)(~ :::: 2.' ~
{y: 2. (8. /(... J,krX 4)(24-" )
~ 20p5l
ASJ..tHfAl(;., d==- 6" Q Cl~ ('
A$: 56,5'/.::." :; 0,/2./1-1'-
Or tf(6o)C6- !r?-)
LUt16lf t!,c to CD, /2..). ~ t),O[!3"
Q,8Sl2.r-)( .q:t.")
o{e,
---
l'l{
I 3~6~
---f--+----f
'[ r f f f7t IO/i/cc.F
Rt.
I'. 'i"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I:
I
I
I
I
I
I
LATERAL ANALYSIS GENERAL
\~
References
IBC 2003
Procedures
IBC 2003 Linear Static
LATERAL ANALYSIS TO DETERMINE DEMANDS
Code: IBC2003 => ASCE7 -02
Analysis General
Employ a Linear Elastic Static Analysis
Spectral Acceleration
Port angeles, Olympic Medical Center Clinic
(Lat, Alt) = (N48.11, -123.43) from www.geoeode.com
Ss = 1.244 g, S1 = 0.524 9 from USGS map
Site Class D per IBC031615.11
Fa = 1.0, Fv = 1.5
Design spectral response coefficients
SMS = Fa Ss = 1.0' 1.244 = 1.244 g
SM1 = Fv Sl = 1.5.0.524 = 0.786 g
SOS = 1.244 . 2/3 = 0.829 g
SDl = 0.786.2/3 = 0.524 g
Building Classification Category II (Table 1-1)
Seismic Use Group (SUG) I (Table 9.1.3)
. Importance factor
IE = 1.00 (Ta 9.1.4)
Seismic design category D (IBC03 Table 1616.3(1) and (2))
Seismic-foree-resisting systems
IBC03 1617.6 => ASCE7-029.5.2.2
Light-framed walls sheathed with wood structural panels
R = 6, W 0 = 3, Cd = 4
Seismic weight
New Roof
Existing Roof
Wall
12 psf
15 psf
4 psf
Roof area
1970
Others
Total
55' x 77' = 4235 sf
122' x 50' = 6100 sf
10335 sf
Wall length = (121' + 102') x 2 + 9' x 2 + 10' X 3 = 494 ft
Wall area = 494' x 17' /2 = 4199 sf
Seismic weight
Roof weight
Wall weight
Total
10335 sf ' 27 psf = 279 kips
4199 sf, 4 psf = 17 kips
296 kips
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY.doc
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure
IBC2003 1617.4 ~ ASCE 7-02 9.5.5
Equivalent static forces to a linear model
\7
Design Building Period
Building height, hn = 15' (Conservatively)
ASCE7-02 Table 9.5.5.3.2
C1 = 0.02, x = 0.75
Period, T a = Cthn x = 0.02 . (15)^(0.75) = 0.15 sec
Base shear
1=1.0 (TA9.1.4)
Sos = 0.829
SOl = 0.524
Cs = SDS = (0.829) . 1.00/6 = 0.14 <= CONTROLS
R/I
Maximum Cs = ~ = 0.524 . 1.0/ (0.15 . 6) = 0.58
T(R/I)
Minimum Cs = 0.044 Sos I = 0.044 . 0.829 . 1.0 = 0.04
Vu=CsW=0.14W
V = 0.7 Vu = 0.10 W = 0.10' 296 kips = 30 kips
Wind loads:
Basic wind speed = 100 mph
Exposure B
I = 1.0 (Table 6-1, category II)
Method 1 used.
^- = 1.0 (Figure 6-2)
Roof slope = O.
Ps = ^- I Ps30
A
B
C
D
15.9 psf
-8.2 psf
10.5 psf
-4.9 psf
-10 psf controls
-10 psf controls
East wall
a = 0.4 . 17' = 6,8' .
Ps = . 17' /2. ((121' -13.6)' 0.0105 + 13.6' 0.0159) = 12 kips
Seismic controls
V = 30 kips
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY.doc
2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lat/Lon Lookup Output!
Page 1 of 1
\ l.t> '
LOCATION 48.110514 Lat. -123.433111 Long.
The interpolated probabilistic ground motion values, in %g,
at the requested point are:
10%PE in 50 yr 5%PE in 50 yr 2%PE in 50 yr
PGA 27.99 38.08 52.88
0.2 see SA 61. 85 98.01 124.45
0.3 see SA 56.86 88.36 120.40
1.0 see SA 22.54 34.77 52.44
PROJECT INFO: SEISMIC HAZARD: Hazard by LatILon. 1996
9:J>- . i)- 2-..-
http://eqint.cr.usgs.gov/eq-menlcgi-binlfind-ll-interp-06 .cgi
5/14/2007
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III
I
I
I
I
Wall length
NS1
NS2
NS3
NS4
EW1A-1C
EW1D-1F
EW2
EW3
EW4
EW5
Seismic force on walls
NS1
Roof
Wall
Total
NS2
Roof
Wall
Total
NS3
Roof
Wall
Total
NS4
Roof
Wall
Total
EW1A-1C
Roof
Wall
Total
EW1D-1F
New Roof
(E) Roof
Wall
Total
EW2
Roof
Wall
Total
2.5 + 4 . 4 + 14 = 32.5'
19 + 13 + 2 = 34'
24.5'
4 + 4 + 28 = 36'
11 + 8 + 6 = 25'
11 +10.5+10=31.5'
3.5 + 4 + 2 . 3 = 13.5'
11+6=17'
35'
21.5'
\7
(NS2C not included for conservatism)
(29' x 78.4) . 27 psf' 0.1 = 6139 Ib
(71.4' + 52')' (17' /2)' 4 psf. 0.1 = 420 Ib
65591b
(202 plf)
(51' x 78.4') . 27 psf . 0.1 = 10796 Ib
(26' + 51') . (17' /2) . 4 psf . 0.1 = 262 Ib
110581b
(325 plf)
(35 . 21.5 + 21 . 28) . 27 psf . 0.1 = 3387 Ib
(46 + 32)' (17' /2)' 4 psf . 0.1= 2651b
36521b
(149 plf)
(28' 43 + 18.4 . 35.4 + 8.3' 18 + 18 . 34.5) , 27 pst. 0.1 = 7090 Ib
(28 + 122 + 9.5. 2 +21)' (17' /2)' 4 psf. 0.1 = 6461b
77361b
(215 plf)
(55' 39.2) . 27 pst' 0.1 = 5821 Ib
(55 + 39) . (17' /2) . 4 psf . 0.1 = 320 Ib
61411b
(246 plf)
(43.3 . 15.5 + 53 . 43) . 1.2 psf = 3540 Ib
(53 . 20) . 1.5 psf = 1590 Ib
(53 + 59 + 10) . (17' /2) , 0.4 psf = 415 Ib
55451b
(176plf)
(55 ' 39.2) . 27 psf ' 0.1 = 5821 Ib
(55 + 39) . (17"/2) , 4 psf. 0.1 = 320 Ib
6141 Ib
(455 plf)
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY,doc
3
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\g
EW3
New Roof (46.4' 50 + 42. 11)' 12 psf. 0.1 = 33381b
(E) Roof (46.4 . 33 + 42 ' 11) . 15 psf . 0.1 = 2990 Ib
Wall (25' 2)' (17' /2)' 4 psf. 0.1 = 170 Ib
Total 64981b
(382 plf)
EW4
Roof (42' 17)' 27 psf. 0.1 = 19281b
Wall (42 + 17. 2)' (17' /2)' 4 psf. 0.1 = 2581b
Total 21861b
(62 plf)
EW5
(E) Roof (43 . 24 + 54 . 23) . 1.2 psf = 2729 Ib
Wall Olb
Total 27291b
(127 plf)
Total
NS 290051b
EW 29240lb
Wall Hold down
Seismic overturning
L = wall length (ft)
WE = horizontal shear force in plf
PE = wEL = horizontall shear force in Ib
H = wall height (ft)
ME = WE ' L . H = PE . H (Ib-ft)
T E = ME / L = wEH (Ib)
Gravity resisting
L = wall length (ft)
Lt = Tributary length (ft)
Wo = gravity force in plf
Po = Wo . Lt = gravity force in Ib
0.6wo . Lt L2
Co = .- = 0.3wo .Lt (Ib)
L 2L
Hold down force
C or T = Co + T E (U_U tension)
See spread sheet
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY,doc
4
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Shear Wall Hold Down I
NS1A
NS1B, 1C, 10, 1E
NS1F
NS1A-1F
NS2A
NS2B
NS2C
NS3A
NS4A
NS4B
NS4A - 4B
NS4C
EW1A -1C
EW1D
EW1E
EW1F
EW2A
EW2B
EW2C
EW2D
EW2E
EW2A - 2E
EW3A
EW4
EW5A
EW5B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seismic overturning
L = wall length (ft)
WE = horizontal shear force in plf
PE = wEL = horizontall shear force in Ib
H = wall height (ft)
ME = WE . L . H = PE ' H (Ib-ft)
T E = ME I L = wEH (Ib)
Gravity resisting
L = wall length (ft)
Lt = Tributary length (ft)
Wo = gravity force in plf
Po = Wo . Lt = gravity force in Ib
Co = 0.6wo .Lt .~ = O,3wo .Lt (Ib)
L 2L
Hold down force
Cor T = Co + T E ("-" tension)
I I
Seismic overturino
WE H T E
(pit) (ft) (Ib)
Gravity resistinq
Wo Lt CD
(pit) (ft) (I b)
I
C (-T)
CO+TEQ
(Ib)
-202' 2 -404 ,:120;:'.6.5 234 -170
?Qf: ,,".2, ... -404 ". 5.?Q.:..'/:\2.. ".,. 432 28
"402"",",2,'" -404\,t2Q:"", 18 648 244
No pulling force by inspection
. . I. ...... ..... t "
,}f5';~1(}D' -3250"??0',,/ 1.~,~., 1267 -1982.8
325.,. 12> -3900220",.13(':,. 858 -3042
:325','" '2:,'" -650 22010':75 709.5 59.5
.... "1 . r
No pulling force by inspection
I . ..1
215 .2 -430 220' ',16' 1056 626
215 2' . -43022.0."16 1056 626
No pulling force by inspection
No pulling force by inspection
No pulling force by inspection
,11610 -1760' 575 ~..6
17610 -1760..t.85.10.5
176 10 -1760 185 9.6
c:=J
2 -910?.??'
2 -910 575
2 -910 575
2 -910 575
2 -910 575
10 -4550 575
I c:=J
382 10.6 -4049 200
I I
No pulling force by inspection
I I
127 10 -1270 100 9.3
'-
127 10 -1270 100 11,5
f--
f--
f--
f--
f--
f--
f--
f--
f--
t--
I--
-
-
-
-
-
-
f--
l~
f}-lt> 1..-
f)ll) 7..,../
t;Y"
1484 -276.5 /'"
582,8 -1177.3 f;+DG...-
532,8 -1227.2
3.5 ... 603.8 -306.25 ~
4 690 -220
2 345 -565
2 345 -565
1.83 315.7 -594.33
45.33 7819 3269.43
I I
10,6 636 -3413.2 p~v
I
~?5
455
455
455
455
455
279
345
P:\Olympic Medical Center\shear wall OTM
-991
-925
~ pM) . ~1t>l
O' ,ACo ~ (l.I~
L>1"A~ $l~
"1l.}-iZ.M.
F~
;:,- '....
, ~
ie '"
z
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
52'-0'
1"'-2"
o
~
,
N
w
41'-9"
20'-10 1/2'
~
>i
'"
z
EW38 (6')
"'-J 1/2 9'-7'
,
~ ~
,
S
~
::0.
<<
....
[WlF (10') ~
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY.doc
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.-
52'-0.
14'-2"
41'-9"
EW
NEW ROOF
~
o
,
~
EW3A (11')
EW38 (6')
N
~
9'-7'
-
~
...
N
'"
z
::;-
~ ~
E
~
~
107'-110
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY,doc
6
I
I I 'J,'k
I I 5t-O' 14'-2" .fl'-9"
I EW
-
(E) ROOF
'~ "-
I '>;
I [W3A (11')
[W38 (6')
I ;:; t!. 9'-7"
~ ::-
V>
.... z
I ..
... i:1
I "-
,
~ ~
,
I
I
I "-
)!>
I
I e
":;!
.:!-
CD
V>
I z
"-
::c..
, ~
'"
-", z
d [Wlr (10')
<<
I V> [W1A (11') [W18 (8') [WIC (6') EWIO (11') EW1E (105')
z
107'-11"
I
I
Olympic Medical Center Clinic P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY,doc
I Seattle Structural 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1-~,
DL
I il I EQ
!!""! ~,,," .~ ."J1' ~J1' '.~'~J1' ,'-'" ~-'" ,,~ ..n; --..: =
NS3A 0 ~: ,1.",,1 liS NS1F I I I NS1EDm NSlO NS1CCI:I] NS1BCJ::I]S1
S
/1 ,.----, ,.----, 7""~' ,.----, ,----, ~
Ir ./II II
L...jLI f>t LLLJ LU I
I
,. DL r---n
~ "~ DL
~ :: \. (E) ROOF
NS2A NS2B ~ EWSA " ~ EW5B
19',2)'.. 13'-l!Y.. 9'-4Y.. l1'-6J<..
0 0
~ j
711\ 1\ NS4A1 I II ~I II , I ,NS4B ,I' I II 1 II I II I II ~ ~ ~NS4C~ ~
',2)'." 25', rl'.1ol:
"'JlL - 1/
'------0 -===l
~
I
~
~ ~ - ~~ r
-
EW1^ ~ EW~q It I EW1C EWlO rn EW1E ~ ~.~
- .,~ " ' ,~...
~II DL II
r7l _--1 ~ ~ to ]~ I
EW.^ Em^ Ewv
111.7" ==
~1 /" I r l I r l r l r l -
II "
I
Olympic Medical Center Clinic
Seattle Structural
P:\Olympic Medical Center\Olympic Medical Center calc Lateral JKY,doc
B
~
1/ I'\. II II ,.......-
-
- l J L J L J L J ~ / ""
.1 "v.sv v v "L-,O~ L-
v n-.Ii I' 0-,'<' - ~
,,9-,C" 'I "O-,v ~ '.Ii '1.0-,1' VvM3
VlM=I I I 18lM31 o'l I :JlME I I OI:MlI I I 31:M V';;M3
I I I I I
lL 10
~~
~
L..J V
l- I I, I 8~M3 ~
"L',6 ,,9-,0~ "1,9 f ~ "L-,9 - V~M3
0 ::J~M3
,HM3 q 3~M3 0~M3 -
n - U
,L ~ ~ ~
~
~ 1\
~ ~O>SN~ ~ ~ / - V I'\.
.-
.~O~-,g ~ "S{9-,9l 'I "l{Z-,v \ 1'\ V
I I II I I II I 8vSNI I 16 II I II:;:; II I l'tlvS N
I I II I I Ii i I II
----..
1 rr'I
I
..II
-
IF IF
,,7(9-, ~ ~ ~ ,,~v-,6 S{O-,C~ "l{Z-,6~
89M3 ~ 'tI9M3 8lSN 0 VlSN
:lOOCl (3)\ "" '^! g
I .
-1'-
V::J 1~
10
-I' .;. .;.
t 10 ~
V
rn I I I I ~ n h
II/..Pt
I I V
L-.....-...J L----.J L-.....-...J ,,~v-.lL L-.....-...J L-.....-...J
.-
~ ~?~SN~3~SNI 'I ,,0-,9 ,~W6-,i1 ,0-,9 'I
~S~ I I 18~SNL I I l::J~sNI I I I I I :l~SN I I I qblSt-! I I I D 'tICSN
-,r; ,,0-,9 "O-,V ,,0-,9 "O-,V ,,0-,9 "O-,V ,,0-,9 "O-,V ,,0-,9 ,,~ ~-,C~ --
03 I 1~
10
-
- - --
-
- -
-
-
- --
- --
-
-
-
I-
I
I
III
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Seattl~l
ISfructural
PROJECT
PAGE 2.i?
BY
DATE
<; }-J.Q..ArL. w.M 1 f} f'4 ~ \"\0 MJ--
/ 970 ~ IS lJdJ, ~ /5> r4~\-' e,~ -10 c.... ~..- (" - 230 f)f CB-be--J
4 f5 2- 6) oc - f /'Z..5.c..4.1 fJ-J rrc.,
f.J>/ -
l\I
\):: bS~
1
L Q D4~ c-i-7
'1J~ J q-O f H-
../'
fl (V "'\ ~ 01L-
=:1
r-
\
~ov-Z- ~).AJ.5) f~VI::&-. t=A(f- ~._~
p4t }/~ ~ J,4-w.~ \ \
\ \
f./7L
) ~ -fut) <J7.- l,../-V} h. --
Jl' Fe 6)7:5''''''
13' F::= "Tl..(.,S lI=
V-C 3~ f)f
[Sw-9j
SJ'2 ~{J 51f ~ J5,. C. >'2;"" OL"
o f7-.- HFA-~ {}.. 41 b-L. Lf Yo'f6 4'J1:-
SL., J-' 15fDi s" .s...0,
6'i..)I kAa11---
(\ - /-r-'AV- /J P/:A
V = >C) '-..c) ~ b-l () \..:..- t )oX/v
V"to b:S- 0 / 2AJ 'to .5;. f'ff- Q.. (>4se-
~ ()-t-./'
,.--- -
I
il.
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5eatn~1
lSffuctural
PROJECT
BY
DATE
PAGE 2.L7
N>s-
----
U.." 111 fJF
l 99D~ ~) ~ /'
t-1~ -
if 'c Z ) J -I Jf---
/99D<:, wdJ ~
(2 J9~ - L:.. l' -1-4)
\J -::: ) I 7-D ~
L Q ~ ~ >>' ~'-~"2. fJf
(c) G-f------
E:..V0"'1 ;4-}9) C
Il)~ ZQ-6 flf :!::. ~W--b VD rJf
\J6?-17 fU4i 7 >~JNJ-
I % Fdt- ~ ,.g.~ c-IL../'
t5,l..l.l-l D t, F
) l
-T'-- 1,6 rJ-r
Ab.D 57& '}b 0 I C4- O'L- }IF/1-2 @... 4-~.... Ui--
I-
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SeatUgJ
ISfructural
PROJECT
PAGE 2.,
BY
DATE
t1N-Z-,
v -= ~ )41 Tr
L.. a \).:\~ ~ ?5 1
}
1F~ 7-4-6 f)f-
A-~ S} gl-J {Z> f:J J c.A- Drt- HFIJ-8 e. 1- ~)) ZJ"e-.
cW-}A-
- ---
U ::. '3 '22- f If (ll'j ~ 4-,-,()~'"
ADD Sl8"0 D l,(j}- ~ }JffIl-- ~ 3z" OL
~w ->};,- I 7Pu '.1 <::S~-/
oW-t 62- r)-(-- 19;>[)~ ~L./Jj ~~
SW ~~ - ;V"':rt 1 &-n-o...-- fl"JO Fc..J..hiJr-.-
),{)<2-12" o-e.- . ~ Ie- N ~'(,l'J~ i\MJJ~ ~f\-.>\.4 - 4----
I
OM C
fA ..
I
Base unit dimensions - 50HJQ004-007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
84
w w
~~w! ~u'
..J~...JZ
~9~C[ ~
ffilL..i
0" >-
o::zO...JZ..J
w~o..o-o..
x Q:oC:Q..
O>-t!)t-tr~
Q,...J:ZZOtn
0.-0
9~~U~ffi
WlJ) 00< C<:J<
- :I:..JU"lO
U.ffiU~G5o..
fDLn6~U.~~
Nl'1Q...;-....OLO
u:i~=~~~~
Z -< IJ) -< a...c:
o-~- .z-
;:0 .c~vo
u. -< 0 -.
UJ lD - ~ I N
Z ..... 0...... . ......
ZC"'l MlC",,"_
o ......
(.)-N_f'-r1N
o(Q)(.)OWl1..
'" '" 0 0
E * "' '" '"
v 0 0
<D
Z "' "' "' "'
... 5\ ... ...
.. '" '" '"
~ '" '" '" '"
"- , , , ,
N N ;., ;.,
" "' N ~
"' ~ "' "' ;;: ;:
w~
;9
~ <D "' <D "' "'
.... ~ ~ '" '"
~ ~ N N
" 0 ;:;
0 '" "' " "
~g
"
w '" N '" '"
2 <D
" ~ V '" '"
0 ....
u
~ ~ v v ~ ~
~ "' "' " "
~19
i <D 0 ~ 0 0
-' "' "'
~ 0 N 0 0
" U;
0 '" "' " "
~3
"
w
2 <D '" " '" '"
" ~ ~ '" '"
0 ....
u
>~
;i3 '" f+
0-0 g
UW",
W~
~~CO 0 f+
Wo..... '"
>:;;
a:
" " f+
~~~ N
",0 N
!j1w
O~<D g f+
i;j ....
~ '" '" "' ~
-~O V <D
5~~ N N N
OW 0 fi: 0 0
~~<D '" ~ ~
'" -' '" "' <D "'
V ~ !
0
0
~ co ~
~
~
Vi
a
~~
LU",
o:~
"....
W_
~8
"
0"
20
00
Uo
W~
...:>
~ 1-----
"-
o
o
o
"
>
"
W
..
5
~
~S8
~~~
N
lfl
o ~
>
o
o
2'6
~ ""I~~""~
~~i~~ffi
~ffi~~~~
~ >~~ ~u.
~~~
~ ,,'"
, ~~
5~;;:\e
v~
~~
';;
" "
LU < <
0 ~ >-
- ....
~ 8:
U1 :>
<D '"
~ ... !~t
I- ~
I lI(~
(!) ~~ III
cr:
...-
~:e ~-
o~ L{'~
.,
"
fl-;-l:
. :z I'
~ I ~~ I
=rJ cx:~ I'
'" -~
.-tol .e:cr I
~ ~I ~~ I:.
LI~_I:
I ,
/.~
"""
8-
08
I-LU
LLO
LU-
..JU1
"
w
~ u
~ ~!~ ~ z .~ ~~~
o ~ _ ~ oC: um t-cx:%
C)UJ Z U. W oww
~ ~ ~~~~~ ~ O::o.:,~i'ju6 ~~5
t; :J3~n~ g <~~
~ ~ btn_~UJ 5 ~Nn
~ ex: ~~~~~ ~a. =~ ~"""=
~ ~ ~~~~~ 0 ~~ ;~~~
~u"'~ ~ ;~~i~.~ ~~ ~~~~
lJ) wZt- o::~w -lJ) 20 tn
W U(.)UCX:WoC:lX lJ) OO3Z-
~ 0 <lJ)~-::r:::z~ 0 U 0::
i ~ 8 ~O~:b~~ g~ ~~~~
~ :~:~~~e 5~ .~~:~
d ~~~f~~~ ~~~~~~~
~ ~~~~~~~ 8~ffi2~~~
g ~~d~~~~ ~:~:~~~
_ UOJ::-~U.Jl.D --z-::> U
OJ we...J .ZZ-ZVI...J
...J 0 ,zu ,U ':z::>::> ::> .c1.LJ
u_~~_ w co w c~~
,.." LU o::co:::""-z;z::C')zwz.c
~~~~:8~~~~~~w~~~ffi
->~-""~WwLULU~~C~O~~
~~~o~65ffi~~~~~~~~~
!
....
==
'"
z
LU a:: fa
~ ; ; ~
tt ~ -..
"' w
~ ~ ~ ;
I ~ ~~
o S ~ ~
_ N ,.; -ri ~
D
o 'ti Gi ~ en
~~ ~...J
Q.~ g~
::::lLZ ffio...
~; ~~;: ~~ ~~
~ I Zo ~~a~ ~Vi ~~
_::>~o ~~ ~~~~:~ ~f}j
~~~~ ~~ ;::;:::: .o~ u:e
Q.o:-' .. ~o ~
ffi~>-~ :i!tM u~ffi~ t"l~ ,...,cc
~a:go i;:) ~N~O ~~ 6~
~~~~ I.LJ ~: ~~ ~~
:=~t;~ o~ ~8 ~o I.~~
g~;~ ~~ N.Ns.... ~a:'~ ~~
~iu ~a ~:;::..~ ~~~.... ~~
~~ ;;,- I a: .I~
U .~ ~
r::::1
,~
I !~tn
.~~~
I' ~~~
;~~
,~
L:::
~tn
<
,- - -l
" ....
II :c~ ~
1 >-2;: I
'I o:'WCI:
0.0. w
1 :::)0 >
1- ~ - -l
w
~"'
<2
"'-
222
ww<
00.0.
wzow
o '"
U2<
~:CCl)
"""2
<0_
t
'"
,
~
"
8w
0....
~'"
5~
o
W'"
;:~LU
,,<U
~u;
uow
22..J
;~~
j.oz
u .",
w~~
'" -
~"':>
wco
"-~w
00"
2
2 W
020
;:-j
ft.fi3OE
~~~
w~'"
'"
~1I'l:5
::~
~-2
-ow
~u"-
..
....
< 0.
:>
~~
~~ ~
""'
g~ ~
...."
LI..~ to
wo ,
....u
~u.
~o
"'0
:>"
"
"'u
o
u"
o
2
O.
'"
iil.
j<
<"'
~'"
"'<
2....
-u
W"
"'0
~8
"'~
i!?",
-0
~~
,.:
~
~
~
is
'"
<5
<D
,
LU
o
'"
....
...
...,
"'
::::u:;
~~
N
2
g
W
<
'"
15
" 't
0
< U
2 0
" ~
~ '"
~ w
v ~
'....~~
r-v v
I COOt--
o:::;J~
---------
---------
"
W
2
"
o
~-V:U
,,<D
V'l2 U)
, -
. ...
o '"
~-
, -
.",
0-
"U1
<
>-1-
~I
~<.!>
~
O~
..~
oL-
I
cr:
w""
~~
~o.
5\5
'La
-0
o~
,-
"'"
~~
3~
"'<
-
,,<
ow
6'"
"'u
:~
"'....
ow....
o W
002
22<
-<0.
in
~ ~
o <
...,.r:~
:::~I%)
7 ~
. ~
o -
lore
:::::t:
1--
z7
00
cr:
LL
I-
Z
o
cr:
LL
"
o
'"
~
8~
~:
1J1I1I!II1UlIUlillUI 0
O IlilfJl'lililUllfl1
n,U!IIlElUnUl
n~!ltI!ilnll!lI
nIlUiI~IWUUm 0
1i1l11J11f.I!IIlUllfill 0
~
~
8
,0
I
l ~
"'
;;,~ U1
"'0
,- I-
];.,~~~
"'-
N'"
,I !:S
o
"
W
2
8
~..,j
>-<
!:"
i~
"-w
0",
"
l'!15
2
w'"
u~
~~
~<D
~w
""
w~
>",
wo
~fE
--:-l
"'-
:::::~
"''''
v_
,-
o
.;
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Base unit dimensions - 50HJQ008-012
~~ D~
~::;
~-
~~ UJ
~~ >
~~ g
~-
u::e 0
>: ~
>: '"
'"
." ~
z :;
, '"
.... .
"- ;"
>: 0
'"
>: 0
;, ~
z ;;;
, '"
.... ,
"- ;.,
"
"
'"
~
~
~ ~
.... ..
..
0 0
, ..
;" ;"
0
- ~
'" '"
'" ~
'" '"
~ '"
0 '"
.. '"
~ U>
'" '"
~ ..
~ '"
~ v
~ N
0 '"
'" 0
~ i'j
'"
:r
z
,
....
"-
e
;z:~
'"
UJ
:.
0:
~~
o
u
Q
~~
'"
UJ
:.
0:
UJ.,
Z-'
0:
o
U
@
j:~
'"
UJ
:.
0:
UJ.,
~-'
o
u
3
j:~
'"
~
0:
~~
o
u
2:~
~~e
.,.:w
ffiO:~
>~
>
~~~
EUj
0:..,
8 -J
UJ
....
z~~
=>l5
~~~
'"
'" '"
~
~ g
'"
~ Q
0 ~
0
z ~ "
=> ~
,
. m[~~
U> . U
~~ ~ J~
7~ 8 -
0,- ....
tn '--- .....
it: 0
_< 0
I~~tii ~
~ffi~ z:
~.~~
~ltO::I:
'" IM~ffi
; :r~~
UJ ""
~I~
5:tn--
~
~
-'
-'
'"
;;;
>
m
~
~ ~
il!< '" fa
: ; g
;;; ~ ~ :
a:: !: I-
UJ 0 '"
.... '"
i5 t~
u . t;
S 5
'"
is
'"
z
w
ui~
~o
~...: N
- - - 1
I ~ ':
I Z I
: ~~ I:
. cc- I
''''l: ;~ : :1: ~
l::u II I UJ W
I tr I I ~Cl :;
I I lI'Iz :z
- - - It a5z:z lfj
a: r--- ~~~ III
rOJ (,) tl::~
0_ Z,<
1:~~8 w~~: ~8
I -c:o_-en
I !'-:::;
"to I .'
~ I: + 0
_en I . ~
~~~I: ~~
,., ,,-
" 0
"
~:::-------
-'
s ~..
'" U>
0 ",v
0 < :.. 0
0 I-UJ
5 '" t '" m
w u..o
~ UJ_ z
'"
-.JUl 0
U
0:::
<:
UJ irl
Ct: ~
'"
'"
w
U
U
<
'"
W
N
I
('
u
IDa: Lu uw
~ ~ ag : ~ u!ll'~ ~~;
to Z ~w. ~ ~ o~~
a : ~~8~~ g ffi~ ~z~
~ U I-~~~~ ~ ~~ ~-~
o 0 Olll--W ~ .0 .JNU
~ ~ ~~~~~ ~ ~~ ~~~
~ ~;~~~ i ~~ ~~:
o lIl~~Lt. ,0. ~~ 5x~.
~ ~~~~~~~ ~~ 8:~~
u 0:::0 o-~ 00 O::OI-~
=> 00::: 1-< mz Oa:UJ-
~ ~~:~~~~ ~5 ~~o::z
~ ffia~Q.lIl~1Il ~~~g8~~
- _N..c w UJ z=>zm ,
I--a::a:zw:r 0 lIl)-W
~~<~ ~~;~~~~ ~~~~~~~
::I: (.).. a: Ul Ll..::'g
02 ...Jf'II<O 1-1- .1-a:1fI
~ ~~~8-j~z~~~~~~u
~~~~:g~~~S~lli~llii~i
~~~~@~~~~~~~e~~3~
~~wo~oO~OOWWIfI~~I~
,,; ..; ui
si
o ,;4i ....: ci> ui
..
~C(
~II"J ~ ~
-::1:0:; o..~
ffi~~ ~u::
>~~ ~~
,. <~
~~
-'-
L;:e
~~~~ \
0=...... ~
'"
<
~~
J~
NW .
~ ~
~~ ~
z
~
0::: W
.l~ S ~
0= ~z ~
.~~~
il!U
U>
....~
~~
~E
UJ
Cl
-
Ul
'"
;;
~~
~~
~ti:
515
'"
t~
N
,~
_U>
v",
,-
o~
L_____
~; "~-'
o ~~!
i;~
I>>
r:;=jJ)
~~
. ~
~~
"'''
~ ~e
'"
U
"
'"
....
'"
'"
o
"-
I-
Z
o
0:::
u..
~
w
z
~
..
;:;:lR
ill I'!
-,u
o~
~~
8~
~
o
I>>
I>>
0:
o
Ow
o~
....'"
=><
0>
o
UJ:E:
~~w
~:~
UJ <
'-'OUJ
zz-,
<<u
0:
~.o~
~
u ,"'
OUJ
UJ"'O:
>0 -
...."'=>
we>
~:;~
z
z UJ
e~~
.... '-'
"0-
UJw",
u....O:
><<<
UJHO
UJ"''''
~~o
UJ
~=~
;;8~
d
UJ'"
"w
<....
"'<
~~
8=
~!
"'0
~~
o
z
~~
<'"
....'"
"'<
=d
wo:
"'''
>0
~~
'"
~5
sfr
0:
UJ
<=
..
o
'"
"
....
~g
UJ
~~
-'"
~~
-..
",=>
-N
~o
-0
>z
<<
~8
0",
0:0
~u.
~8
u_
W
::i,~
'-'0,
;:.I;:!
O:N",
UJ 0:
> "
w ~
UJ"'",
>00",
~o..
,~ ~
t")!9 -.
lfi= ;ig
o ~~
.. ~~
"l}:
/~i ~
o ~= ~
.l~
..
. >
- "'....
....~ -
:= ~U1
.0...... r;'!::g
o
a:i
85
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
COlli NS
m
"
:I:
)>
z
ARCHITECTURE' PLANNING' INTERIOR DESIGN
710 SECOND AVENUE. SUITE 1400
SEATTLE WASHINGTON' 98104.1710
T. 208 245 2100 F. 208 245 2101 . COLlINSWOERMAN.COM
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street, Port Angeles, WA
PROJECT MANUAL
JUNE 1, 2007
CollinsWoerman Project No. 06004.04
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III
I
I
I
ADDENDUM NUMBER 1,06/01/07
RE:
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 E. 8th Street, Port Angeles, WA 98362-3997
Project No, 06004.04
FROM:
COLLlNSWOERMAN
710 Second Ave., Suite 1400
Seattle, WA 98104
(206) 245.2100
TO: Holders of Bidding Documents:
This Addendum forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated
the 31st day of May 2007 and all prior Addenda, with amendments and additions noted below, and shall be
taken into account when preparing proposals,
Bidders shall indicate receipt of this Addendum and previously issued Addenda on their proposal form.
Holders of Bid Documents registered with the Architect will receive a copy of this Addendum. Each prime
bidder is responsible for distribution of information conveyed by this addendum to it's subidders and
suppliers.
This Addendum consists of 17 pages and attached revised table of contents, Division 1 General
Requirements, Substitution Request form, and Request for information dated AD 1 06/01/07.
CHANGES TO PRIOR ADDENDA
None this Addendum
CHANGES TO BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
None this Addendum
CHANGES TO CONTRACT FORMS OR CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
None this Addendum
CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS
1, ADD the following new specification Sections marked AD1 06/01/07.
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENT, 12 pages,
, SUBSTITUTION REQUEST, 2 pages.
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION, 1 page,
2. TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADD "01 2000 PRICE AND PA YMENT PROCEDURES (Added to TOC to match spec)."
ADD "061760 METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES (Added to TOC to match
spec)." ,
CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS
None this Addendum
END OF ADDENDUM NO, 1
Page 1 of 1
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division Title........................................................................................................ Pages
SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS
001000 INVITATION TO BID ..,..........,....,...........,................,..........,......,...................,........................... 3
002000 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .........,......................,.................,.............................,............... 7
004100 BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM ,..............,.....................,....,..,......,........,..,....,..........,.......,.... 3
- 00 4300 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS....,........,......................,..,..,................,..,..........,............,.............11
005240 AGREEMENT - AlA....,.,...,.,....,.,.....".".,.,.,.,.,.......,..,......,.,..,."..,.,.....,.....,.,.,....,..,.",.,...,.,.....,. 2
006100 BID BOND - AlA ..,................,....,...............................,............,............,..,..........,...................,.. 1
006140 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND ...........,.........................................,.............. 1
007000 GENERAL CONDITIONS - AlA.....................,......................,..................,..,......,..,..,................ 1
008000 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS,....,..,.,.........,...,.,........,.."..,...,.,......,...,..""".,...,.,...,..,.,...... 9
008050 PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS ,.........................,....,.............................,..............,..... 1
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUiREMENTS..................,...........,........ .............,....,..........,.. ........11
01 1000 SUMMARY
01 2000 PRICE AND PA YMENT PROCEDURES (Added to TOC to match spec)
01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 7000 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
017800 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM...,...,.,...,...,......................".....,.....,..........,...,.,.,...,...,.......... 2
REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION FORM ................,.......,......,....,..............,................,.......,1
DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND SITE WORK..,... ............,.................., ......,...3
022000 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03 3000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE. .........,.,.."....,.,.,...,..,.,........,............,............"........."........,.....,., 6
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY (Not Used)
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05 5000 MISCELLANEOUS METALS ,.'.......,.........,.....,., '... ,...........,.,.,.....,.,......,.....,.......,...,.,...,.,.......,.. 2
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS ............,........,..........,....,.........., .................,.............. ........11
06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 1760 METAL-PLA TE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES (Added to TOC to match spec)
062000 FINISH CARPENTRY
064000 CABINETRY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ,......... ..............................., ........12
072000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
075300 EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
079000 JOINT SEALERS
Print date: 6/1/2007
TOC - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division Title ........ ................... ............. .... .... ...... ............... ..... ..... ..... ............ ..... ... Pages
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS ....,..............,............,......,...... ..,........,........,........,.. ....,....,3
081000 METAL FRAMES .
08 2000 WOOD DOORS
08 7000 DOOR HARDWARE
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES ........,.......'........"....,....................,..........,..,....,... ......,..........,..,..,........ ..,..,....6
092100 GYPSUM BOARD
095100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
096500 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE
099100 PAINTING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES (Not Used)
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (Not Used)
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Used)
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15010 GENERAL, MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS ,........................,......................,........,....,......,....8
15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS,....,........,.....................,........,........,........ 7
15060 PIPE, VALVES, AND FITTINGS .......................,....,....,..,..,......,......,.......,.. ....,.........., ......,...... ,.. 9
15075 MECHAN ICAL I DENTI FICA TION ......,...,.,...,.,.,.,.,....,.,.,.,...,.,..,.',..,.....,..,..,......,....,.,.,."......,..... 2
15140 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES ....,....,................................,.......,.....................,....,....2
15250 MECHAN ICAL INSULATION...".,.....,..,......,.,.,.,.,....,.,...,.....,.,..,...,.,.,."......,....,..,.....,..,..,.,......,. 6
15400 PLUMBING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS ..........,..........................................,......,......5
157 41 HEAT PUMP INSTALLATION............,.., ....,... ....'............,..........,....'....,..,....,........................,.... 3
15860 EXHAUST FANS,.,.,.,....,.,...,...,..,.".,..,...,...,.,.,.,.".,.,..,....., ...,.,........,...,..,.,..",....,.....,...,....,......,.1
15890 DUCTWORK ..,., ,......,....,......,.,.."......,..,., ,.,." ,.'.,.,.", ,.,.,.,.,....., ..........,.......,., ......,...,... ,.,... "........ 5
15920 AIR TERMINALS, GRILLES, REGISTERS, & DIFFUSERS.............,..,...................,..............,..2
15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING ......,...., ,................,.......... ...... ,..,....,.,........,....,........,...... 5
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16000 ELECTRiCAL.,..,.,.,.",..".,..",.,..",.,...".".,.,.,.....,..,.,...,.,....,.,..... ,...,.,..."......,.".,.,...'..",.,..., .,...'.. 5
16110 ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS, WIRING AND DEVICES ......,..,..............,..,..............,..,..,...,....,....4
16140 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS, PANELBOARDS AND SERVICE EQUIPMENT ..,............,....2
16420 SERVICE EQUiPMENT,.,....."...,.".,...,..,.,.,.,.,.,.......",.,..."..,.....,.,.,............,.,..,."...,..,.,........,.... 2
16425 SWiTCHBOARDS.",..,.",.",.,.,......,...,...,....",.,....,....,.,.,. ......,.....,.,..,...,.,.....,......,...".,.,."..',...".. 4
16500 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING"...,...,.....,......,.,...,.,.,..",.,.....,....",.......,.,.,...""..,........,...,.,....,.,.,.....,., 2
16700 NURSE CALL SySTEM,....,.,....,.,....,.,...,...,.,.,...,.,..,.,.,.,.......,....,...",.,....,..,....,.,...,.,...,.".,.".,.,.. 1
END OF TOC
Print date: 6/1/2007
Toe - 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000 - SUMMARY
A. PROJECT
1. Project Name: 433 East 8th Street, Port Angeles, WA
2, Owner's Name: Olympic Medical Center.
3. Architect's Name: CollinsWoerman, Seattle, WA
4. The Project consists of up-grading the existing outpatient clinic in order to meet Washington
State Department of Health's requirements for a hospital based outpatient clinic, Project work
consists of partial demolition of interior space, roofing, and HVAC system, and construction of
interstitial space, new roof, and new HV AC system.
B. Particular Project Requirements:
1. Existing site conditions and restrictions: None.
2, Requirements for completion date: within 24 weeks of notice to Proceed
3, Hazardous Material: Should hazardous material or asbestos be encountered, Contractor shall
notify the Owner immediately,
4. Owner-purchased, Vendor-installed items: Contractor to provide a schedule indicating when the
facility will be ready to accept the delivery and installation of equipment. All vendor pre-
installation checklists, if available, shall be completed prior to delivery and installation of
equipment.
5, Owner-purchased, Contractor-installed items: Contractor to provide a schedule, based on the
equipment noted in the drawings, of when FOIC items will be required on-site for installation in
accordance with the Contractor's schedule to complete the work,
6. Contractor's use of existing facilities:
a. Construction operations: Limited to areas shown.
b, Provide access to and from site as required by law and Owner.
c. Allow for emergency access to and from site,
7. Time restrictions: Work preformed within the clinic interior First Floor space shall be performed
on weekdays between the hours of 5:00pm and 7:00 am, and on weekends, The start and stop
time for shift work is to be determined. Weekend work requires Owner approval.
a. Work performed either outside or in the Basement provided that work does not interfere with
clinic operations, may be performed during normal working hours.
8, Utility Outages: Owner to be notified 48 hours in advance, in writing, of any building system or
utility shut down prior to commencement of the shut down. No shut down shall be performed
without express written approval of the Owner.
9, Scope of separate prime contracts: All subcontractors to provide and install a complete and
operational system, tied into the building systems as appropriate for control, maintenance and
daily operation.
10. Comply with the Owner's Infection Control Protocol.
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
C. General:
1, In remodel work, meet Building Standard (B/S) if not specified,
2, The Contractor is responsible for safety in work areas according to applicable safety codes,
Perform all work to meet requirements of applicable codes, ordinances, laws, regulations, safety
orders, and directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work.
3, Work shall conform to all applicable building codes and ordinances.
4, All construction shall be stabilized against lateral movement in accordance with authorities
having jurisdiction, structural and earthquake requirements,
01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Schedule of Values
1. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor
Agreement.
2. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number
and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization,
3. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.
B. Application for Progress Payments
1. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
2, Present required information on electronic media printout.
3, Form: AlA G702-3 or Contractor's electronic media driven form including continuation sheets
when required.
4, Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
5, Submit three copies of each Application for Payment.
6, Application for Final Payment will not be considered until all closeout procedures specified in
Section 01 7000 are completed.
C. Modification Procedures
1. ASI - Architect's supplemental Instructions" Minor changes in the Work not involving an
adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time. AlA Form G710.
2, CCD - Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a document, signed by Owner,
instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a
Change Order.
3. Proposal Request: Architect may issue a proposed change that affects Contract Time and or
Contract price, Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 days,
4, Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect; describe its
full effect on the Work, reason for the change, any change in Contract Sum and Contract Time
Provide substantiation including any substitutions, Submit substitutions per Section 01 6000,
5. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.
6, Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders on AlA G701.
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
D. Alternates Procedures:
1. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work
of the alternate into Project.
2, Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing,
of the status of each alternate,
3. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
4. List Alternates for project:
a, Alternate Bid NO.1: Tear off remaining rubber roof as identified on drawings, including
exterior insulation down to existing sheathing.
01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Project Meetings:
1, Pre-Construction Conference: Attendance by Owner, Architect, Engineers, Contractor, major
subcontractors, and suppliers,
2. Progress Meetings: Every other week; attendance by Owner, Architect, Engineers, Contractor,
applicable subcontractors, and suppliers as applicable,
B. Project Management and Coordination:
1. Schedule: Prepare a Bar-Chart critical path project schedule prior to starting construction and
distribute at initial project meeting.
a, Up-date project chart and distribute it at progress meetings,
C. Submittal Procedures:
1, See Sections 01 4000, 01 6000, 01 7000, and product specifications for submittals required.
2. Submittals for Review:
a. Product Data: 4 copies.
b. Shop Drawings: Original plus 5 copies of shop drawings, three copies of product data and
warranties, two representative units of samples, and one set each month of digital
photographs minimum resolution 300 dpi.
c, Shop Drawings required for DOH approval: Once electrical, mechanical, fire alarm, fire
sprinkler and nurse call shop drawings are approved, provide three clean conformed sets to
the Architect for submission to the Department of Health,
d. Samples: 2 representative units,
e. Design data: 3 copies. Submit test reports, engineer certification and signature,
f. Certificates: 2 copies.
g. Warranties: 3 copies.
h, Operation Data: 2 copies,
3. Record Documents: Record drawings, record specifications, and operation and maintenance (0
& M) manuals,
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 3
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
4, Preparing Submittals:
a, Submit related information together or in appropriate sequence; submit all information
required for an individual review together.
b. If verification of field conditions is required, do not submit until verified.
c, Do not make requests for deviations from contract documents via shop drawings, product
data, or samples; deviations will not be valid unless specifically approved under specified
modification procedures. Submittals with unapproved deviations will be returned without
review and/or rejected,
d. Coordinate with other submittals and with construction schedule.
e. For submittals for review, allow minimum of 10 business days for review, excluding transit
time.
f. Use a standard transmittal form; identify project, entities involved, and relevant contract
document drawing, detail, or specification,
g. Number each initial submittal with sequential number; number resubm!ssions with original
number plus sequential alphabetic suffix,
h, Manufacturers' Standard Printed Data: Cross out inapplicable data or otherwise annotate to
show applicable products, options, models, etc.
i. Clearly mark changes from previous submissions.
j, Provide space for review/approval stamps,
k, Incomplete submittals or unreviewed submittals will be returned without review
5, Processing Time: Allow enough realistic time for submittal review for each Section, including
time for resubmittals, as follows commencing on Architect's receipt of submittal:
a, Initial Review: Allow 10 working days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.
b. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants,
Owner, or other parties is required, allow 15 working days for initial review of each submittal.
c, Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals
may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to
Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor.
d. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
e, Allow 10 working days for processing each resubmittal.
f, No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing,
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
III
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Reference Standards: Where products or workmanship is specified by reference to a document not
included in the contract documents, comply with the requirements of the document, except where
more stringent requirements are specified.
B. Quality Assurance:
1, Substantiation Data: During Preliminary Design and Design Development, submit for review;
when required during Construction, submit for information.
C. Quality Control:
1. Certificates: Where specified or required by code, certify in writing that work complies with code
and with contract documents.
2. Field Testing and Inspection: Perform all testing, observation, and inspection required by code
and as specified.
a, ,Exception: Tests and inspections indicated to be performed by Owner's commissioning
agent or other independent agency.
b, Reports: Make written report of each test/inspection; include complete details of
conditions, methods, and results.
D. Submittals Required:
1. Design Data: For each assembly specified to be designed or engineered by manufacturer or
fabricator, submit calculations or test reports showing compliance with design criteria; or, for
engineering design, submit certification by licensed professional engineer; or as specified;
submit for review.
2. Reports: On each factory and field test, inspection, or other procedure specified; submit for
information.
E. Special Inspections:
1. The Contractor is responsible for all special inspections required by the documents and by the
current (2003) IBC.
01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
A. Temporary Utilities: Provide and pay for all temporary utilities, heating, ventilation, and lighting
required for construction purposes.
B. Construction Facilities: Provide all facilities required for construction purposes, except as follows:
1, Sanitary Facilities: Use of the existing toilet rooms is denied.
2, Telephone Service: On-site telephone, email and fax machine shall be provided. Existing
building power and telephone is available for Contractor use for the duration of the project.
3, Field Offices: By Contractor for use of subcontractors and Owner.
a, Office construction shall be weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, and heating,
cooling and ventilating equipment.
b. Furnishings: Sturdy furniture for 6 people, drawing display table, drawing rack, and
bookshelving.
c. Phone, fax, and computer service.
d. Coordinate location with Owner.
C. Temporary Construction: Provide all temporary construction required for construction purposes.
D. Construction Aids: Provide all tools, cranes, lifts, etc., required for construction purposes,
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
E. Infection Control: Follow Owner's Infection Control requirements.
F. Vehicular Access and Parking: Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks,
access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles.
1. Provided or arrange for temporary parking for construction personnel. Use of on-site parking is
prohibited for construction worker or employee parking, except between the hours of 5:00pm
and 7:00am, and on weekends,
G. Temporary Barriers and Enclosures: Provide all barriers and enclosures required for construction
purposes,
H. Temporary Controls: Provide all controls required for construction purposes,
I. Signs: No signs allowed on site without Owner's permission except those required by law.
J. Removal of Temporary Facilities, Utilities, and Controls: Prior to Substantial Completion,
remove, clean up, restore existing facilities used to original condition, restore permanent facilities
used to specified condition, and repair damage.
01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Basic Product Requirements:
1, Use only new products and materials on project unless specially noted for a particular material.
2, Salvage: Do not use materials or equipment removed from existing premises, unless
specifically allowed or required.
3, Multiple Instances of Same Item: Use the same brand name product for each instance of the
same item.
4. Warranties: Provide all warranties offered by manufacturers and as specified.
B. Product Options:
1, Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting
those standards or description.
2, Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the
manufacturers named and meeting other requirements of specifications; substitutions are
allowed unless specifically indicated.
3, Where Substitutions are Allowed and Manufacturers or Brands are Named: Submit request for
substitution for any manufacturer or product not named.
a, Submit substitution request prior to submitting shop drawings or furnishing material to site.
b, The burden of proof is on the proposer; substitutions will not be considered if they are
indicated or implied only on shop drawings or other submittals,
c. Substitution Consideration Period: Within 30 days after contract award,
C. Owner-Furnished Products: Receive and unload at site; inspect for completeness or damage;
store, install, and finish; repair or replace items damaged after delivery.
1, Owner will arrange for and deliver shop drawings and other submittals,
D. Product Submittals Required:
1. Design Data: For each assembly specified to be designed or engineered by manufacturer or
fabricator, submit calculations or test reports showing compliance with design criteria; or, for
engineering design, submit certification by licensed professional engineer; or as specified;
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1---.-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
submit for review.
2, Shop Drawings: As required.
3, Product Data: On each product specified; include manufacturer's catalog data showing
compliance and installation instructions.
4. Samples: For each product for which color, pattern, texture, or other optional characteristics
must be selected and are not specified.
5. Warranties: Submit specimen warranty for review; submit actual warranty at project closeout.
E. Product Delivery Requirements: Transport and handle in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions; inspect promptly upon delivery; handle by methods that prevent soiling and damage.
Seal ductwork during transport to prevent comtamination,
F. Product Storage and Handling Requirements: Store and protect in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, with packaging, seals, and labels intact; store in manner required to
prevent damage,
01 7000 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Examination:
1. Before starting work, verify that substrates are ready for and capable of supporting subsequent
work.
2. Verify that utility characteristics of equipment are compatible with utilities installed.
3. Verify that field dimensions that would affect installation are as required,
B. Preparation:
1. Conduct preinstallation meetings to familiarize installers and others affected with procedures for
installation and protection after installation,
2. Layout work precisely, for accurate location, lines, and levels,
3, Before starting work, prepare substrates and surfaces by cleaning and patching, as required,
and as recommended by manufacturer of product to be installed,
4, Remove debris from areas of installation.
5. Before starting finishing work, broom and vacuum clean interior spaces and continue cleaning
as required to eliminate dust.
C. Execution:
1. Install products in manner specified and as required or recommended by manufacturer; if
manufacturer's instructions conflict with contract documents, request clarification before
proceeding.
2. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality, except where more stringent tolerances or
other specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship,
3. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce specified quality.
4. Install products level, straight, plumb, and in correct location, within tolerances specified, if any.
5, Provide smooth, even transitions from existing to new construction,
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 7
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
6, Install fixtures and fittings plumb and level and nicely aligned with each other and with finish
materials,
7. Where one product covers another, install so covered product is completely concealed,
8, Where a product covers an opening, install so opening is completely covered,
9, Install sequential work in proper order; fit subsequent work to previous work neatly.
10. Where subsequent work alters previous work, replace and refinish previous work to correct
condition.
11, Do not permanently enclose waste materials, debris, or rubbish in finished work,
12, In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction, unless otherwise
indicated,
13. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand
reasonably anticipatable loads, stresses, vibration, and distortion,
14, Provide access panels in size, type, and location required for access to controls, dampers,
drains.
15, Seal of all ducts, louvers, vents, openings or ceiling spaces between construction area and
remainder of existing buildings to prevent dust, dirt, contamination or debris from entering
remainder of building,
16. Suppress all dust and dirt. Prevent the occurrence of unsanitary conditions, flooring nor leaking.
17, Do not allow dirt, debris or discarded materials to accumulate on site. Remove promptly each
day.
18, Obtain written confirmation from Owner that services to be abandoned, removed or cut have
been properly and safely shut off, capped or sealed,
19, Infection Control: Follow Owner's Infection Control requirements,
D. Sequencing and Scheduling:
1, Schedule Work and sequence of operations in cooperation with the Owner to provide minimum
interference with Owner's partial operations, Proceed with Work in strict accordance with the
agreed upon and approved schedule,
E. Protection:
1. Protect remaining finishes, equipment and adjacent work from damage caused by cutting,
moving, removal and patching operations, Protect surfaces which will remain a part of the
finished Work,
2. Protect existing and new work from weather during cutting, moving, removal and construction,
Provide weather protection and other facilities and protection as needed to prevent damage to
new Work and to remaining old work.
F. Penetrating Items:
1. Cut holes in previous and existing work as required to fit, unless otherwise indicated,
2. Conceal holes in finished work; use escutcheons unless otherwise indicated,
3. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Seal openings around penetrations as specified in 07 8400.
4. Sound-Rated Assemblies: Pack openings around penetrations with noncombustible material.
5, Other Assemblies: Make airtight seal around openings.
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 8
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
6. If openings have been made too large, patch with matching materials to original condition
before sealing or covering.
G. Remodeling Existing Work:
1. Where new work abuts existing work, align new work, with smooth and even transition.
2, Where existing finished work is cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible,
terminate existing work along a straight line at a natural division.
3, Where existing work is to be refinished, finish as specified all visible surfaces in space, unless
otherwise indicated.
4. Where walls or partitions are removed to combine adjacent spaces, refinish walls, ceilings, and
floors in at least one of the spaces for similar appearance; if a smooth, in-plane transition
between surfaces is not possible, obtain instructions on proceeding.
5. Trim existing wood doors as necessary to clear new floor finish.
H. Cutting and Patching:
1, Cut new and existing work as little as possible, using appropriate tools that do as little damage
as possible; obtain expert assistance for materials sensitive to damage.
2. Structural Work: Obtain approval prior to cutting.
3. Patch new work after cutting, to specified condition using specified materials; patch existing
work to original or matching condition.
4. Finish Surfaces: Match adjacent finish without visible differences; if matching is not possible,
refinish entire unit or continuous surface to nearest natural intersection or break, using the same
finish.
I. Transitions:
1, Where new Work abuts or finishes flush with existing work, make the transition as smooth and
workmanlike as possible, Match patched Work to existing in texture and appearance so as to
make the patch or transition invisible to the eye at a distance of 3 feet.
2, Where concrete, drywall, wood, metal or other finished surface is cut in such a way that a
smooth transition with new Work is not possible, terminate the existing surface in a neat fashion
along a straight line at a natural line of division and provide trim appropriate to the finished
surfaces.
3. In cases of extreme change of level (1-1/2 inch or more) obtain instructions from the Architect
as to method of making transition. Employ either stepping, ramping, sloping or change or
transition, or a combination of these, as directed in each case by the Architect.
J. Matching:
1, Restore existing work that is damaged during construction to a condition equal to its condition at
the time of the start of the Work.
2. At locations in existing areas where partitions are removed, patch the floors, walls and ceilings
with finish materials to match adjacent finishes,
K. Selective Demolition: See Drawings for extent of removal required,
1, Cut portions to be removed neatly; make holes as small as possible; cut flat surfaces on straight
lines.
2. Do not endanger structural members by cutting.
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 9
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
3. Asbestos and Asbestos-Containing Materials: After Owner approval, remove completely, using
procedures complying with 29 CFR 1926.1101 and state and local regulations,
4. Lead-Based Paint: After Owner approval, remove completely before recoating, using
procedures complying with 29 CFR 1926,62 and state and local regulations,
L. Repair
1, Repair all Work damaged in the course of alterations, except at areas accepted otherwise by
the Architect for other remedial action,
2, Where full removal of extensive amounts of almost suitable work would be needed to replace
damaged portions, then filling, straightening, spackling and similar repair techniques, followed
by full painting or other finishing, may be permitted by the Architect.
3, If the repaired Work is not brought up to the standard for new Work, the Architect will direct that
it be cut out and replaced with new Work.
M. Cleaning:
1. Remove temporary labels, stains, and spots.
2, During construction, keep all project areas and site free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.
3, Spillage, overspray, collections of dust, debris or building materials and damage to Owner-
occupied spaces shall be cleaned, removed or remedied immediately to the Architect's
satisfaction,
4, As soon as Work in area of the alterations is completed, clean up all surfaces, remove
construction equipment, dirt, debris and surplus material, and turn over in condition suitable for
use by the Owner as quickly as possible,
5, Place waste materials, debris, and rubbish in containers provided every day,
6. Contractor shall remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from project site periodically.
7, Final Cleaning: (To be completed prior to Owner's occupancy)
a. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view and equipment.
b, Polish transparent and glossy surfaces.
c, Vacuum clean carpet and other soft surfaces; broom clean other floors,
d, Clean equipment, clean filters, and clean strainers.
e, Clean light bulbs and lamps,
N. Starting Equipment and Systems:
1. Before starting, verify that:
a, Equipment or system has been properly installed, lubricated, and adjusted, eliminating
conditions that might cause damage.
b. Proper utility connections have been made correctly.
c, Electrical characteristics, meter readings, and test results agree with those required by the
equipment or system manufacturer,
2. Execute start-up in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, under supervision of
appropriate Contractor personnel.
a, Where specified or appropriate, require presence and supervision of manufacturer's
representative,
b. Operate for sufficient time to show proper functioning; test and adjust for proper operation,
c. Submit written report of start-up.
O. Commissioning: As specified for specific products and systems,
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 10
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. Products, Including Equipment:
a. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, marked to clearly identify products actually used and data
applicable to actual installation,
b, Complete operation, adjustment, shut-down, troubleshooting, cleaning, preventative
maintenance, inspection, and repair instructions and precautions, prepared especially for
project if necessary, incorporating manufacturer's recommendations and diagrams,
c. Original manufacturer's replaceable parts list, with current prices, and recommended
quantities to be kept in storage,
d. Name and source of recommended tools, lubricants, and supplies,
2. Operating Equipment, Assemblies, and Systems: Prepare project-specific data, including:
a. Functional description, normal operating characteristics, limiting conditions,
b. System design parameters, flow diagrams, one-line diagrams, and other data prepared
during design that shows how systems are intended to operate,
c, Sequence of operation, including but not limited to controls.
d. Commissioning data showing as-adjusted characteristics.
e. As-installed wiring and control diagrams,
f. Valve charts, with location and function of each valve, indexed to functional diagrams.
g, Coordination drawings prepared during construction,
B. Warranties: Execute in duplicate, notarize, and mark with applicable specification number.
C. Spare Parts and Extra Materials: As specified for specific products,
D. Maintenance Supplies and Tools: As specified for specific products,
END OF DIVISION
Print Date: 06/01/07
DIVISION 1 - 11
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004,04
Print Date: 06/01/07
June 1, 2007
AD 1 06/01/07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
(Blank Page)
"
DIVISION 1 - 12
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I ~
Advancement AD 1 06/01/07
I of Construction
Technology REQUEST FOR
INTERPRETATION
I Project: R,F.I. Number:
I From:
To: Date:
I AlE Project Number:
Re: Contract For:
I Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail:
1 Request:
I
I
I Signed by: Date:
I Response:
I
I
I
I D Attachments
Response From: To: Date Rec'd: Date Ret'd:
I
Signed by: Date:
I Copies: DOwner o Consultants 0 0 0 0 o File
I Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page 1 of I July 1994
60 I Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-1791 CSI Form 13,2A
I
(Blank Page)
I
I
- I
I
. I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
Advancement
of Construction
Technology
AD 1 06/01/07
SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST
Project:
Substitution Request Number:
From:
To:
Date:
AlE Project Number:
Re:
Contract For:
Specification Title:
Description:
Section:
Page:
Artic1e/Paragraph:
Proposed Substitution:
Manufacturer:
Address:
Phone:
Trade Name:
Model No.:
Installer:
Address:
Phone:
History: 0 New product 0 2-5 years old 05-10 yrs old 0 More than 10 years old
Differences between proposed substitution and specified product:
o Point-by-point comparative data attached - REQUIRED BY AlE
Reason for not providing specified item:
Similar Installation:
Project:
Address:
Architect:
Owner:
Date Installed:
Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work:
o No 0 Yes; explain
Savings to Owner for accepting substitution:
Proposed substitution changes Contract Time:
($
).
DNo
o Yes [Add]
[Deduct]
days.
Supporting Data Attached: 0 Drawings
o Product Data 0 Samples
o Tests
o Reports 0
Copyright 1996, Construction Specification Institute,
601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-1791
Page - I of2
September 1996
CSI Form 13,1A
SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST
(Continued)
The Undersigned certifies:
. Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product.
. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product.
. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available.
. Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule.
. Cost data as stated above is complete, Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become
apparent are to be waived.
. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances.
. Payment will be made for changes to building design,. including NE design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the
substitution.
. Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects,
Submitted by:
Signed by:
Firm:
Address:
Telephone:
Attachments:
NE's REVIEW AND ACTION
o Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330.
o Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330.
o Substitution rejected - Use specified materials.
o Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials.
Signed by:
Date:
Additional Coinrnents:
o Contractor
o Subcontractor 0 Supplier
o Manufacturer 0 NE 0
Copyright 1996, Construction Specification Institute,
601 Madison Street, Alexandria, V A 22314-1791
Page - 2 of2
September 1996
CSI Form 13.1A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Divis ion Title.............................. .... ....... ............. ...... ......................... ............... .... Pages
SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS
00 1 000 INVITATION TO BID....... ......... ........ .......,......... ......,.,......................... ..............,....... ......,......... 3
00 2000 INSTRUCTIONS TO BI DOERS ....................... ................ .......... ............ .............. ................ ..... 7
004100 BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM ...............................................,..,............,...............,............. 3
004300 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS....................................................................................................11
00 5240 AGREEMENT - AlA...............................................,..................,..............................' ..............., 2
00 6100 BID BOND - AlA........... ..........................,...............,.. .......................... ..................................... 1
006140 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND ..................................,................................. 1
007000 GENERAL CONDITIONS - AlA...................,...................................,........................................ 1
008000 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.......................".,................................................................ 9
008050 PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS ......................................,........................................... 1
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUiREMENTS,..............,....................... ....,........................... ........11
01 1000 SUMMARY
013000 ADMINISTRATIVE 'REQUIREMENTS
01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 6000 . PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 7000 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01 7800 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM ............................... ................,... ........................ ................ 2
REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION FORM ............................................................................. 1
DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND SITE WORK...... ..............,................. ..........3
022000 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03 3000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE. ..... ......... ....... ................ ......... ....... ...................... ....................... 6
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY (~ot Used)
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05 5000 MISCELLAN EOUS METALS ........... ......................... ............................. ............ ..... ...................2
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS ..................................,.............. ,............................... ........ 11
06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 2000 FINISH CARPENTRY
06 4000 CABINETRY.
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION .......... ................................ ........12
07 2000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 5300 EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07 9000 JOINT SEALERS
Print date: 5/3112007
Toe - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS .
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman -Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division Title............... .............................. ..................... ...................................... Pages
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS ......................,....................... ............................,... ..........3
081000 METAL FRAMES
08 2000 WOOD DOORS
08 7000 DOOR HARDWARE
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES ..... .................." ...... ..:"..,.".,..,.....,.............. .... .... .... .............. ......... ..... . ......... 6
092100 . GYPSUM BOARD
095100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
096500 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE
099100 PAINTING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES (Not Used)
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
, DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (Not Used)
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Used)
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15010 GENERAL, MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................................8
15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS............................................................... 7
15060 PIPE, VALVES, AND FITTINGS............ .......... ..... ...................... ........... .................... .......... ...... 9
15075 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION... ..............., ...... ...................... ....... ........................ ........ ........2
15140' MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES. ..... ....... ............................... ...................... ................ 2
15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION ... .......... ....... ....... ..........., ............. ...... ........... '.... ........... .......... ,..... 6
15400 PLUMBING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS ...................................................................5
15741 HEAT PUMP I NSTALLA TION.................................................................................................... 3
15860 EXHAUST FANS ............. ....... .............. ......................... ..... ....................... ......... ......... ..... .......... 1
15890 DUCTWORK.... ...................... ........ ......... .............. ..... ..... .............. ..... .................................. ......5
15920 AIR TERMINALS, GRILLES, REGISTERS, & DIFFUSERS......................................................2
15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING ,...........................,.........................................................5
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16000 ELECTRICAL ... .... ....... .... ...... ............ ..... ... ............ .... ..... ... ..... ....... ........ ..... .......... ....... ....... .... .... 5
16110 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY?, WIRING AND DEVICES ..............................................................4
16140 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS, PANELBOARDS AND SERVICE EQUIPMENT ....................2
16420 SERVICE EQUIPMENT .......... ...... .............. ............, ....... ................... ......., ................. ............... 2
16425 SWITCHBOARDS .......... ............ ,...,.... ........ ..........,.,.. ..... .......... ......... ..... ....... ..............., ...... ......4
16500 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING... ...... .................. ........... ..... ..... ............................. .................. ............ 2
16700 NURSE CALL SYSTEM.. ..... ...............................,...... ..... ................... ........... .............. ............... 1
END OF TOC
Print date: 5/3112007
TOC - 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1, 2007
DOCUMENT 00 1000
INVITATION TO BID
OWNER: Olympic Medical Center
939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, wA98362
PROJECT: Olympic Medical Center
433 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, WA 98362
ARCHITECT: COLLI NSWOERMAN
710 Second Avenue Suite 1400
Seattle WA 98104
Date: June 1, 2007
To Whom It May Concem:
A. Firms are invited to submit a sealed bid to the Owner, in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer
at Olympic Medical Center, located at 939 Caroline Street, Port Angeles, Washington, for
construction of a remodel and tenant improvement before 1 :00:00 pm local time on June 19,
2007, for the following project:
1, Base Bid Work of this Contract consists of selective demolition and remodel of a 11,308
square foot facility. Basement is 2,088 sq.ft, First floor is 9,020 sq.ft.
a. The project generally consists of selective demolition and improvement
construction of a wood stud framed building improvement with plumbing, HVAC,
electrical and nurse call systems to meet the requirements for Outpatient Medical
Centers licensed as part of a hospital as adopted by the Washington State
Department of Health.
b. Work includes exterior concrete work for mechanical equipment pads. Other
exterior work includes tear off of most of the existing rubber roof and any insulation
down to sheathing as outlined in drawings to allow for construction of a new
elevated roof structure, saw cutting and boring for utilities and patching. Interior
finishing and related construction includes gypsum wallboard partitions, finish
floors. acoustical and gypsum ceilings, painted wood doors and frames, and
associated building specialties. Provide unit cost for replacing deteriorated wood
sheathing on roof during bid process.
c. Alternate Bid NO.1: Tear off remaining rubber roof, fascia gutter and downspouts
as identified on drawings, including exterior insulation down to existing sheathing,
and reroof and provide new fascia, gutter and downspouts matching existing.
B. The Contract Documents include the following: the bidding documents, the drawings and
specifications, instructions to bidders, bid proposal, bid bond, contract performance bond,
contract labor and materials payment bond, agreement (contract award and acceptance), partial
waiver of lien rights and payment bond, final waiver of lien rights and payment bond, general
conditions of the contract, supplementary conditions, and other conditions.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 1 000 - 1
INVITATION TO BID
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
C. Bid Documents may be obtained by General Contract Bidders and Major Mechanical and
Electrical Subcontractors from Reprographics Northwest, 616 8th Avenue South, Seattle, WA
98104. Telephone 206-624-2040, Fax 206-382-4397, after 10:00:00 a.m., June 1, 2007 upon
receipt of a refundable deposit by check, in the amount of $100.00 (includes tax) for one full size
set with specifications.
1. Document requests shall be made by letter, fax, or confirmed e-mail. No verbal requests
will be honored.
2. Checks shall be made out to "Olympic Medical Center".
3. General Contract Bidders and Major Mechanical and Electrical Subcontract Bidders are
allowed up to two (2) full size sets of drawings and specifications. Additional complete
sets of documents are available for purchase and are not refundable.
4. Delivery charges are the responsibility of the requester, to be paid directly to the printer
and is not refundable.
D, Others may purchase complete sets of documents for the cost of reproduction. Delivery
charges are the responsibility of the requester, to be paid directly to the printer and is not
refundable. Bid Documents may be viewed at the following plan room locations:
McGraw Hill Construction Plan Center
800 S Michigan
Seattle W A 98108
100 West Harrison Plaza
Valley Plan Center
1819 South Central Avenue, Suite 84
Kent WA 98032
Olympia Plan Center
123 Fir N.E.
Olympia WA 98506
Weekly Construction Reporter
2215 Midway Lane, Suite 208
Bellingham, WA 98226
Builders Exchange of Washington
2607 Wetmore Avenue
Everett WA 98 Tacoma, WA 98409
Associated Sub-Contractors
3312 S. Union Avenue
Tacoma, WA 98409
McGraw Hill Construction Plan Center
4803 Pacific Hwy. East, Suite 3
Fife WA 98424
Olympic Peninsula Plan Center
301 Pacific Avenue
Bremerton WA 98337
E. A Bidder's briefing is scheduled for 12:00 p.m. (noon) on Tuesday, June 12, 2007 at the facility
location.
1. Attendance is mandatory of the following Bidders:
a. All general contract Bidders.
b, Major mechanical and electrical subcontract Bidders.
2. Information and clarification of the items discussed will only be legally binding if such
items are included in an Addendum issued by the Architect.
F. Bidders will be required to provide Bid security in the form of a Bid Bond of a sum no less than
five percent (5%) of the Bid Price
G. Refer to other bidding requirements described in Document 00 2000 - Instructions to Bidders.
H. Submit your bid on the Bid Form provided. Bidders are required to complete Bid Form and Bid
form Supplements.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 1000 - 2
INVITATION TO BID
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I. Requests for approval of alternative products substitutions for materials, products, systems
which may appear to be specified as proprietary are requested and encouraged. Submittals will
be received in the offices of the Architect located at 710 Second Avenue, Suite 1400, Seattle,
Washington before 2:00:00 p.m. local time on June 8, 2007 and approved alternative products
will be published in an addendum published no later than by 5 p.m. local time on June 13, 2007.
J, Your bid will be required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 120
days after submission,
K. Prevailing Wage Rates will apply.
L. The Board approved maximum allowable construction cost is $780,000.
Olympic Medical Center
per: Jim Paapke
(Authorized signing officer)
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/3112007
00 1000 - 3
INVITATION TO BID
--- --
I
OL YMPIC MEDICAL CENTER June 1, 2007
433 East 8th Street I
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
I
(Blank Page) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print date: 5/31/2007 00 1000 - 4 INVITATION TO BID I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DOCUMENT 00 2000
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.1 BID SUBMISSION (GENERAL CONTRACTORS)
A. Offers in the form of a signed and sealed bid using Document 00 4100 - Bid Form, executed,
and dated will be received by the Office of the Chief Executive Officer at Olympic Medical
Center, located at 939'Caroline Street, Port Angeles, Washington 98362, Clallam County Public
District Hospital #2 before 1 :00:00 pm local time as designated by the time piece at Owner's
office on June 19,2007. Accordingly, a Bid received at the stroke of 2:00:00 pm local time or
while 2:00:00 pm is showing for 60 seconds in a digital clock, or afterwards, is late and will be
rejected. Bid proposals must be sealed, should identify the Bidder by name and be designated
as "Bid Proposal- 433 E 8th Street". '
B, Faxed Bids, e-mailed Bids or any other electronically transmitted/submitted bids will NOT be
accepted. In case of mailing, please address bids to: Eric Lewis, Administrator.
C, Bids will be opened publicly and read aloud by the Chief Executive Officer, or his
representative, beginning at 2:10:00 pm on June 19, 2007 in a location to be announced.
D. Any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn prior to time and date designated for receipt of
Bids by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Make
notice in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram, If by telegram, mail written
confirmation over the signature of the Bidder postmarked on or before date and time set for
receipt of Bids and worded to not reveal the amount of the original Bid,
E. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided
that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders.
F. The offices at place of bid closing will not be available for bidder's use prior to bid closing time.
1.2 METHOD OF BIDDING
A. This is a "Base Bid" project and Bid Price submitted shall be based solely on materials and
methods specified as follows:
1. Where only one product or manufacturer or system is named, it shall be carried by
Bidder.
2, Where a product or manufacturer or system is specified as Base Bid this signifies the
basis for the Contract Documents and if Approved Substitutions are also listed in the Prior
Approval Addendum, anyone may be carried by Bidder.
3. For product or manufacturer or system specified by naming several products or listed as
"Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:", and if Approved Substitutions are also listed in the Prior Approval Addendum,
anyone may be carried by Bidder. If a standard is also referenced, verify that product
selected meets standard.
4. For products specified by reference standards only, select any product by any
manufacturer, which meets or exceeds requirements of standards.
5. Bidders wishing prior approval for proposed methods or products other than those
specified, shall follow methods outlined under article title "PRIOR APPROVAL."
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 2000 - 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.3 WORK IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1. Base Bid Work of this Contract is the selective demolition and remodel of a 11,308
square foot facility. Basement is 2,088 sq.ft, First floor is 9,020 sq.ft.
a, The project generally consists of selective demolition and improvement
construction of a wood stud framed building improvement with plumbing, HVAC,
electrical and nurse call systems to meet the requirements for Outpatient Medical
Centers licensed as part of a hospital as adopted by the Washington State
Department of Health.
b, Work also includes exterior concrete for mechanical equipment pad. Other exterior
work includes tear off of most of the existing rubber roof and any insulation down to
sheathing as outlined in drawings to allow for construction of a new elevated roof
structure, saw cutting and boring for utilities and patching. Interior finishing and
related construction includes gypsum wallboard partitions, finish floors, acoustical
and gypsum ceilings, painted wood doors and frames, and associated building
specialties. Provide unit cost for replacing deteriorated wood sheathing on roof
during bid process.
c. Alternate Bid No, 1: Tear off remaining rubber roof, fascia gutter and downspouts
as identified on drawings, including exterior insulation down to existing sheathing,
and reroof and provide new fascia, gutter and downspouts matching existing.
B. Contract Method: Single stipulated sum contract.
1.4 CONTRACT TIME
A. Perform the Work within the time stated in Division 1 Section "Summary of Work". The Bidder,
in submitting an offer, accepts the Contract Time period stated for performing the Work. The
completion date in the Agreement shall be the Contract Time added to the commencement
date.
1.5 BID DOCUMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Definitions
1, Definitions set forth in AlA Document A201-1997 - General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction, the Supplementary Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable
to the Bidding Documents.
2. Bidding Documents: Contract Documents supplemented with Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Information Available to Bidders, Bid Form, Subcontractors List
and Cost Breakdown, and other sample bidding and contract forms.
3. Addenda: Written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of
the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions,
clarifications, or corrections,
4. Bid Price: Monetary sum identified by the Bidder in the Bid Form.
5. Bid, Offer, or Bidding: Act of submitting an offer under seal.
6. Bidder: A person or entity who submits a Bid.
7. Sub-bidder: A person or entity who submits a bid proposal to a Bidder for equipment,
materials or labor, or a combination thereof, for a portion of the Work,
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 2000 - 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
B. Contract Documents Identification
1, The Contract Documents are identified as Project Number 06004.04 as prepared by
CollinsWoerman located at 710 Second Avenue, Suite 1400, Seattle, Washington 98104.
C. Availability
1. Two sets of Bid Documents may be obtained from the Reprographics Northwest upon
receipt of a refundable deposit, by check, in the amount of $100.00 (including tax) for one
full size set with specifications.
2. Documents can be obtained by general contract and major subcontract Bidders only,
3. General contract and major subcontract bidders may purchase additional complete sets
of Bid Documents directly from Reprographics Northwest, 616 8th Avenue South, Seattle,
WA 98104. Telephone 206-624-2040, Fax 206-382-4397, for the cost of reproduction,
4. Deposit Refund: The Bidder receiving a Contract Award may retain the Bid Documents for
use on the Work and his deposit will be refunded. Deposit will be refunded to other
invited Bidders if Bid Documents are returned complete, undamaged, unmarked and
reusable, within fourteen (14) days of Bid submission. Failure to comply will result in
forfeiture of deposit.
5, The Owner or the Architect in making copies of the Bid Documents available on the
above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a
license or grant for any other use,
D. Examination
1. Upon receipt of Bid Documents verify that documents are complete.
2. Immediately notify the Architect upon finding discrepancies or omissions, ambiguity,
inconsistency, which may be discovered upon examination of the Bidding Documents or
of the site and local conditions.
3, Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. Neither the
Owner nor the Architect assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretation
resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
E. Queries And Addenda
1. Direct bidding procedures and technical questions to the offices of the Architect:
CollinsWoerman, Attention: Mike Juenke, telephone 206-245-2087, fax 206-245-2101, e-mail
mjuenke@collinswoerman.com.
2. Addenda, if issued during the Bidding period, will be sent promptly as practical to all firms
or persons to whom complete Bid Documents have been issued. All Addenda will
become part of the Contract Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Price.
3, Verbal answers are not binding on any party.
4, Clarifications or interpretations required by Bidders must be in writing not less eight
calendar days prior to date set for receipt of Bids. Fax and e-mail inquiries are
acceptable.
5. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum to Bidders. Addenda may be mailed, e-
mailed, faxed or delivered.
6. The Architect will endeavor not to issue addenda later than 7 calendar days prior to the
date for receipt of Bids. However, the Architect reserves the right to issue instructions
within this period by electronic transmission.
7. Bidder s~all ascertain prior to submitting a Bid proposal that the Bidder has received all
Addenda issued. Acknowledge their receipt in the Bid Form.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 2000 - 3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
F, Prior Approval Of Substitutions (Prior To Receipt Of Bids)
1. Substitution Proposals:
a. Substitutions of materials, products, or equipment for those items specified or listed
as "base bid" (including changes of manufacturer, trade name, .model, catalog
number, patented article, etc.) will be considered only when written request has
been submitted to Architect in accordance with the following procedures:
1) Prior Approval: Substitutions may be requested prior to receiving bids, by
Bidder, subcontractor, supplier or other qualified party who wishes to
propose use of a particular material, product, or equipment in lieu of that
specified. Substitutions are subject to warranty as required by General
Condition Article 3 and Document 00 8000 - Supplementary Conditions.
2) Time of Submittal: Requests for Prior Approval addressed to Architect and
referenced to this project and specification section will be considered if
received on or before 2:00:00 pm local time on June 8, 2007,
2, Form Of Submittal:
a. Burden of proof of merit of requested substitution is upon submitter, and subject to
provisions of General Condition Article 3. It is the sole responsibility of submitter to
establish content of submittal data, samples, and other support material.
b, Include sufficient data with Request so that direct comparison of proposed item to
specified item can be made. Knowledge and experience of applicator and warranty
may be an integral part of specification, therefore, data concerning applicator (e.g..,
experience, organization, references, projects, dates, etc.) may be material.
c. Inadequate warranty, vagueness of submittal, failure to meet project requirements,
or insufficient data may be cause for disapproval or rejection of request. Architect's
decision for rejection of requested substitution is final, may be based upon his
opinion, and does not require documentation or further justification. Architect's
approval is subject to later reconsideration at any time in life of Contract.
3. Form of Approval: Approved requests will be set forth in Addendum issued by 5:00:00
p.m. on June 13, 2007 in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders under following
conditions:
a. This Addendum is solely concerned with substitutions of items of materials,
products, and equipment before submittal of Bids as provided in Instructions to
Bidders. No other items shall be substituted or bid.
b. Items allowed by this Addendum are subject to full provisions of original Contract
Documents including all modifications thereto, and shall be warranted as
substitutions conforming with Contract Documents as provided by General
Condition 3.5 - WARRANTY.
c. Approvals are based upon the opinion, knowledge, information, and belief of
Architect at time of issuance of this Addendum and reliance upon data submitted.
Approvals are therefore interim in nature and subject to reconsideration as
additional data, materials, workmanship, and coordination with other work are
observed and reviewed, In proposing items allowed by this Addendum, Bidder
assumes all risks, costs, and responsibilities for items final acceptance, integration
into Work, and performance,
d. This Prior Approval procedure has been offered and administered in manner to
fulfill Owner's desire for bidding competition
4. Substitutions During Construction: Procedure for substitution of materials, products, and
equipment after execution of Contract in accordance with Document 00 8000 -
Supplementary Conditions.
Print date: 5/3112007
00 2000 - 4
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
1.6 PRE-BID BRIEFING
A. Bidders briefing has been scheduled for 12:00 p.m. on June 12, 2007 at the facility location,
433 East 8th Street, Port Angeles, WA.
B. Attendance is mandatory of the following bidders:
, 1, All general contract Bidders.
2. Major mechanical and electrical subcontract Bidders,
C. Representatives of the Owner, Architects, and Engineers will be in attendance.
D. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum and issued to
known plan holders and plan centers.
1.7 SITE EXAMINATION
A. Examine the project site and surrounding properties before submitting a Bid, either personally
or through a representative.
B. Verify and confirm and become familiar with the local conditions at the site of the Work; the
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the Work; the means
of access to the site; all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and circumstances
under which the Work is to be performed; correlate observations with requirements of the
proposed Contract Documents. -Extra payments will not be given consideration for conditions
which can be determined by examining the site and documents.
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Subcontractors/Suppliers/Others
1. The Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed Subcontractor for reasonable cause.
2. Refer to AlA A201, Article 5 of General Conditions.
1.9 BID SUBMISSION
A. Submission Procedure
1. Bidders shall be solely responsible for the delivery of their Bids in the manner and time
prescribed.
2. Submit one copy of the executed offer on the Bid Forms provided, signed and sealed in a
closed opaque envelope, clearly identified with Bidder's name, project name and Owner's
name on the outside.
3. Any interlineations, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid,
B, Bid Ineligibility
1. Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure,
contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind may, at the
discretion of the Owner, be declared unacceptable.
2. Bid Forms, and enclosures which are improperly prepared may, at the discretion of the
Owner, be declared unacceptable.
3. Failure to provide security deposit. or bonding requirements may, at the discretion of the
Owner, invalidate the Bid.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 2000 - 5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
OLYMPIC MEDleAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.10 BID ENCLOSURES/REQUIREMENTS
A. Security Deposit
1, Each Bid is to be accompanied by c;l cashier's check payable to Olympic Medical Center
or a Bid Bond issued by a properly licensed Surety Company on a form acceptable to
Public Hospital District #2 in and amount not less than five (5) percent of the aggregate
Total Base Bid Price and Additive Alternates.
2. Endorse the Bid Bond in the name of the Owner as obligee, signed and sealed by the
principal (Contractor) and surety.
3. The security deposit will be returned after delivery to the Owner of the required
Performance and Labor and Materials Payment Bond(s) by the accepted bidder.
4. If no contract is awarded, all security deposits will be returned.
B. Agreement To Bond
1. Submit with the Bid Form and Bid Bond, an Agreement to Bond, stating that the surety
providing the Bid Bond is willing to supply the Performance Bond and Labor and Materials
Payment Bond required,
C. Performance Assurance
1. Accepted Bidder: Within ten days after award of the Contract provide the following bonds
in compliance with AlA A201-1997, General Condition Article 11.
a. Performance Bond and Payment Bond: 100 percent of Contract Price, including
accepted alternates,
2. Such bond shall provide that the surety or sureties will agree to protect and indemnify the
Owner against any direct or indirect loss that shall be suffered or claimed.
a. The failure of the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, subcontractors
or agents, to faithfully perform the said contract, or
b. The failure of the Contractor to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors,
agents, materialmen, and all persons who shall supply such Contractor,
subcontractor or agents with provisions or supplies for carrying on such work.
3. At any time and as often as may be deemed necessary, the Owner may require the surety
to appear and qualify himself or herself upon the bond. Whenever such surety is
deemed by the Owner to become insufficient, the Owner may demand in writing that the
contractor furnish additional surety in an amount not exceeding the original required as
may be deemed necessary considering the work remaining to be done. No further
payments will be made in the contract until such additional surety as required is furnished.
4. The Owner must approve each form of surety in writing. The surety must be authorized
to do business in the State of Washington and be satisfactory to the Owner.
5. Include the cost of Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the Bid Price and identify the
cost in Document 00 4300 - Bid Form Supplements,
D. Bid Form Requirements
1. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form,
2. Express sums in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy between the two, the
written words shall govern.
E. Fees For Changes in the Work
1. Fees for changes in the work shall be in accordance with added paragraph 7.3.10. See
Document 00 8000, Paragraph 1.6 Article 7 Changes in the Work.
F. Sales Tax
1. DO NOT INCLUDE the Sales Tax in this bid.
Print date: 5/3112007
00 2000 - 6
INST.RUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
1.11 ADDITIONAL BID INFORMATION
A. Appendix S1 - Subcontractors List and Cost Breakdown: Include the names of all
Subcontractors and portion of Work the Bidder will require them to perform along with an
itemized cost breakdown.
B. Appendix S2 - Non Collusion Affidavit.
C. Appendix S3 - Public Works Subcontractor Identification.
D. Submit the following Documents to the time stated after Bid Submission:
1. Appendix S1 - Subcontractors List and Cost Breakdown: 96 hours after Bid,
2. Appendix S2 - Non Collusion Affidavit: Concurrent with Bid.
3. Appendix S3 - Public Works Subcontractor Identification - Within 1 hour of published Bid
Submission Time,
1.12 OFFER ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION
A. Duration Of Bid
1. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for a period of 120 days
after the bid closing date.
B. Acceptance Of Bid
1. The Owner reserves the following privileges:
a. To waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid or Bids received;
b. To accept the Bid or Bids which in his judgment is in the Owner's best interest;
c. To negotiate Contract Terms with the selected Bidder or Bidders when such is
deemed to be in his best interest of the Owner.
2. After acceptance by the Owner, the Architect on behalf of the Owner, will issue to the
successful Bidder, a written bid acceptance. All other Bidders will be advised of the
accepted Bidder.
3. The accepted Bidder shall assist and cooperate with the Owner in preparing the formal
Contract Agreement, and execute same and return it to the Owner within five working
days following its presentation.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 2000 - 7
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
-- ----------------- - ----- -- -- ---- --
OL YMPIC MEDICAL CENTER June 1, 2007 I
433 East 8th Street I
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
I
I
(Blank Page) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print date: 5/3112007 00 2000 - 8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I
---------- --- --
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June I, 2007
DOCUMENT 00 4100
BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, WA
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 06004.04
SUBMITTED BY:
TO:
PROJECT:
(full name)
(full address)
1. Having examined the Place of the Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and
the Contract Documents prepared by CollinsWoerman., and the following addenda:
Addendum #_ Date Addendum #_ Date
Addendum # _ Date
Addendum # _ Date
and confirming that our Bid Price is based on specified materials and methods only,
and confirming that our Bid Price includes the applicable federal taxes, State of Washington taxes
excluding Washington State Sales Tax, excise taxes in force at this date for the above mentioned
project, I/we, the undersigned, hereby offer to furnish materials, plant and labor necessary for the
following:
a. Proper completion of the Work for the identified scope for the Basic Bid Price of:
.............................................................................................,.................,.,............. ..,..,........... Dollars
($
) in lawful US funds,
b, Proper completion of the Work for the identified scope for the additive alternate for the price of
,.............................................,.....................................,.,....................................... .................. Dollars
($
) in lawful US funds.
2. In submitting this Bid it is understood that revised bids shall not be called for if minor changes only
are contemplated,
3. By the act of submitting a bid for the proposed Contract, the Bidder represents that:
a. The Bidder and all subcontractors the Bidder intends to use have carefully and thoroughly
reviewed the drawings, specifications and other construction contract Documents and have found
them complete and free from ambiguities and sufficient for the purpose intended; further that,
b. The Bidder and all workmen, employees and subcontractors the Bidder intends to use are skilled
and experienced in the type of construction represented by the construction contract Documents
bid upon; further that,
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 41 00 - 1
BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004,04
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c, Neither the Bidder nor any of the Bidder's employees, agents, intended suppliers or
subcontractors have relied upon any verbal representations, allegedly authorized or unauthorized
form the Owner, or the Owner's employees or agents including architects, engineers or
consultants, in assembling the Bid figure; and further that,
d, The Bidder and all subcontractors accept the provisions of the Invitation to Bid and the
Instructions to Bidders regarding disposition of Bid Security; further that,
e, The bids are in accordance with Division 1, Sections "Summary"; and further that,
f. The Bid figure is based solely upon the construction contract Documents and properly issued
written addenda and not upon any other written representation,
PART 2 - ACCEPTANCE
1. This Bid shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for 120 days from Bid closing date.
2. If this Bid is accepted by the Owner within the time period stated above, we will:
a. Execute the AlA Document A101 -1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM,
b, Furnish and pay for a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, in an amount equal to one hundred
percent (100%) of the total Contract Price.
c. Commence work within fifteen days after date of written acceptance of this Bid or such longer
period as may be approved in writing by the Owner, or his representative.
3. Time for Performance: If this Bid is accepted, we will complete the Work within the time and time
limits stated in Division 1 Section" Summary".
PART 3 - APPENDICES
1. Submit Appendix S1 of Document 00 4300 - Subcontractors List and Cost Breakdown: within 96
hours-after Bid.
2. Submit Appendix S2 - Non Collusion Affidavit: Concurrent with Bid.
3. Submit Appendix S3 - Public Works Subcontractor Identification: within 1 hour of published Bid
Submission Time.
PART 4 - CHANGES TO THE WORK
1. Fees for changes in the work shall be in accordance with added paragraph 7.3.10. See Section 00
8000 Paragraph 1.6 Article 7 Changes in the Work.
Print date: 5/3112007
00 4100 - 2
BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
PART 5 - BID FORM SIGNATURE(S)
Signed, sealed and submitted for and on behalf of:
COMPANY:
(Name)
(Street Address or Postal Box Number)
(City, State & Zip Code)
(Corporate Firms Shall Affix
Their Corporate SEAL Above)
SIGNA TURE(S): .......,......, ,....,........,.. ............,...........,.....,..,........,...,....,....,.
NAME & TITLE:
(Please Print or Type)
Dated this
day of
,20
It is understood that, with respect to the Bid Form, should any item be omitted or illegible, should
any alteration be made to the text, or should any condition be added on or submitted with the Bid
Form, the bid may be declared invalid and rejected by the Owner.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4100 - 3
BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2907
(Blank Page)
00 4100 - 4
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1,2007
DOCUMENT 00 4300
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
TO: OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, WA
PROJECT: 433 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, WA
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 06004.04
DATE:
SUBMITTED BY:
(full name)
(full address)
In accordance with Document 00 2000 - Instructions to Bidders and Document 00 4100 - Bid Form-
Stipulated Price, we include the Bid Form Supplements listed below. The information provided shall be
considered an integral part of the Bid Form. These Appendices are as follows:
Appendix S1 - Subcontractors List and Cost Breakdown: Include the names of all Subcontractors and
portion of Work the Bidder will require them to perform along with an itemized
cost breakdown,
Appendix S2 - Non Collusion Affidavit.
Appendix S3 - Public Works Subcontractor Identification.
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS SIGNATURE(S)
The Corporate Seal of:
(Bidder - please print the full name of your Proprietorship, Partnership, or Corporation)
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:
(Authorized signing officer
Title)
(Seal)
PART 1 -
(Authorized signing officer
Title)
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 1
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2007
(Blank Page)
June 1, 2007
00 4300 2 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
APPENDIX S1 - SUBCONTRACTORS LIST AND COST BREAKDOWN
1. The following is the Subcontractors List and Cost Breakdown forms an integral part of the Bid for
this project.
2. Terms and conditions applying to subcontractors list:
A. Names are provided for the Items of Work listed based in the Specifications Table of Contents.
It is understood that all items of Work are not necessarily listed, The specifications table of
contents has been used for convenience only.
B. Indicate items of work for which the Bidder intends to use subcontractors, sub-subcontractors
and own forces.
C. Should a Bidder be awarded the Contract, all parties named including Bidders own forces, shall
be used to perform the work they are scheduled to perform and shall not be changed without
Architects written consent.
D. Where a Bidder indicates that a particular part of work will be performed by his own forces, the
Bidder shall within 5 working days of request from the Architect, be prepared to submit
documentary evidence to the effect that he has established forces qualified, skilled and capable
of performing that portion of the Work, and shall not let that portion of the Work by subcontract
if his bid accepted.
3. Terms and conditions applying to cost breakdown:
A. Cost information is for the confidential use of Owner and Architect.
B. The total cost listed for the general requirements includes prime contract bidders profit, general
and administrative overhead, job overhead and other general requirement items.
C. Costs listed for items of work to be performed by Bidders own forces are costs of doing the
work exclusive of general requirements costs.
D. Costs listed for subcontract work are subcontract bid prices and do not include prime bidders
general requirements costs.
E. Costs listed for sub-subcontract work are sub-subcontract bid prices and do not include
subcontract bidders not prime bidder's general requirements costs.
F. Costs listed for supply items are the suppliers prices and do not include prime bidder's general
requirements or installation costs.
G. Cost entered for General Requirements is a lump sum which includes prime bidder's profit,
operation overhead, job overhead and other general requirement items.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 3
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2007
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
00 4300 - 4
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
923 GEORGIANA
Item of Work
Name of Subcontractor/Contractor
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
June 1,2007
($) Cost Of
Item of Work
General Requirements Costs ........... ,........, ,..".....,..,..,. ....,..... ........,.. ....,..." ............. $
Performance Bond, Labor & Material Payment Bonds............................................. $
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Selective Demolition
Excavation, Filling,
And Grading
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Concrete Work
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY (Not Applicable)
DIVISION 5-METALS
Miscellaneous Metals
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
Supply of Interior
Architectural Woodwork
Installation of Div. 6
Supply Only Items
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Supply of Insulation
EPDM Membrane Roofing
Flashing and Sheet Metal
Joint Sealers
Installation of Div. 7
Supply Only Items
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Door Frames
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 5
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8111 Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Supply of Wood Doors
Access Doors
Door Hardware
Installation of Div. 8 Supply
Only Items
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Gypsum Board
Acoustical Ceilings
Resilient Flooring & Base
Painting
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES (Not Applicable)
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (Not Applicable)
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (NOT ApPLICABLE)
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT ApPLICABLE)
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT ApPLICABLE)
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 6
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
"I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Mechanical
Mechanical Sub-Subcontractors and Cost Breakdown:
Ventilation and
Sheet Metal
HV AC Controls
Insulation
Balancing of Mechanical
Systems
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Electrcial Raceways,
Wiring and Devices
Electrcial Disconnects,
Panelboards and ,
Service Equipment
Electrical Lighting
Nurse Call
BASE BID PRICE. ................ .............................. .................. ................. ........ .......... ....... $
(Amount must equal Base Price on Bid Form)
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 7
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
June I, 2007
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
------- -------- --- ----- - ----- - ---- ----- ---
I
OL YMPIC MEDICAL CENTER June 1, 2007
433 East 8th Street I
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
I
I
(Blank Page)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print date: 5/3112007 00 4300 - 8 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June I, 2007
APPENDIX 52 - NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
By oath says:
, being first duly sworn on
That Bidder is authorized to make, and is making, this affidavit on behalf of
, the party making the foregoing Bid,
that said Bidder is
(Corporation. Partnership, etc)
And that affiant is the
(Title of Officer, partner, Proprietor, etc,)
Thereof, the Bid above submitted is genuine and not a sham or collusion bid, or made in the interest or on
behalf of any person not therein named; and he further says that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly
induced or solicited any Bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham bid; or any person or
corporation to refrain from bidding; and that said Bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to
secure to itself an advantage over any other Bidder or Bidders,
(Contractor)
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS
DAY OF
,20 _
(Notary Public in and for
the State of Washington
residing at
(Seal) .
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 9
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8 th Street
CollinsWoerman Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2007
(Blank Page)
June 1, 2007
00 4300 10 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1,2007
APPENDIX S3 - PUBLIC WORKS SUBCONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION
1. The following is the Subcontractors List and Cost Breakdown forms an integral part of the Bid for
this project as required by Section RCW.30.060.
2. The General Contract Bidder must submit as part of the Bid, or within one hour after the published
bid submittal, the names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will
subcontract for performance of the work of heating; ventilation, and air conditioning, plumbing as
described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in chapter 19,20 RCW, or to name
itself for the work.
3. The General Contract Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work
identified, unless subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the General Contract Bidder
must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate,
4. Failure of the General Contract Bidder to submit as part of the Bid the names of such
subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors
to perform the same work shall render the General Contract Bidder's Bid nonresponsive and,
therefore void.
5, The requirement of this Section to name the General Contract Bidder's proposed heating, ventilation
and air conditioning, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors applies only to proposed heating,
ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors who will contract directly with
the Contractor submitting the Bid to the public entity
Item of Work
Su bcontractor/Contractor
($) Cost Of
Item of Work
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Heating, Ventilation &
Air Conditioning
Plumbing
$
$
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Electrical
$
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 4300 - 11
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/3112007
June I, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
004300 - 12
BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DOCUMENT 00 5240
AGREEMENT - AlA
1.1 AGREEMENT
A. AlA Document A101-1997 "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where
the basis for payment is a STIPULATED SUM, forms the basis of Contract between the Owner
and Contractor and is incorporated into the Contract Documents (with or without amendments)
by direct reference.
B. A draft of this document is included for your reference only. This Document is immediately
available through the AlA for a small fee. The local distributor is The Seattle Chapter of AlA,
1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101, Telephone number is 206-448-4938,
1,2 SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
A. The following supplementary provisions modify, change, delete from or add to AlA Document
A101-1997, "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of
payment is a STIPULATED SUM.
ARTICLE 3: DATE IF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Add the following Article:
"3.4 Liquidated Damages: Owner and Contractor agree that should the project not be substantially
completed with the time specified in the contract, that the damages sustained by the Owner or
by the Contractor due to such delay will assessed at five hundred dollars ($500,00) per day
which is established as the liquidated damages which either the Contractor shall pay to the
Owner, or the Owner shall pay to the Contractor, as the case may be, for each days delay in
completing the project beyond the time specified in this contract caused by the fault, error, act,
change or neglect of the other, its agents, employees or those acting for it. Refer to Paragraph
8.1.3 of the General Conditions for definitions of completion as referenced in this Article, The
above amount will be used also for establishing the amount for "extended overhead" due to
caused beyond the Owner's control (e.g., weather, unforeseen conditions, etc.)."
ARTICLE 5: PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Delete Subparagraph 5,1.3 in its entirely, and add the following:
"5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall have calendar month end on
the 15th ofthe month."
"5.1.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the 15th
day of the month, the Owner shall make. payment to the Contractor not later than the
fifteenth da~ of the following month. Applications for Payment received by the architect
after the 15 day of the month, will be paid by the owner not later than 45 days after the
receipt by the Architect. n
"5.1.6.1 Enter a value of 5 percent (5%) for the percentage of retainage."
"5.1.6.2 Enter a value of 5 percent (5%) for the percentage of retainage. n
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 5240 - 1
AGREEMENT - AlA
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Delete Subparagraph 5.1.7.1 in its entirely, and ADD the following:
"5.1.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total
payments to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Contract Sum, less one hundred fifty
percent (150%) of such amounts as the Architect shall determine incomplete Work,
retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and"
ARTICLE 7: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Delete paragraph 7.2 in its entirely, and add the following:
"7.2 Retained monies shall be secured in accordance with RCW 60.28.011 (4)."
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 5240 - 2
AGREEMENT - AlA
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DOCUMENT 006100
BID BOND - AlA
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. AlA Document A310 (1970) Bid Bond is incorporated into the Contract Documents (with or
without amendments) by direct reference.
B. This Document is immediately available through the AlA for a small fee. The local distributor is
The Seattle Chapter of AlA, 1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101. Telephone number is 206-
448-4938.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/3112007
00 6100 - 1
BID BOND - AlA
I
OL YMPIC MEDICAL CENTER June 1, 2007
433 East 8th Street I
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
I
I
I
(Blank Page) 1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print date: 5/31/2007 00 6100 - 2 BID BOND - AlA
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DOCUMENT 006140
PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. AlA Document A312-1984 Performance Bond and Payment Bond is incorporated into the
Contract Documents (with or without amendments) by direct reference.
B, This Document is immediately available through the AlA for a small fee. The local distributor is
The Seattle Chapter of AlA, 1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101. Telephone number is 206-
448-4938.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 6140 - 1
BID BOND - AlA
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8 th Street
CollinsWoerman Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2007
(Blank Page)
June 1, 2007
00 6140 2 BID BOND AIA
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DOCUMENT 00 7000
GENERAL CONDITIONS - AlA
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. AlA Document A201 General Gonditions of the Contract for Construction, 1997 Edition, is the
General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor and is incorporated into the Contract
Documents (with or without amendments) by direct reference,
B. A draft of this Document is included for reference. The Document is immediately available
through the AlA for a small fee, The local distributor is The Seattle Chapter of AlA, 1911 First
Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101, Telephone number is 206-448-4938.
1.2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
A. Refer to Document 00 8000 for amendments to these General Conditions.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 7000 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS - AlA
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2007
June 1, 2007
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
00 7000 - 2
GENERAL CONDITIONS - AlA
I I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
Attachment C
DOCUMENT 00 8000
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
1.1 GENERAL
A. The following supplements, modify, change, delete from, or add to the General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction, AlA Document A201-1997, which form part of the Contract
Documents as described in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. Where any part
of the General Conditions is modified or voided by these Supplementary Conditions, the
unaltered provision shall remain in effect unless superseded by the Agreement.
1,2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Document 00 5240 - Agreement - AlA
B, Document 00 7000 - General Conditions
1.3 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL CONDTIONS
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
ADD the following Subparagraph 1.2.5:
"1.2.5 In the case of an inconsistency between Drawing and Specifications or within
either Document not clarified by Addendum, the better quality or greater quantity
of work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect's interpretation."
1.4 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR
3,3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
ADD the following Subparagraph:
"3.3.4 If any of the Work is required to be inspected or approved by any public authority,
the Contractor shall cause such inspection or approval to be performed. No
inspection performed or failed to be performed by the Owner shall be a waiver of
any of the Contractor's obligations hereunder or be construed as an approval or
acceptance of the Work or any part thereof."
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
ADD the following text at the end of Subparagraph 3.4.2:
"If the Contractor makes requests for substitutions, the Contractor thereby: (i)
represents that the Contractor has investigated the proposed substitute product
and determined that it is reasonably equivalent to that specified; (ii) represents
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the
Contractor would for that specified; (iii) certifies that the cost data presented is
complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's
design costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution
which subsequently become apparent; (iv) will coordinate the installation of the
accepted substitute, after evaluation by the Architect and the Architect's issuance
of any design changes connected with the substitution as may be required for the
Work to be complete in all respects, and (v) pays design costs."
3.6 TAXES
ADD the following text at the beginning of Subparagraph 3.6.1:
"The Owner shall pay to the Contractor any sales tax required by law in the State
of Washington and the Contractor shall promptly remit the sales tax to the State of
Washington. "
3,7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
Delete Paragraph 3,7.1 and substitute the following:
"3,7.1 The Owner will apply for and pay for the Building Permit, will pay for permits and
governmental fees, licenses and inspection fees necessary for performance of
the Work which are in force at the date of Bid closing. The Contractor shall apply
for the Department of Labor and Industries electrical review permit after securing
a payment check by the Owner. The Contractor shall secure and pay for other
permits, and governmental fees, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper
execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after
execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received
or negotiations concluded. The Contractor shall obtain the Building Permit before
starting the Work and verify and obtain the various departmental inspections from
the authorities having jurisdiction as the Work progresses. The Contractor shall
give timely notice to the inspection authorities when inspections are needed. The
Contractor shall obtain occupancy permit as a prerequisite to Substantial
Performance of the Work. n
DELETE Paragraph 3.7.4 and substitute the following:
"3.7.4 If the Contractor, or any of its Subcontractors of any tier performs Work knowing
it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and
regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall
assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs
attributable to correction,"
3,10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
ADD the following Subparagraph 3.10.4:
"3.10.4 During the course of the Work, and not less than monthly, the Contractor shall
submit to the Architect and Owner, a current updated progress schedule (CPM)
reflecting any and all changes to the original schedule."
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East Sth Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No, 06004.04
June 1, 2007
3,11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
Subparagraph 3,11.1
REMOVE the period from the last sentence and ADD the following text:
", signed by the Contractor, certifying that to the best of Contractor's knowledge
and information they show complete and correct "as-built" conditions, stating
sizes, kinds of materials, vital piping, conduit locations and similar matters."
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
ADD the following Subparagraph 3.14.3:
"3.14.3 Cutting and remedial work required as a result of uncoordinated work, ill timed
work or faulty workmanship shall become the responsibility of the Contractor for
making good such defective work at no cost to Owner,"
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
DELETE Paragraph 3.18,1 and substitute the following:
"3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, it is expressly agreed and understood that
Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner, its officers,
directors, agents, shareholders, partners, members, owners, successors and
employees (individually, each an "Indemnified Party" and collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all claims, liability, damages,
losses, causes of action, costs or expenses (including without limitation attorney's
fees, consultants' fees and court costs) arising out of or resulting from, or alleged
to arise out of or to result from the performance of the Work (hereinafter,
singularly and collectively referred to as "Indemnity Claims"). If the Indemnity
Claims are caused or alleged to be caused by any joint or concurrent negligent act
(either active or passive) or omission by an Indemnified Party, Contractor shall
indemnify, hold harmless and defend such Indemnified Party from such Indemnity
Claims only to the extent such Indemnity Claims arise out of or result from the
negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor or its consultants, subcontractors
and/or suppliers of every tier, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or
anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be responsible or liable. In no event
shall Contractor be obligated to indemnify an Indemnified Party for Indemnity
Claims which arise out of or result from the sole negligence or wiliful misconduct
of such Indemnified Party or its agents, servants or independent contractors who
are directly responsible to such Indemnified Party, excluding Contractor herein."
DELETE Paragraph 3.18.2 and substitute the following:
"3,18.2 For the sole purpose of effecting the indemnification obligations under this
Agreement and not for the benefit of any third parties unrelated to the Indemnified
Parties, Contractor specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may be
granted it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW.
(CONTRACTOR'S INITIALS ). Further the indemnification obligations
under this Agreement shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or for any third
party under the Worker Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts or other
employee benefit acts."
Print date: 5/3112007
00 SODa - 3
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5 ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINSTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
ADD the following Subparagraph 4.2.14:
"4.2.14 All decisions and instructions, consents or approvals shall be in writing. Neither
the Architect nor the Owner shall be held responsible for oral instructions. All
decisions and instructions, consents or approvals rendered by telephone will be
accepted when confirmed in writing within five (5) working days."
4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
Subparagraph 4.3.10.2
DELETE the word "anticipated".
4.6 ARBITRATION
DELETE the first sentence and substitute the following:
"4.6.1 Except as may be otherwise provided in this agreement, all claims,
counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between Owner and the
Contractor arising out of or relating to this agreement, or the breach thereof, will
be decided by arbitration, if the parties hereto mutually agree, otherwise, in a
court of competent jurisdiction within the county in which the Owner is located. In
the event the parties agree to arbitrate any matters, said arbitration shall be in
compliance with the terms of Paragraph 4.6 of the AlA Document A201 General
Conditions of the Contract for Construction." .
1.6 ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
"7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
"7.3,6 In the first sentence, delete the words "a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit" and add "an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with the
schedule set forth in Paragraph 7.3.10 below".
ADD the following Paragraphs:
"7.3.10 In Paragraphs 7.3.3 and 7.3.6 the allowance for overhead and profit combined,
included in the total cost to the owner shall be based on the following schedule:
1. For the Contractor, for any Work performed by the Contractor's own forces,
calculated colst times fifteen (15) percent.
2. For the Contractor, for Work performed by Subcontractor, calculated cost
times ten (10) percent.
3. For each Subcontractor or Subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by
that Contractor's own forces, calculated cost times fifteen (15) percent.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 4
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
4. For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by his Subcontracts, calculated
cost times ten (10) percent.
5, In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals,
except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be
accomplished by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials,
and Subcontractors. Labor and materials shall be itemized in the manner
prescribed above. Where major cost items are Subcontracts, they shall also
be itemized, In no case will change involving over $1,000 be approved
without such itemization."
ADD the following Paragraphs:
"7.5 SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
7,5.1 Substitutions: Substitutions of subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and
other data disclosed before execution of Contract and specified materials or work
constitute changes in the work and must be incorporated into Contract by Change
Order under General Condition 7.2."
7.5.2 Contractor may propose substitutions only on condition that either:
.1 Previously disclosed data or specified material cannot be provided and
incorporated into Work in time allowed due to conditions beyond control
of Contractor, or
.2 Owner will benefit by reduced cost or improved project. Owner to receive
full benefit of any cost reductions."
7.5.3 Request for substitutions to include:
.1 Statement of cause for request with substantiating documents.
.2 Documentary proof of equal or superior quality, delivery time, and costs
in form of certified quotations from supplier of both specified and
proposed material."
7.5.4 When requesting Changes in Work, or when Changes in Work are caused by
Contractor including substitutions, Contractor agrees to:
.1 Bear costs of additional architectural services and related costs required
for effecting change;
.2 Make acceptable adjustments in related construction at no additional cost
to Owner and without reduced quality in the project."
1.7 ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
Paragraph 9.10.2, insert after item (5) the following:
"and (6) all operation and maintenance manuals and as-built documentation has
been received by the Architect and confirmed complete."
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 5
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman.:.... Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
1.8 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
11,1,1 In the first line of subparagraph 11.1,1 following the word "maintain", insert the
words "in a company or companies licensed to do business in the State of Washington."
, ADD to the end of subparagraph 11.1.1:
"Owner's and Contractor's protective coverage shall include the following as
additional 'named insured: Clallam County Public Hospital District NO.2 (owner
Olympic Medical Center, Port Angeles, Washington), the Board of
Commissioners thereof, and the officers and employees thereof in their official
capacities. "
ADD to the following subparagraph:
11,1,1.9Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a
comprehensive basis including:
1. Premises - Operations (including X-C-U).
2. Independent contractor's protective.
3. Products and completed operations.
4, Contractual - including specified provisions for the Contractor's obligations
under Paragraph 3.18,
5. Owner, non-owned and hired motor vehicles.
6. Broad form coverage for property damage.
7. Workmen's Compensation - Statutory.
8, Employer's liability - Same limits as compensation liability on Stop Gap.
9, Comprehensive general liability.
a. Bodily injury - $1,250,000 each person! $1,500,000 each occurrence.
b. Personal injury - $1,250,000 each person! $1,250,000 aggregate!
$1,500,000 general aggregate.
c. Property damage - $1,100,000 each person! $1,100,000 each
occurrence! $1,100,000 aggregate.
10. Automobile liability.
a. Bodily injury - $1,250,000 each person! $1,500,000 each occurrence.
11. Independent contractors - same limits as above.
12. Products and completed operations - same limits as above until full
acceptance of new construction by Owner. Additionally named insures:
Clallam County Public Hospital District No.2, State of Washington, the
Board of Commissioners and Administrative Officers in their capacities,
known as Olympic Medical Hospital, Port Angeles, Washington. Certificate
of Insurance to be supplied to Owner.
13. Contractual liability - same limits as above.
14. Broad Form Builders Risk policy, covering materials, supplies, machinery, .
equipment, fixtures, temporary structures to be used in or incidental to the
construction, fabrication, installation, erection or completion, including
accrued labor charges. All Risk form with normal Exclusions. All Sub or
Independent Contractors should provide Certificates of Insurance to
Contractor commensurate with the liability limits set forth in 7,8,9, and 10.
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 6
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
ADD the following subparagraph:
"11.1.3 Furnish one copy of Certificates herein required for each copy of the Agreement:
specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by Paragraphs 11.1.1 and
11.1.2, The form of the Certificate shall be AlA Document G705. Furnish to the
Owner copies of any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending
coverage or limits."
"11.1.3.1 All required coverages shall remain in force for the benefit of the Owner for
claims arising out of the Work under this Contract for at least six (6) years after
Final Completion."
"11.1.3.2 Contractor agrees that the insurance specified in this Article 11.1 et seq., shall
be primary over any insurance or self-insurance program maintained by the
Owner,"
11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE: ALL RISK (SEE ALSO 11.1.9 (14) ABOVE)
Delete Paragraph 11.4.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:
"11.4.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire
work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. Such insurance shall be in a
company or companies against which the Owner, the Contractor, the
Subcontractors and the Subcontractors in the Work and shall insure against the
perils of fire and extended coverage and shi:!1I include "all risk' insurance for
physical loss or damage including without duplication of coverage, theft,
vandalism and malicious mischief.
11.4.1,1 If this insurance is written with stipulated amounts deductible under the
terms of the policy, the Contractor shall pay the difference attributable to
deductions in any payments made by the insurance carrier on claims paid
by insurance."
Delete Paragraph 11.4.6. in its entirety and substitute the following:
"11.4.6 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all policies with the
Owner and Architect before exposure to loss may occur. If the Owner is
damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance and to so
notify the Owner, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly
attributable thereto.
11.4.7 Add the following sentence: "In waiving rights of recovery under terms of this
paragraph, the term "Owner" shall be deemed to include his employees, and the
Architect and his employees as the Owner's representative, as provided in the
Contract Documents."
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 7
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL eENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11.5 PERFFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
Delete Paragraph 11.5.2 and substitute the following:
"11.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly provide and pay for a Performance Bond and
Payment Bond in the amount of 100% (percent) of the Contract Price covering
the performance of the Contract including the requirements of 3.5 - WARRANTY.
1.9 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
Delete Paragraph 13.1.1 and substitute the following:
"13.1.1 The Contractor shall at all times comply with federal and state laws, local laws
and ordinances and any regulations which in any manner affect the performance
of the contract.
ADD the following numbers, titles and paragraphs:
13.8 HOSPITAL SMOKING POLICY
13.8.1 The Owner maintains a smoke free property, Therefore the Contractor agrees to
maintain a smoke free work place by enforcing a No Smoking Policy at the work
site.
13.9 INVALIDITY
13.9.1 Should any provision of this Agreement, at any time, be in conflict with any law,
ruling, rule, or regulation, or be unenforceable for any reason, then such provision
shall continue in effect only to the extent that it remains valid. In the event any
provision of this Agreement becomes less than operative, the remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.
13.10 ATTORNEY'S FEES
13.10.1 The prevailing party in any suite, action, arbitration or the like commenced in
connection with this Agreement shall be entitled to recover its attorneys' fees and
costs (not limited to statutory costs), as the court or arbitrator may adjudge
reasonable at trial and on any appeal of such suit, action or arbitration
proceeding. n
Print date: 5/3112007
00 8000 - 8
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
"13.11 PREVAILlNGWAGEACT
"13.11.1 State of Washington Prevailing Wage Act, Chapter 39.12 RCW applies to
the entire project. The Contractor, any Subcontractor, or other person doing the
work or any part of it shall not pay any workmen, laborers or mechanics less than
the hourly minimum rate of wage defined by RCW 39.12.010 as established by
the Department of Labor and Industries which is the prevailing rate of wage.
Prevailing Wage Rates are incorporated into the Contract Documents (with or
without amendments) by direct reference.
"13,11.2 The Contractor. shall obtain the minimum hourly wage for each trade or
occupation from the Department of Labor and Industries,
"13.11.3 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall submit a 'Statement of Intent to Pay
Prevailing Wage' prior to. receiving the first payment, and following final
acceptance, shall submit 'Affidavit of Wages Paid' that have been certified by the
industrial statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries.
"13.12 CONTRACTOR EMPLOYMENT POLICIES
"13.12.1 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age,
marital status, creed or national origin and the presence of any sensory, mental
or physical handicap, and to authorize selections or decisions to be made upon
such classifications if they are based on a bona fide occupational qualification.
The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are
employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to
their race, religion, color, sex, age, marital status, creed or national origin. Such
action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination,
rates of payor other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available
to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of
nondiscrimination.
"13.12.2 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisement
for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants
will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color,
sex, age, marital status, creed or national origin.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 8000 - 9
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East ath Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Print date: 5/31/2007
(Blank Page)
00 aooo -10
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
I
I
I
June 1,2007
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East ath Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
II
I
DOCUMENT 00 8050
PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
A.
PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENT
B.
It is the responsibility of all companies bidding work on this project to familiarize themselves
with all Prevailing Wage requirements.
In accordance with Section 5.04 of the General Conditions for State Facility Construction,
every Contractor, Subcontractor, and supplier shall pay the prevailing rate of wages to all
workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of the work
associated with this project. Specific requirements for this project include, but are not limited
to the following:
1. Prior to commencing work on the project, the Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage Form and the
associated filing fee must be submitted to the Department of Labor and Industries. A
copy of the completed form and a copy of the associated check must also be submitted
to the Construction Manager as evidence that the proper paper work has been filed.
When an approved Statement is returned from L&I, the white copy should be submitted
to the Construction Manager.
2. With each Application for Payment:
a. Each Contractor or Supplier is to submit a statement indicating that the prevailing
wages have been paid in accordance with the approved Statement of Intent.
b. All bonded and un-bonded Contractors or Suppliers are required to submit evidence
that all required payments have been made to the Department of Labor and
Industries.
3. Upon completion of the project, an Affidavit of Wages Paid and an additional filing fee are
to be submitted to the Department of Labor and Industries. A copy of this Affidavit and its
associated check are to be submitted to the Owner's representative.
4. In addition to the Affidavit of Wages Paid, every Contractor, Subcontractor, and Supplier
will be responsible for submitting the following information:
a. Contractor's UBI Number
b. Account ID
c. Contractor's Registration Number
d. Number of hours expended on the project
5. Prior to final payment for work performed, all information requested above must be
submitted.
6. The Prevailing Wage Rates published with these documents were in effect at the time of
contract award. Each bidder shall be responsible for complying with any subsequent
rates which may have been published by the State of Washington.
END OF DOCUMENT
Print date: 5/31/2007
00 a050-1
PREVAILING WAGES
I
OL YMPIC MEDICAL CENTER June 1, 2007
433 East 8th Street I
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print date: 5/31/2007 00 a050-1 PREVAILING WAGES I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East ath Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND SITE WORK
02 2000 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR REMODELLING
A. Materials Ownership
1. Items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain
Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent
damage and deliver promptly to Owner.
B. Quality Assurance
1. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with 'governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Standards: Comply with ANSI A 10.6 and NFPA 241.
a. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
C. Project Conditions
1. Hazardous Materials: It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be encountered in the
Work.
a. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a
separate contract.
2. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
a. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
D. Examination
1. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
2. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
3. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.
4. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
5. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing
any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure
or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
6. Upon discovery of asbestos or other hazardous materials, halt work and notify Architect for
further instructions.
E. Utility Services And Mechanical/Electrical Systems
1. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
2. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility
services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
a. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 2 - 1
SELECTIVE DEMOLlTON
AND SITE WORK
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding
with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective
demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
c. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
d. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed with removal
of the wall.
F. Preparation
1. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
a. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to
and from occupied portions of building.
b. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of
existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage
and damage to structure and interior areas.
c. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are
exposed during selective demolition operations.
d. Cover and protect equipment that have not been removed.
e. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling
specified in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
2. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required
to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes
to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction
being demolished. '
a. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.
G. Selective Demolition, General
1. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
a. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete
selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting
members on the next lower level.
b. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting
methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand
tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to
minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
c. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
d. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed
spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before
starting f1ame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices
during f1ame-cutting operations.
e. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
f. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and
promptly dispose of off-site.
g. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free
fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
h. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
2. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 2 - 2
SELECTIVE DEMOLlTON
AND SITE WORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their
original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
H. Selective Demolition Procedures For Specific Materials
1. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain
and at regular intervals, using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.
2. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain,
using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.
3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and
remove.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Carpet Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive
5. Carpet and Pad: Remove in large pieces and roll tightly after removing demolition debris, trash,
adhesive, and tack strips. Remove adhesive
6. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations
in RFCI-WP and its Addendum.
a. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the
methods recommended by RFCI.
7. Roofing: Contractor to remove existing roofing and is responsible for maintaining a water-tight
and weather-tight building interior. Refer to Division 7 Section "EPDM Membrane Roofing" for
new roofing requirements.
a. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories.
b. Remove existing roofing system down to a clean wood substrate. Remove curbs and cants.
c. Remove skylights and prepare for reinstallation to new roof.
d. Remove sections of metal roofing down to clean wood substrate in preparation for new roof.
I. Disposal Of Demolished Materials
1. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site
and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
a. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
b. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
areas.
c. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will
convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
d. Comply with requirements speCified in Division 1 Section "Construction Waste
Management. "
2. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
3. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
J. Cleaning
1. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition
operations began.
I
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 2 - 3
SELECTIVE OEMOLlTON
AND SITE WORK
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East ath Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
Print Date: 5/31/07 Division 2 - 4
SELECTIVE DEMOLlTON
AND SITE WORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03 3000 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Summary
1. Section Includes:
a. Cast-in-concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and
finishes.
b. Concrete materials, including reinforcing and mix design, for precast concrete.
c. Cast-in-place concrete includes
1) Foundations and footings
2) Slabs on grade.
3) Equipment pads and bases.
2. Related Sections:
a. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Paving" for concrete paving and walks, and intergral
curbs and gutters.
B. Submittals
1. Comply with requirements of Section 01330.
2. Product Data: Curing compound and other proprietary products.
3. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test results for concrete materials and mix design test
per UBC requirements.
4. Quality Control Submittals: Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions as
required for installation.
C. Quality Assurance
1. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of each, latest edition, except as
otherwise indicated.
a. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete Buildings.
b. ACI 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete.
c. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
d. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) - Manual of Standard Practice.
e. American Welding Society D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
f. Internations Building Code IBC 2003.
2. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work.
Retesting of rejected materials for installed work shall be done at Contractor's expense.
D. Delivery, Storage And Handling
1. Deliver anchorage items to be embedded in concrete for other construction before start of such
work.
E. Products
1. Form Materials
a. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: New plywood or metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or
other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed
surfaces.
b. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint
system shown on shop drawin . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Date: OS/25/07
Division 3 - 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
c. Use plywood complying with PS-1, Class I:
1) A-C or B-B HIGH DENSITY OVERLAID CONCRETE FORM; or
2) B-B (CONCRETE FORM) PLYWOOD, EXTERIOR, mill oiled and edge sealed.
d. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material.
Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
e. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond
with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments
of concrete surfaces.
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Reinforcing Materials
1. General: Refer to Structural General Notes in S-series drawings for more information.
2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed bars (with lugs or protrusions), unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, flat sheets.
4. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel.
5. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports including bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other
devices complying with CRSI recommendations.
6. Anchors: ASTM A 307 zinc-coated threaded steel rod, or deformed reinforcing bar dowels (see
above).
F. Concrete Materials
1. General: Refer to Structural General Notes in S-series drawings for more information.
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or III.
3. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F.
4. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, except local aggregates of proven durability may be
used when acceptable to Architect. Provide aggregates from single source for exposed concrete.
5. Water: Drinkable.
6. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
7. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, type as required to suit project conditions. Use
admixtures which have been tested and accepted in mix designs.
8. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
Cormix PSI Super
G. Related Materials
1. Vapor Retarder: Must have the following qualities:
a. WVTR less than 0.008 as tested by ASTM E 96.
b. ASTM E 1745 Class A (Plastics).
c. Vapor Barrier Products:
3) Stego Wrap (15 mil) Vapor Barrier by STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC, San Juan Capistrano, CA. (877)
464-7834 www.stegoindustries.com
4) W.R. Meadows Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core.
5) Zero-Perm by Alumiseal.
2. Vapor Proofing Mastic:
a. Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM E 96; 0.3 perms or lower.
b. Product: Stego Mastic.
3. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or
mastic per manufacturer's instructions.
Print Date: OS/25/07
Division 3 - 2
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
4. Curing Compound: Penetrating water-based sealer consisting of a sodium orthosilicate solution,
compatible in over-application of specified finish coating.
a. Application: Apply on floor slabs to receive elasdtomeric liquid flooring or epoxy resin flooring,
and on floor slabs not being used as casting slab for tilt-up precast panels.
b. Product: Burke Rex-X Sodium Silicate; or Dayton Superior Day-Chem Sil-Cure (J-13); or
L&M Cure; or Nox-Crete Bro-Cure; or Symons Quad Cure; or approved equivalent.
5.. Concrete Hardener/Sealer: Clear, penetrating, chemically reactive, water-based one-component
silicone by-product sealer, nonyellowing, compatible with subsequent application systems. Ultra
Coatings UC-40 Concrete Sealer 675; or L&M Seal Hard; or Dayton Superior Sure Hard (J-17); or
Ashford Formula.
June 1,2007
6. Bonding Agent: PVA or acrylic base, rewettable type. Dayton Superior Day-Chem Ad Bond (J-40);
or Euclid Flex-Con; or Larsen Admix 101; or Master Builders Acryl-Set; or Symons Strong Bond;
or approved equivalent.
7. Bonding Agent: Master Builders Concresive Liquid (LPL) liquid epoxy concrete bonding agent.
8. Epoxy Adhesive: Two-component resin adhesive. Hilti HIT Adhesive Anchor System.
I. Proportioning And Design Of Mixes
1. Prepare design mix for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field
experience methods as specified in ACI 301.
2. When trial batch method is used, employ an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for
preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. Do not use same testing agency for field quality
control testing.
3. Limit use of fly ash not to exceed 15 percent of cement content by weight.
4. Submit written reports for each proposed concrete mix at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do
not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed and accepted.
5. Design mixes to provide normal-weight concrete having 2500 psi ,28-day compressive strength,
W/C ratio of 0.40 maximum.
6. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when
characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant.
Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and
accepted by Architect before using in Work.
I. Admixtures
1. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (Superplasticizer) in
concrete as required for placement and workability.
2. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete.
a. Exterior Flatwork: Not less than 4 percent nor more than 6 percent entrained air.
J. Ready-Mix Concrete
1. Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94.
2. Utilize ready-mix concrete wherever locally available, subject to plant approval.
3. Ensure that fully executed and signed trip tickets accompany each load. Inspector shall log in the
trip tickets at the job site at time of entry.
4. Retempering of concrete that has taken its initial set will not be tolerated.
5. Adding of mix water without authorization will not be allowed.
Print Date: OS/25/07
Division 3 - 3
CAST-iN-PLACE CONCRETE
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
K. Execution .
1. Coordinate installation of vapor retarders and other related materials with placement of forms and
reinforcing steel.
2. Formwork:
a. Construct forms so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
alignment, elevation, and position.
b. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reg lets,
chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required
in the Work.
c. Construct mortar-tight and sufficiently strong and rigid to resist deformation. Solidly butt joints
and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking.
d. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber
chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
e. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of
other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades
providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
f. Clean and adjust forms prior to concrete placement.
g. Apply form oil compound before installing any reinforcement
h. Retighten forms during concrete placement, as required to eliminate mortar leaks.
i. Remove all water from formwork. Remove by pump from an outside sump if necessary.
3. Vapor Retarder Installation:
a. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E 1643-98.
b. Unroll vapor barrier/retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour.
c. Lap vapor barrier/retarder over footings and seal to foundation walls.
d. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's tape.
e. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer's instructions.
f. No penetration of the vapor barrier/retarder is allowed except for reinforcing steel and
permanent utilities.
g. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier/retarder, overlapping damaged
area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape.
h. Where Architect specifically directs that vapor retarder is not required, sand cushion may be
omitted at that location.
i. Securely fasten reinforcement and embedded items and have installation inspected and
approved by the Inspector before starting pouring operations.
4. Reinforcement:
a. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement.
b. Locate and support with metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers as required.
c. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
d. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable, lapping at least 12 inches, at least
one mesh, and lace splices with wire. Support wire fabric on concrete blocks, with embedded
wire ties.
5. Installation of Embedded Items:
a. Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work
that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place concrete.
b. Use setting diagrams, templates, and instructions provided by others for locating and setting.
6. Installation of Epoxy Grouted Anchors:
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
b. Comply with ICBO Report No. 4419.
7. Concrete Placement:
a. Comply with ACI, placing concrete in a continuous operation within planned joints or sections.
b. Form all vertical footing surfaces.
c. Do not begin placement until work of other trades affecting concrete is completed.
Print Date: OS/25/07
Division 3 - 4
CAST-iN-PLACE CONCRETE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
d. Consolidate placed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment with hand rodding and
tamping, so that concrete is worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into
forms.
e. Minimum Concrete Thickness: Slabs on Grade: 4 inches.
June 1,2007
I
I
I
8. In areas with floor drains, where slope is indicated, maintain floor level at walls and pitch surfaces
uniformly to drains.
9. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes during
mixing, placement and curing. .
a. Cold Weather: Comply with ACI 306.
b. Hot Weather: Comply with ACI 305.
I. Finishes - Formed Surfaces
1. Rough-Formed Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed-to-view in the finish work or by
other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is concrete surface having texture imparted by
form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and
other projections exceeding 6 mm (1/4 inch) in height rubbed down or chipped off.
2. Smooth-Formed Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed-to-view or to be covered with a
coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. This is an as-cast concrete surface
obtained with selected form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a
minimum of seams. Remove fins and projections, patch defective areas with cement grout, and
rub smooth.
3. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching
adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across
adjacent unformed surfaces unless indicated otherwise.
J. Miscellaneous Concrete Items
1. Filling-In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades,
unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place.
a. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction.
b. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the Work.
2. Equipment Bases and Foundation: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations, as
shown on Drawings.
a. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying
with certified diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
b. Grout base plates and foundations as indicated, using specified nonshrink grout. Use
nonmetallic grout for exposed conditions, unless otherwise indicated
K. Curing
1. Begin initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from exposed surfaces.
2. Where possible, keep concrete continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.
3. Continue curing by use of moisture-retaining cover or membrane-forming curing compound.
4. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing until forms are removed.
5. Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying
appropriate curing method. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-
retaining cover, unless otherwise directed.
6. Provide protections as required to prevent damage to exposed concrete surfaces.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print Date: OS/25/07
Division 3 - 5
CAST-iN-PLACE CONCRETE
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L. Concrete Surface Repairs
1. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after
removal of forms.
2. Mix dry-pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing
a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing.
a. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 6 mm (1/4 inch) in any dimension, and holes left
by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete, but in no case to depth of less than 25 mm (1
inch). .
b. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface.
c. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat area to be patched with specified
bonding agent.
d. Place patching mortar after Bonding agent has dried.
3. For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that,
when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous
location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in
place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
4. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects
cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture
irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on
surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form
tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding
agent.
a. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that affect the
durability of concrete.
b. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete.
5. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness
and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high
areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in
addition to smoothness using template having required slope.
a. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect durability of concrete.
Surface defects include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.25 mm (0.01) inch wide or which
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections regardless of width,
spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.
b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14
days.
c. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface
finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete.
1) Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
2) Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect.
d. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 25 mm (1 inch)
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete.
1) Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean square cuts and expose reinforcing steel
with at least 19 mm (3/4 inch) clearance all around.
2) Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply Bonding agent.
3) Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original
concrete.
4) Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete.
5) Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print Date: OS/25/07
Division 3 - 6
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Ferrous Metals
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or
required by structural loads.
3. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B.
4. Galvanized Structural Quality Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446; Grade A, G90.
5. Galvanized Commercial Quality Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G90.
6. Galvanizing, Where Indicated: ASTM A123, minimum 1.25 ozlsq ft.
B. Stainless Steel
1. Stainless steel pipe, tubing, bars, plate and shapes: Type 304 and 304L for weld~ng.
2. Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Annealed or Cold-Worked: Type 430.
C. Aluminum
1. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, 6063 alloy, T6 temper.
2. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, 5052 alloy, H32 or H22 temper.
3. Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes: ASTM B 210,6063 alloy, T6 temper.
4. Aluminum-Alloy Bars: ASTM B 211, 6061 alloy, T6 temper.
D. Welding
1. Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1-2004, AWS D1.1 and D1.3.
E. Fasteners
1. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and interior stainless
steel and aluminum. Zinc-plated fasteners for interior steel with coating complying with
ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 for interior steel. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class
required.
2. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel, safety factor of 4, as determined by
testing per ASTM E 488. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per
ASTM A 153/A 153M.
3. Expansion Anchors: Corrosion resistant anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with a safety factor of
six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when
installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified
independent testing agency.
F. Fabrication
1. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.
2. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
3. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 1
METALS
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 2
METALS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
4. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt
tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
5. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located;
consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.
6. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related
components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted
otherwise.
7. Fabrication of closure panels and strips:
a. Form from metal type indicated on drawings with the following minimum thicknesses:
b. Aluminum Sheet: 0.063 inch.
c. Stainless-Steel Sheet: 0.050 inch.
d. Steel Sheet: 0.053 inch.
e. Increase metal thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners, backing materials, or both,
. as needed to provide surface flatness equivalent to stretcher-leveled standard of flatness
and sufficient strength for indicated use. Support joints with concealed stiffeners
f. Build in straps, plates, and brackets to support and anchor to adjoining construction.
g. Provide support framing, mounting and attachment clips, splice sleeves, fasteners, to install
items.
h. Snap-Together Type: Form covers to shapes indicated from metal type indicated on
drawings. Return vertical edges and bend to form hook that will engage continuous
mounting clips.
i. Use concealed anchorages unless otherwise noted by the architect.
j. Isolate dissimilar metals.
G. Finish
1. Preparation for Priming and Painting: SSPC-SP 1 and -SP 2, minimum.
2. Shop Primer for Interior Ferrous Metal - Tnemec 394.
3. Galvanizing Touch-Up Paint: SSPC-Paint 20.
H. Installation
1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
2. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not detailed.
3. After erection, prime and finish welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, or excluded
above.
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
DIVISION 6 - WOOD & PLASTICS
06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
A. Lumber Standards:
1. Comply with PS-1 and PS 20-1999 and grading rules of WCLB and WWPA.
2. Moisture content 19 percent maximum, except as otherwise indicated for particular members.
3. AWPA - U1-06: American Wood Preservers' Association Use Category System.
4. Mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp, identifying agency, species, grade, moisture
content, and mill, except provide certificates for exposed lumber.
5. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless rough lumber is specifically indicated.
B. General Requirements:
1. Structural framing and related materials per Structural Drawings and Structural Engineer take
precedent over this specification.
C. Concealed Dimension Lumber:
1. Studs, Joists, Rafters, Posts, and Small Beams (Sizes Up to 4 x 16) including blocking furring and
nailers:
a. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Standard, Stud, or NO.3 grade; Hem-Fir; WWPA or
WCLlB.
b. Exterior and Load-Bearing Walls: Construction or NO.2 grade; Hem-Fir; WCLlB or WWPA.
c. Ceilings (Non-Load-Bearing): Construction or NO.2 grade; Hem-Fir or Douglas Fir-Larch;
WCLlB or WWPA.
d. Other Framing Not Listed Above: Construction or NO.2 grade; Hem-Fir; WCLlB or WWPA.
e. Exposed Framing: Provide material hand selected from lumber of species and grade
indicated above for load-bearing construction for uniformity of appearance and freedom from
characteristics that would impair finish appearance.
2. Larger sizes: contact Architect.
3. Joists, Rafters, Posts, and Small Beams (Sizes Up to 4 x 16):
a. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch
b. Grade: No.1, grade per WCLlB or WWPA rules, free of heart centers..
4. Miscellaneous Blocking, Furring, and Nailers:
a. Species: Any allowed under grading rules.
b. Grade: No. 2 or Standard Grade.
D. Engineered Wood Products
1. General: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for
which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that evidence compliance with
building code in effect for Project.
a. Allowable Design Stresses: As published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those
indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by
rational engineering analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive te'sting performed by a
qualified independent testing laboratory.
2. Parallel Strand Lumber: Lumber manufactured by structurally bonding wood strands to make
large cross section beams complying with following requirements:
a. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending: 2900 psi for 12-inch nominal depth members.
b. Modulus of Elasticity: 2,000,000 psi.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 1
WOOD AND PLASTICS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c. Tension Parallel to Grain: 2025 psi.
d. Compression Parallel to Grain: 2900 psi.
e. Compression Perpendicular to Grain: 750 psi perpendicular to grain.
f. Horizontal Shear: 285 psi perpendicular to and 190 psi parallel to glue line.
3. Wood I-Joists: Prefabricated units, I-shaped in cross section, made with structural composite
lumber flanges and wood-based structural panel webs, let into and bonded to flanges. Provide
units complying with material requirements of and with structural capacities established and
monitored according to ASTM D 5055.
a. Web Material: Either oriented strand board or plywood, complying with DOC PS 1 or
DOC PS 2, Exposure 1.
b. Structural Properties: Provide units with depths and design values not less than those
indicated.
c. Provide units complying with APA PRI-400, factory marked with APA trademark indicating
nominal joist depth, joist class, span ratings, mill identification, and compliance with APA
standard.
4. Rim Boards: Product designed to be used as a load-bearing member and to brace wood I-joists
at bearing ends, complying with research/evaluation report for I-joists. .
a. Manufacturer: Provide products by same manufacturer as I-joists.
b. Material: All-veneer product, glued-laminated wood or product made from any combinatiori
solid lumber, wood strands. and veneers. Provide rim boards made without urea
formaldehyde.
c. Thickness: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm).
5. Glue-Laminated beams: Provide product as specified on the structural drawings.
E. Construction Panels:
1. Structural:
a. General: Where structural-use panels are indicated for following concealed types of
applications, provide APA performance-rated panels complying with requirements designated
under each application for grade, span rating. exposure durability classification, and edge
detail (where applicable).
1) Thickness: Provide panels meeting requirements specified, but not less than thickness
indicated.
2) Span Ratings: Provide panels with span ratings required to meet "Code Plus" provisions
of APA Form No. E30, APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial.
b. Subfloor/Underlayment Combination: APA Rated Sturd-I-Floor; Exposure Class Exterior;
span rating of 16 inches on center; tongue and groove edges.
c. APA Rated Subflooring: Exposure Class Exterior; span rating of 32/16 inches.
d. APA Rated Roof or Wall Sheathing: Exposure Class Exterior; span rating of 24/0 inches.
2: Non-Structural:
a. Gypsum Sheathing: USG Fiberock Aqua Tough or GP DensGlas Gold, Type X, 5/8 inch
b. Plywood Backing Panels: PS 1-1995; C-C Plugged, exterior grade; 1/2 in thickness.
c. Oriented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1. 1/2 inch.
F. Exterior:
1. Board Siding: Match existing vertical Cedar siding in board size and appearance. Kiln-dried
lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20, factory coated with exterior alkyd primer.
2. Panel Siding: APA-rated Texture 1-11 plywood siding matching existing building siding for type,
thickness, grooving, face finish, and attachment. %" minimum thickness, pressure treated.
3. Wood Trim: Match existing trim for type, thickness, and appearance.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 2
WOOD AND PLASTICS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
G. Accessories:
1. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized for exterior and high humidity locations, untreated steel
elsewhere.
a. Siding Attachment and Exterior Wood Trim: Match existing non-corrosive fasteners.
2. Metal Framing Anchors: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity, type,
and size indicated and as follows:
b. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or
evaluation reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that
evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with the building code
in effect for this Project.
c. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by
manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be
determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis, and demonstrated by
comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.
d. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60
coating designation; structural, commercial, or lock-forming quality as standard with
manufacturer for type of anchor indicated.
e. Joist Hangers: U-shaped, with 2-inch long seat and 1.25-inch wide nailing flanges at least
85% of joist depth; 0.064-inch thickness.
f. Top Flange Hangers: U-shaped, full depth of joist, formed from metal strap with tabs bent to
extend over and be fastened to supporting member; 1.50-inch strap width; 0.064-inch
thickness.
g. Bridging: Rigid, V-section, nailless type; 0.064 inch thick; length to suit joist size and spacing.
h. Post Bases: Adjustable socket type for bolting in place with standoff plate to raise post 1 inch
above base and with 2-inch minimum side cover, socket 0.064 inch thick, standoff and
adjustment plates 0.108 inch thick.
i. Joist Ties: Flat straps, with holes for fasteners, for tying joists together over supports.
1) Width: 3/4 inch.
2) Thickness: 0.064 inch.
3) Length: As indicated.
j. Rafter Tie-Downs: Bent strap tie for fastening rafters or roof trusses to wall studs below, 1-5/8
inches wide by 0.052 inch thick.
k. Floor-to-Floor Ties: Flat straps, with holes for fasteners, for tying upper floor wall studs to
band joists and lower floor studs, 1.25 inches wide by 0.052 inch thick by 36 inches long.
I. Hold-Downs: Brackets for bol~ing to wall studs and securing to foundation walls with anchor
bolts or to other hold-downs with threaded rods and designed with first of 2 bolts placed 7 bolt
diameters from reinforced base.
3. Joist Hangers: Hot dipped galvanized steel.
4. Building Paper: Grade D 60 minute building paper. Fortifiber JumboTex 60 minute.
5. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is
approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel
manufacturers.
6. Continuous Soffit Vents: Aluminum hat channel shape with, 2 inches wide, and in lengths not
less than 96 inches. Provide insect screening.
H. W.ood Treatment:
1. Comply with AWPA U1.
2. Fire Retardancy: Pressure impregnated chemical treatment; Use Category UCFA for interior,
UCFB for exterior.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 3
WOOD AND PLASTICS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Preservative Pressure Treatment: Use Category appropriate to application, using waterborne
preservative. Treat all wood adjoining concrete or within 12 inches of the ground.
I. Installation:
1. Framing: Comply with member sizes, spacing, configurations, fastener sizes, and fastener
spacing as indicated, but not less than required by code.
2. Construction Panels:
a. Subflooring: Glue and nail to framing; staples are not permitted.
b. . Structural Sheathing: Orient perpendicular to framing, with ends staggered over firm bearing,
and secure by nails or screws; staples are not permitted.
3. Accessories:
a. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized for exterior and high humidity locations, untreated steel
elsewhere.
1) Siding Attachment and Exterior Wood Trim: Match existing non-corrosive fasteners.
b. Joist Hangers: Hot dipped galvanized steel.
c. Building Paper: ASTM D 226, Type 1, No. 15 asphalt-saturated organic felt, unperforated.
4. Wood Treatment: Comply with AWPA U1-2003.
a. Fire Retardancy: Pressure impregnated chemical treatment; Use Category UCFA for interior,
UCFB for exterior.
b. Preservative Pressure Treatment: Use Category appropriate to application, using waterborne
preservative. Use treated wood for all roofing work.
5. Framing Installation:
a. Framing standard: Comply with AFPA'S Manual for Wood Frame Construction, unless
otherwise indicated.
1) Member sizes, spacing, configurations, fastener sizes, and fastener spacing as
indicated, but not less t~an required by code.
b. Construct corners and intersections with three or more studs. Provide blocking and framing
as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1) Provide continuous horizontal blocking at midheight of partitions more than 96 inches
high, using members of 2-inch nominal thickness and of same width as wall or partitions.
c. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of
thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs.
1) For non-load-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs with headers not less than 4-
inch nominal depth for openings 48 inches and less in width, 6-inch nominal depth for
openings 48 to 72 inches in width, 8-inch nominal depth for openings 72 to 120 inches in
width, and not less than 10-inch nominal depth for openings 10 to 12 feet in width.
2) For load-bearing walls, provide double-jamb studs for openings 72 inches and less in
width, and triple-jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth indicated.
d. Construction Panels:
1) Subflooring: Glue and nail to framing; staples are not permitted.
2) Structural Sheathing: Orient perpendicular to framing, with ends staggered over firm
bearing, and secure by nails or screws; staples are not permitted.
e. Firestopping: Install firestopping in partitions and construction as required by building code.
f. Draftstopping: Construct draftstop in new "attic" space per building code.
g. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for
screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line
and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.
h. Apply building paper horizontally over sheathing with 2-inch overlap and 6-inch end lap;
fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with
4-inch overlap.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 4
WOOD AND PLASTICS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
6. Siding:
a. Board Siding:
1) Install siding matching existing.
2) Provide matching closures and trim where required.
3) Provide flexible flashing and color matching exposed flashing where required.
b. Panel Siding:
1) Install panels with edges over framing or blocking. Nail at 6 inches o.c. at panel
perimeter and 12 inches O.C. at intermediate supports unless manufacturer recommends
closer spacing. Leave 1/16-inch gap between adjacent panels and 1/8-inch gap at
perimeter, openings, and horizontal joints unless otherwise recommended by panel
manufacturer.
2) Seal butt joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations.
3) Install continuous metal flashing at horizontal panel joints.
4) Apply battens and corner trim as indicated. Countersink nail heads, fill flush, and sand
filler.
061760 - Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses
A. Related Documents
1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Summary
1. This Section includes wood roof trusses and truss accessories.
2. Related Sections include the following:
a. Division 6 Section 'Wood and Plastics" for roof sheathing and and dimension lumber for
supplementary framing and permanent bracing.
C. Definitions
1. Metal.:.Plate-Connected Wood Trusses: Planar structural units consisting of metal-plate-
connected members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to
Project site..
2. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:
a. WCLlB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
b. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.
D. Performance Requirements
1. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding
design loads within limits and under conditions indicated on the structural drawings.
E. Submittals
1. Shop Drawings: Show location, pitch, span, camber, configuration, and spacing for each type of
truss required; species, sizes, and stress grades of lumber; splice details; type, size, material,
finish, design values, orientation, and location of metal connector plates; and bearing details.
a. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data
signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
2. Product Certificates: For metal-plate-connected wood trusses, signed by officer of truss
fabricating firm.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 5
WOOD AND PLASTICS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1,2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Quality Assurance
1. Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and
that complies with TPI quality-control procedures for manufacture of connector plates published in
TPI1.
a. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to
assume engineering responsibility.
b. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering
analysis by a qualified professional engineer.
2. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that
involves inspection by SPIB, Timber Products Inspection, TPI, or other independent testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Source Limitations for Connector Plates: Obtain metal connector plates through one source from
a single manufacturer.
4. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications:
a. TP1 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction."
b. TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses."
c. TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses."
5. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in AFPA's "National
Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement."
G. Delivery, Storage, And Handling
1. Comply with TPI recommendations to avoid damage and lateral bending. Provide for air
circulation around stacks and under coverings.
2. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and
replace trusses that are damaged or defective.
H. Coordination
1. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying
progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses.
I. Dimension Lumber
1. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
a. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
b. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, manufactured to actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for
moisture content specified.
c. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.
2. Grade and Species: Provide dimension lumber of any species for truss chord and web members,
graded visually or mechanically, and capable of supporting required loads without exceeding
allowable design values according to AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood
Construction" and its "Supplement."
J. Metal Connector Plates
1. General: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI 1 from metal complying with
requirements indicated below:
2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation;
Designation SS, Grade 33, and not less than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) thick.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 6
WOOD AND PLASTICS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I"
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
3. Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591 M, 80Z (24G) coating designation;
ASTM A 570/A 570M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, and not less than 0.047 inch (1.2 mm)
thick.
K. Fasteners
1. Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements of Section 06 1000.
L. Metal Framing Anchors
1. Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size
indicated that comply with the requirements of Section 06100
M. Miscellaneous Materials
1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21 035, with dry film containing a minimum
of 94 percent zinc dust by weight.
N. Fabrication
1. Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles, and sizes to produce close-fitting joints.
2. Fabricate metal connector plates to sizes, configurations, thicknesses, and anchorage details
required to withstand design loads for types of joint designs indicated.
3. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure
uniformity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances in TPI 1.
Position members to produce design camber indicated.
a. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI1.
4. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded
simultaneously in both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press.
O. Installation
1. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured.
2. Before installing, splice trusses delivered to Project site in more than one piece.
3. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required,
exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes.
4. Insfall and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated.
5. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction.
6. Space trusses as indicated; adjust and align trusses in location before permanently fastening.
7. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal framing anchors. Install fasteners through
each fastener hole in metal framing anchor according to manufacturer's fastening schedules and
written instructions.
8. Securely connect each truss ply required for forming built-up girder trusses.
a. Anchor trusses to girder trusses as indicated.
9. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are
applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams.
a. Install and fasten strong back bracing vertically against vertical web of parallel-chord floor
trusses at centers indicated.
10. Install wood trusses within installation tolerances in TPI1.
11. Do not cut or remove truss members.
12. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements.
a. Do not alter trusses in field.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 7
WOOD AND PLASTICS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
P. Repairs And Protection
1. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according
to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Protective Coating: Clean and prepare exposed surfaces of metal connector plates. Brush apply
primer, when part of coating system, and one coat of protective coating.
a. Apply materials to provide minimum dry film thickness recommended by coating system
manufacturer.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 8
WOOD AND PLASTICS
I
! I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY
A. General Requirements:
1. Match existing materials and installation quality unless noted.
A. Submittals:
1. Samples.
2. Shop Drawings.
B. Quality Standards:
2. Woodwork Quality Level: Comply with AWI/AWMAC Quality Standards lIIustrated-2003
3. Softwood Lumber Grading: ALSC; PS 20. provide certificates identifying agency, species, grade,
moisture content, and mill.
4. Hardwood Lumber Grading: NHLA G-101.
5. Softwood Plywood: PS 1-1995, certified by American Plywood Association.
6. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-1
7. Work Quality: Comply with requirements of AWIIAWMAC Quality Standards Illustrated for:
a. Woodwork: Custom Grade
C. Finish Lumber:
1. Hardwood: Species and Cut as scheduled or noted on drawings, maximum moisture content of 8
percent, AWl Grade "1", premium grade for transparent finish, otherwise paint grade.
2. MDF Trim: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin.
D. Sheet Materials:
1. Softwood Plywood: PS 1 Grade A-B; Veneer core; Douglas fir face species, plain sawn cut..
2. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-1, GradeAA, for transparent finish, species and cut as scheduled
or noted on drawings, match finish of approved sample. .
3. MDF Particleboard: APA stamped for use. ANSI A208.1; Composed of wood chips, sawdust, or
flakes of medium density, made with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application; sanded
faces.
4. Hardboard: AHA A 135.4; Pressed wood fiber with resin binder, Class 1 - Tempered, 1/4 inch
thick, smooth one side (S1 S).
5. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3; HGS grade, colors and patterns to match approved samples.
6. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Decorative surface of thermally fused polyester or melamine-
impregnated web, bonded to medium density particleboard and complying with LMA SAT-1.
E. Interior Hardwood Standing and Running Trim:
1. Species: MDF or kiln-dried Eastern white pine, sugar pine, or western white pine for painted
finish matching existing in the immediate remodel area.
F. Interior Frames And Jambs:
1. Wood Species: Match existing species, profile and finish.
2. Joints: Dadoed.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 9
WOOD AND PLASTICS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G. Accessories:
1. Fasteners: Stainless steel or hot-dipped galvanized for exterior and high humidity locations,
untreated steel elsewhere. Concealed or sunken with filler where exposed on finish wood.
2. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color.
H. Finishing:
1. Transparent Shop Finish: Synthetic penetrating oil finishing system, stain to match existing.
I. Installation:
1. Comply with AWl especially section 1700 for the same grade.
2. Interior Standing and Running Trim: Comply with AWl Section 300, match existing or Custom
Grade.
3. Install wood door frames level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed
shims where necessary for alignment. Countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand smooth.
4. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated
below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer. Machine doors for
hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
a. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch
from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or
scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. .
b. Bevel doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges.
5. Install standing and running trim with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces
(from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less
than 36 inches long, except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary.
a. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members.
b. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish
same as wood base, if finished.
c. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96
inches.
d. Miter external corners. Scribe or miter internal corners.
e. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members,
except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
f. Ease exposed edges and corners to meet Architect approval.
g. Provide trim sizes and shapes as noted on drawings or matching existing.
06 4000 - CABINETRY
A. General Requirements:
1. Match new cabinetry to existing similar type cabinetry in the immediate area, including
construction, finishes, finished end panels, cabinetry hardware, and countertops, backsplashes,
and installation of cabinetry.
B. Submittals:
1. Samples.
2. Shop Drawings.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 10
WOOD AND PLASTICS
I
I
,I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
c. Custom Cabinets and Casework: Match building standard or adjacent style.
1. Standards: Comply with requirements of AWIIAWMAC Quality Standards Illustrated for:
a. Custom Grade unless noted.
2. Construction Style: Flush overlay unless matching existing.
3. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4-2004.
4. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2-2002.
5. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1-1999, Grade M-2.
6. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneer: ANSIIHPVA HP-1-2000, species and cut as selected or
noted on drawings, premium grade for transparent finish.
7. Fire-Retardant Lumber: AWPA U1-2003, pressure impregnated chemical treatment; Use
Category UCFA for interior, UCFB for exterior.
8. Decorative Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3-2000; colors and patterns to match approved
samples.
9. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Decorative surface of thermally fused polyester or melamine-
impregnated web, bonded to medium density particleboard and complying with LMA SAT -1.
10. Cabinet Hardware: BHMA A156.9-1994.
a. . Finish: Match existing.
b. Style: Match building standard or adjacent hardware style.
c. Hardware: heavy-duty quality.
1) Drawer slides: 100 lb. rated, 150 lb. rated for.file drawers.
d. Hinges: Match existing.
e. Shelf Hardware: 50 psf, not to exceed 200 Ibs. per shelf.
D. Countertops:
1. Standards: Comply with requirements of AWIIAWMAC Quality Standards Illustrated Quality
Standards for Premium Grade.
2. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3-2000, Grade GP-50; color and pattern to match existing.
E. Installation:
1. Installation Standard: AWl Section 1700 for the grade specified.
2. Provide %" exterior grade plywood for exposed shelves, and countertops with sinks and over
kneespaces.
3. Provide openings in casework to accommodate all electrical and mechanical components.
4. Level and align cabinets at installation. Minimum requirement: 1/8 inch in 8 feet, with no
variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces.
5. Scribe to adjacent surfaces, conceal shims. Fill and seal gaps and countertops.
6. Secure casework with concealed fasteners, unless approved.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 6 - 11
'WOOD AND PLASTICS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
June 1, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
Print Date: 5/31/07 Division 6 - 12
WOOD AND PLASTICS,
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 2000 - THERMAL INSULATION AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
A. Submittals:
1. Product data.
2. Samples.
B. Insulation:
1. Thicknesses and required insulating values as indicated on drawings.
2. Batt Insulation: Glass fiber.
a. Concealed Exterior Stud Walls: ASTM C 665, Type I, blankets without membrane
coverings, friction fit. Separate vapor retarder required.
b. Concealed Interior Stud Wall or Ceiling Construction: ASTM C 665, Type II Class C or Type
III Class B or C.
c. Exposed locations: ASTM C 665, Type II Class A, or Type III Class A. Mechanically fasten.
3. Vapor Retarder:
a. CertainTeed MemBrain; Permeance: < 0.1 perm, maximum, when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 96.
07 5300 - EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
A. Section Includes Installation of Complete Roofing System:
1. Elastomeric 60-mil EPDM non-reinforced roofing membrane, fully adhered application.
2. Substrate board.
3. Flashings.
4. Roofing cant strips, stack boots, roofing expansion joints. and walkway pads.
5. Manufacturer approved terminations.
6. Manufacture approve termination and underlayments at sloped roofs.
B. References:
1. ASTM C 1177/C 1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as
Sheathing; 2004.
2. ASTM D 412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-
Tension; 1998a (Reapproved 2002).
3. ASTM D 4637 - Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane;
2004.
4. FM DS 1-28 - Design Wind Loads; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; 2005.
5. NRCA ML 104 - The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; National Roofing Contractors
Association; Fifth Edition, with interim updates.
6. UL (RMSD) - Roofing Materials and Systems Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current
. edition.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 1
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
I
I
I
I
C. Submittals:
1. Product Data: Provide data indicating membrane materials, flashing materials, insulation, vapor
retarder, surfacing, and fasteners.
2. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint or termination detail conditions and conditions of interface with
other materials.
3. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate membrane seaming precautions and perimeter
conditions requiring special attention.
4. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
5. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate procedures followed, ambient temperatures, humidity,
wind velocity during application, and supplementary instructions given.
6. Qualifications of manufacturer, applicator, and foreman.
7. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's
name and registered with manufacturer.
D. Quality Assurance:
1. Prior to bid submittal, the roofing contractor should schedule a job site inspection to observe
actual conditions and verify all dimensions on the roof.
a. The job site inspection may occur on the day of the pre-bid meeting or prior to such a
meeting at a time pre-arranged with Owner's representative.
2. Perform work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and manufacturer's
instructions.
3. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum ten years of documented experience.
4. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum five years experience and approved by manufacturer.
a. Foreman shall be trained by the manufacturer, and submit dates of that training.
b. Provide adequate number of experienced workmen regularly engaged in this type of work
who are skilled in the application techniques of the materials specified.
5. There shall be no deviations made from this specification or the approved shop drawings without
the prior written approval of the Architect. Any deviation from the manufacturer's installation
procedures must be supported by a written certification on the manufacturer's letterhead and
presented for the Architect's consideration.
6. Upon completion of the installation, the applicator shall arrange for an inspection to be made by
a non-sales technical representative of the membrane manufacturer in order to determine
whether or not corrective work will be required before the warranty will be issued. Notify the
building owner seventy-two (72) hours prior to the manufacturer's final inspection.
E. Pre-Installation Meeting:
1. Convene one week before starting work of this section.
2. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with
related work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 2
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
F. Coordination:
1. Coordinate with, but not limited to, the following prior roof framing:
a. Framing and wood decking.
b. Sloped metal roofing.
c. Gutters.
d. Mechanical contractor and roof openings.
G. Project Conditions:
1. Coordinate the work with installation of associated counterflashings installed by other sections as
the work of this section proceeds.
2. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions for proper material storage
a. Store materials, except membrane, between 60 degrees F and 80 degrees F in dry areas
protected from water and direct sunlight. If exposed to lower temperature, restore to 60DF
minimum temperature before using.
b. Store materials containing solvents in dry, well ventilated spaces with proper fire and safety
precautions. Keep lids on tight. Use before expiration of their shelf life.
3. Any materials which are found to be damaged shall be removed and replaced at the applicator's
expense.
4. If discrepancies are discovered between the existing conditions and those noted on the
drawings, immediately notify the owner's representative by phone and solicit the manufacturer's
approval prior to commencing with the work. Necessary steps shall be taken to make the
building watertight until the discrepancies are resolved.
5. The roofing contractor shall protect the building and site against damages, and shall be
responsible for the cOrrE:ction of any damage incurred as a result of the performance of the
roofing and related work.
6. Obey the Owner's requirements for personnel identification, inspection and other security
measures.
7. The building owner will continue to occupy the existing building during the roofing work. T~e
contractor shall take precautions to prevent the spread of dust and debris, particularly where
such material may sift into the building. The roofing contractor shall provide labor and materials
to construct, maintain and remove necessary temporary enclosures to prevent dust or debris in
the construction area(s) from entering the building or the HVAC system.
8. Do not overload any portion of the building, either by use of or placement of equipment, storage
of debris, or storage of materials.
9. Protect against fire and flame spread. Maintain proper and adequate fire extinguishers.
10. Take precautions to prevent drains and gutters from clogging during the roofing application.
Remove debris at the completion of each day's work and clean drains, if required. At
completion, test drains to ensure the system is free running and drains and gutters are
watertight. Remove strainers and plug drains in areas where work is in progress. Install flags or
other telltales on plugs. Remove plugs each night and screen drain.
H. Environmental Requirements:
1. Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with the
manufacturer's recommended limitations, and when conditions will permit the work to proceed in
accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations.
2. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or above 90
degrees F.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 3
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp deck surface or when precipitation is expected or
occurring.
4. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be
weatherproofed the same day.
I. Work Sequence:
1. Schedule and execute work to prevent leaks and excessive traffic on completed roof sections.
Care should be exercised to provide protection for the interior of the building and to ensure water
does not flow beneath any completed sections of the membrane system.
2. Do not disrupt activities in occupied spaces.
J. Safety and Workmanship:
1. Safety shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. The roofing contractor shall be
responsible for all means and methods as they relate .to safety and shall comply with all
applicable local, state and federal requirements that are safety related.
a. All related roofing personnel shall be instructed daily to be mindful of the full time requirement
to maintain a safe environment for the facility's occupants including staff, visitors, customers
and the occurrence of the general public on or near the site.
2. All work shall be of highest quality and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published
specifications and to the Building Owner's satisfaction.
3. There shall be a supervisor on the job site at all times while work is in progress.
4. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be on site at all times during the transportation,
storage and application of materials.
5. When positioning membrane sheets, exercise care to locate all field splices away from low spots
and out of drain sumps. All field splices should be shingled to prevent bucking of water.
6. When loading materials onto the roof, the authorized roofing applicator must comply with the
requirements of the building owner to prevent overloading and possible disturbance to the
building structure.
7. Proceed with work so new roofing materials are not subject to construction traffic. When
necessary, new roof sections shall be protected and inspected upon completion for possible
damage.
a. Provide protection, such as 3/4 inch thick plywood, for all roof areas exposed to traffic during.
construction. Plywood must be smooth and free of fasteners and splinters.
8. The surface on which the insulation or roofing membrane is to be applied shall be clean, smooth,
dry, and free of projections or contaminants that would prevent proper application of or be
incompatible with the new installation, such as fins, sharp edges, foreign materials, oil and
grease.
9. New roofing shall be complete and weathertight at the end of the work day.
10. Contaminants such as grease, fats and oils shall not be allowed to come in direct contact with
the roofing membrane.
K. Warranty:
1. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
2. Correct defective Work within one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
3. Provide manufacturer's 15 year Total System Warranty covering both labor and material with no
dollar limitation. The maximum wind speed coverage shall be peak gusts of 100 mph measured
at 10 meters above ground level. Certification is required with bid submittal indicating the
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 4
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
manufacturer has reviewed and agreed to such wind coverage.
a. Pro-rated System Warranties shall not be accepted.
b. Evidence of the manufacturer's warranty reserve shall be included as part of the project
submittals for the specifier's approval.
L. Manufacturers:
1. EPDM Membrane Materials:
a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated: www.carlisle-syntec.com.
b. Firestone Building Products Co: www.firestonebpco.com.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
M. Roofing:
1. Elastomeric Membrane Roofing: One ply membrane, fully adhered.
2. Roofing Assembly Requirements:
a. Roof Covering External Fire-Resistance Classification: UL Class A.
b. Roofing assembly and roof sheathing shall resist 100 mph winds.
N. Roofing Membrane And Associated Materials:
1. Membrane: Ethylene-propylene-diene-terpolymer (EPDM); externally reinforced with fabric;
complying with minimum properties of ASTM D 4637.
a. Thickness: Sure-Seal 60 mil thick non-reinforced.
b. Sheet Width: Factory-fabricate into largest sheets possible, with no factory splices to reduce
splice intersections.
c. Color: Black.
d. Tensile Strength: 1200 psi, measured in accordance with ASTM D 412.
e. Ultimate Elongation: 50 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D412.
2. Seaming Materials: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. Provide with pre-applied
splice tape.
3. Flexible Flashing Material: Same material as membrane.
4. Flexible Flashing Material: Same material as membrane; conforming to the following:
a. Tensile Strength: 1,200 psi.
b. Elasticity: 50 percent with full recovery without set.
c. Color: Black.
O. Substrate Board:
1. Substrate Board over Existing Wood Roof Deck: Glass mat faced gypsum panels, ASTM C
1177/C 1177M, fire resistant type, 5/8 inch thick, factory primed. DensDeck Prime or equal as
approved by Architect.
P. Accessories:
1. Stack Boots: Prefabricated flexible boot and collar for pipe stacks through membrane; same
material as membrane.
2. Prefabricated Cant and Edge Strips: Wood fiberboard, compatible with roofing materials; cants
as detailed and/or required.
3. Sheathing Joint Tape: Paper type, 6 inch wide, self adhering.
Q. Adhesives and Cleaners:
1. Bonding Adhesive: Sure-Seal 90-8-30A
2. Splicing Cement: Sure-Seal EP-95 Splicing Cement
3. Splice Tape and Primer: Sure-Seal SecurTAPE and HP-250 Primer
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 5
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
4. Cleaning Solvent: Sure-Seal Splice Cleaner or Sure-Seal Weathered Membrane Cleaner.
5. External seam sealant: Sure-Seal Lap Sealant
6. Sealer: Sure-Seal Pourable Sealer
7. Surface Conditioner for Adhesives: Compatible with membrane and adhesives.
8. Thinners and Cleaners: As recommended by adhesive manufacturer, compatible with
membrane.
R. Fasteners and Plates:
1. HP Fasteners: A threaded, black epoxy electro-deposition coated fastener used with steel and
wood roof decks.
2. Pre-Assembled ASAP Fasteners: A pre-assembled 3" diameter Plastic Plate and standard
phillips head fastener used for insulation attachment into steel or wood decks. Installed using
Olympic Fastening Tools.
3. InsulFast Fasteners: A threaded #12 fastener with #3 phillips head used for insulation
attachment into steel or wood decks.
4. Insulation Fastening Plates: A 3 inch diameter FM approved metal plate used for insulation
attachment.
5. Seam Fastening Plates: A 2 inch diameter FM approved metal plate used in conjunction with
RUSS or with EPDM membrane for membrane securement.
6. RUSS (Reinforced Universal Securement Strip): A 6 or 9 inch wide, 100 foot long strip
of Sure-Seal reinforced EPDM membrane. The 6 inch wide RUSS shall be utilized
horizontally or vertically (in conjunction with Seam Fastening Plates) below the EPDM
membrane for additional membrane securement.
S. Roofing Accessories:
1. Sure-Seal Termination Bar: a 1 inch wide and .098 inch thick extruded aluminum bar pre-
punched 6 inches on center; incorporates a sealant ledge to support Lap Sealant and provide
increased stability for membrane terminations.
a. Provide factory manufactured or approved terminations and fasteners at all roofing edges.
2. Metal Flashing, if required, and miscellaneous items needed to fulfill the project requirements
3. Walkway Pads: Sure-Seal Walkway Pads (30" x 30" molded black rubber with factory rounded
corners) adhered to the EPDM membrane roof with Splicing Cement or Splice Tape.
T. Examination:
1. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work.
2. Verify deck is supported and secure.
3. Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped
and suitable for installation of roof system.
4. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice.
5. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips are
in place.
U. Wood Deck Preparation:
1. Comply with the manufacturer's published instructions for the installation of the membrane
roofing system including proper substrate preparation, jobsite considerations and weather
restrictions.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 6
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
2. Verify flatness and tightness of joints of wood decking. Fill knot holes with latex filler.
3. Confirm dry deck by moisture meter with 12 percent moisture maximum.
V. Substrate Board Installation:
1. Install deck substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof
slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.
2. Fasten deck substrate board to plywood deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and
field of roof according to membrane roofing system manufacturers' written instructions.
w. Roofing Membrane Application:
1. Roll out membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Allow the membrane to relax for approximately
1/2 hour before bonding. Place sheet into place without stretching.
2. Position sheets to accommodate contours of the roof deck and shingle splices to avoid bucking
water.
3. Shingle joints on sloped substrate in direction of drainage.
4. Fully Adhered Application: Fold the sheet back onto itself so half the underside of the membrane
is exposed. Apply adhesive to substrate at rate recommended by roofing manufacturer. Allow
the adhesive to dry until it is tacky but will not string or stick to a dry finger touch.
5. Fully embed membrane in adhesive. Roll the coated membrane into the coated substrate while
avoiding wrinkles. Brush down the bonded half of the membrane sheet with a soft bristle push
broom to achieve maximum contact.
6. Fold back the un bonded half of the membrane sheet and repeat the bonding procedure. Fully
adhere one roll before proceeding to adjacent rolls.
7. Overlap edges and ends and seal seams by contact adhesive, minimum 4 inches. Seal
permanently waterproof. Apply uniform bead of sealant to joint edge.
a. Do not apply bonding adhesive to the splice area.
8. Adhesive Splicing Seam Installation:
a. Fold the top sheet back and clean the dry splice area (minimum 3 inches wide) of both
membrane sheets by scrubbing with clean natural fiber rags saturated with Splice Cleaner or
HP-250 Primer. When using Sure-Seal (black) PRE-KLEENED membrane, cleaning the
splice area is not required unless contaminated with field dirt or other residue.
b. Apply Splicing Cement and In-Seam Sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications and roll the top sheet onto the mating surface.
c. Roll the splice with a 2 inch wide steel roller and wait at least 2 hours before applying Lap
Sealant to the splice edge following the manufacturer's requirements.
d. Field splices without In-Seam Sealant must be overlaid with uncured flashing.
9. Tape Splicing Seam Installation:
a. Overlap adjacent sheets and mark a line 1/2 inch out from the top sheet.
b. Fold the top sheet back and clean the dry splice area (minimum 2-1/2 inches wide) of both
membrane sheets wi th Sure-Seal Primer as required by the membrane manufacturer.
c. Where Splice Tape is not pre-applid, apply Splice Tape to bottom sheet with the edge of the
release film along the marked line. Press tape onto the sheet using hand pressure. Overlap
tape roll ends a minimum of 1 inch.
d. Remove the release film and press the top sheet onto the tape using hand pressure.
e. Roll the seam toward the splice edge with a 2 inch wide steel roller.
f. Install a 6 inch wide section of Pressure-Sensitive Flashing or Elastoform Flashing over all
field splice intersections and seal edges of flashing with Lap Sealant.
g. The use of Lap Sealant with tape splices is optional except at tape overlaps and cut edges of
reinforced membrane where Lap Sealant is required.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 7
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I,
I
1
I
I
I
I
10. At intersections with vertical surfaces:
a. Extend membrane over cant strips and up a minimum of 4 inches onto vertical surfaces.
b. Fully adhere flexible flashing over membrane and up to nailing strips.
c. Secure flashing to nailing strips at 4 inches on center.
11. At gravel stops, extend membrane under gravel stop and to the outside face of the wall and turn
down face behind trim.
12. Around roof penetrations, seal flanges and flashings with flexible flashing.
13. Coordinate installation of roof drains and sumps and related flashings.
X. Base Flashing Installation:
1. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to
membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow
to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.
3. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet
flashing.
4. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping sheets
to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of sheet
flashing terminations.
5. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through
termination bars.
Y. Walkways:
- -
1. Install walkways at all traffic concentration points (such as roof hatches, access doors, rooftop
ladders, etc.) and all locations as identified on the drawings.
2. Space pad joints to permit drainage.
3. Adhere walkways pads to the EPDM membrane in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
Z. Daily Seal:
1. On phased roofing, when the completion of flashings and terminations is not achieved by the end
of the work day, a daily seal must be performed to temporarily close the membrane to prevent
water infiltration.
2. Use Sure-Seal Pourable Sealer or other acceptable membrane seal in accordance with the
manufacturer's requirements.
AA. Field Quality Control:
1. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field quality control
and inspection.
2. Prior to the manufacturer's inspection for warranty, the applicator must perform a pre-inspection
to review all work and to verify all flashing has been completed as well as the application of all
caulking.
3. Require site attendance of roofing manufacturers daily during installation of the Work.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 8
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
BB. Clean-Up:
1. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces.
2. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this section, consult manufacturer of
surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their documented instructions.
3. Repair or replace defaced or damaged finishes caused by work of this section.
CC. Protection Of Finished Work:
1. Protect installed roofing and flashings from construction operations.
2. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces using durable
materials.
076000 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
A. Submittals:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
1) Roof vent.
2) Roof edging.
3) Gutter and downspouts.
4) Metal roofing details.
5) Fall protection.
B. Performance Requirements:
1. Water-tight, weatherproof performance of flashing and sheet metal work is required.
2. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual requirements and
standard details, except as otherwise indicated.
3. Flashing and sheet metal work shall by installed to resist 100 mph winds.
C. Prepainted Galvalume Steel Sheet:
1. ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40, f1uoropolymer coating, or
epoxy primer and silicone-modified polyester-enamel topcoat. Thicknesses as follows:
a. Base Flashings: 0.0276 inch (24 gage)
b. Cap or Counter Flashings: 0.0217 inch (26 gage)
c. Cleats: 0.0276 inch (24 gage)
d. Roof Edging: 0.0336 inch (22 gage).
e. Gutters: 0.0336 inch (22 gage minimum), heavier gage if recommended by SMACNA for
girth and span.
f. Downspouts: 0.0336 inch (22 gage).
g. Ridge Vent: Custom fabricated per drawings and SMACNA details.
D. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim:
1. Prefinished galvalume steel sheet, gage as specified above. Color and profile shall match
existing, shop primed and painted.
2. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, 0.20 percent copper bearing, commercial quality, hot-dip galvanized
per ASTM A 525, coating designation G90, mill phosphatized and coil coated finish.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 9
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Underlayment:
1. Metal Roof Sheet Underlayment: Grace Vycor Ultra, self-adhering high temperature,
polyethylene-film-reinforced top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt
adhesive, 40-mil minimum.
2. Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Apply primer if required by underlayment
manufacturer.
3. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24
inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller.
4. Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of
felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene sheet.
F. Fabrication and Installation - General:
1. Comply with recommendations of SMACNA (ASMM)-2003 Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or
intersection.
3. Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction.
4. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter.
5. Rivets: Rivet joints in where indicated and where necessary for strength.
G. Roof Edging:
1. Roof-Edge Flashing: Fabricate sections in lengths between 8 and ,1 O-feet. Furnish with 6-inch-
wide, joint cover plates.
2. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces. Interlock bottom edge of roof
edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch.
3. Ridge Vent: Fabricate vent with prefinished metal, or painted galvanized, color as selected by
Architect. Install on standing roof curb or per detail on drawings. Wrap roofing up and flash into
roof vent for waterproof and weatherproof condition.
H. Modifying Existing Metal Roofing:
1. Metal roofing panels and accessories shall match existing roofing and accessories.
2. Field cutting of exterior panels by torch is not permitted.
3. Install roof panels over solid substrate with one ply of underlayment installed from lower edge up
with at least 3-inch side laps and 4-inch end laps.
4. Fabricate panel joints with captive gaskets or separator strips, which provide a tight seal and
prevent metal-to-metal contact in a manner that will minimize noise from movements within panel
system.
5. Condensation: Fabricate panels for control of condensation, including vapor inclusion of seals
and provisions for breathing, venting, weeping and draining.
6. Install components required for a complete roof or wall panel system, including trim, copings,
fascias, gravel stops, mullions, sills, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens,
flashings, gutters, louvers, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.
7. Install gaskets, joint fillers and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof
performance of panel systems. Provide gaskets, sealants, and fillers.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 10
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
8. Fasten roof panels to supports with concealed clips in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
a. Install clips at each support with self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners.
b. At end laps of panels, install tape caulk between panels.
c. Install caulked cleats at standing seam joints. Apply snap-on batten to the panels to provide
watertight joint.
9. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20'-0"
on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and within 1/16 inch offset of adjoining faces
and of alignment of matching profiles.
I. Gutters And Downspouts:
1. Gutters: Construct gutters according to SMACNA manual guidelines and matching existing
Building Standards.
2. Downspouts: Profile as indicated and matching Building Standard.
3. Sizing Gutters and Downspouts: Size for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1
in 5 years in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
4. Accessories: Profiled to suit gutters and downspouts.
a. Gutter Supports: Brackets.
b. Downspout Supports: Straps.
5. Splash Pads: Precast concrete type, of size and profiles indicated; minimum 3,000 psi at 28
days, with minimum 5 percent air entrainment.
6. Downspout Boots: Plastic.
7. Seal metal joints.
J. Fall Protection:
1. Description: Steel side-mounted tie-down eyelets for attachment to mechanical roof curb
providing fall arrest for one person and fall restraint for up to four workers.
2. Design: Design anchor components using proper engineering principles by a Professional
Engineer qualified in the design of fall protection equipment, its application and safety
requirements.
a. Safety Factor: Design primary support equipment to sustain without failure at least four
times the maximum static working load applied or transmitted to the components.
b. Comply with the following regulations:
1) WAC 296-155-24510 and other safety standards in Part C-1, Fall Restraint and Fall
Arrest, as adopted under the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973
(WISHA), latest edition.
2) Comply with the following OSHA regulations Appendix C to 1910 Subpart F (Personal
Fall Arrest Systems).
3. Locate minimum of one attachment on each side of each roof equipment curb.
4. Steel Eyelet: ASTM F 887, non-corrosive drop-forged steel D-ring, 5000-pound proof load, and
resist a 1,000 pound static working load in any direction.
a. 0.375 x 2-inch with backer plate for installation to side of roof curb.
5. Manufacturer: Guardian Metal Products Inc., Kent WA 98042. Telephone 253.631.9363.
6. Install each fall protection safety system according to manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
7. Flash anchor for weather and waterproof installation.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 11
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8. Testing: Perform quality controls tests for each system per manufacturer's requirements. Perform
a Proof Load Test on each individual anchorage of the Horizontal Lifeline System according to
manufacturer's requirements.
9. Safety Signage: Reduced-size as-built shop drawing or project record drawing showing
equipment locations and details.
a. Provide permanently mounted frame and plastic glazing cover.
b. Provide one for each roof access.
07 9000 - JOINT SEALERS
A. Submittals:
1. Product data.
2. Samples.
B. Exterior Joint Sealers:
1. For All Exterior Locations, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Silicone non sag gunnable elastomeric
sealant, complying with ASTM C 920-2002, Class 25, single- or multi-component, Uses NT, I
(continuous immersion), M, and A.
a. Color: To match adjoining materials.
b. Products: Dow Corning 795
2. Under Metal Work: Butyl Sealant, ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, single component,
solvent release, non-skinning, non-sagging, Uses NT, M, A, G, O.
a. Color: To match adjoining materials.
b. Product: Tremco Butyl Sealant.
3. Secondary seal behind all joints wider than 1 inch; Exterior Wall Joint Backer Seal: ASTM
D2628, hollow neoprene compression gasket.
a. Color: Black.
b. Product: Emseal Backer Seal.
4. For Interior Joints Exposed to View, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Acrylic latex, water-based,
single part, paintable sealant; white.
a. Product: Sonneborn Sonolac.
b. Color: to match adjacent substrate or white if to be painted.
5. Joints in Interior Concrete Floors: Polyurethane, pourable, elastomeric sealant, complying with
ASTM C 920-2002, Class 25, single-component, Use T and M.
a. Color: Color to match adjoining materials.
b. Product: Sonneborn Sonolastic SL-2.
6. In Wet Areas, Including Kitchens: Silicone gunnable nonsag sealant, complying with ASTM C
920-2002, Class 25, Uses NT, M, and A, with mildew-cide.
a. Color: To match substrate.
b. Product: Dow Trade Mate Silicone.
7. Acoustical Sealant (non-exposed areas): Butyl or acrylic non-setting, non-hardening sealant.
a. Product: Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 7 - 12
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS
08 1000 - METAL FRAMES
A. Submittals:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
B. Steel Door Frames: Welded corner type only knock down frames not allowed.
1. Grade: ANSI A250.8, gage equal to steel door specified or 18 ga minimum; provide anchors as
specified by Standard.
2. Grade:
a. Interior Doors: NAAMM HMMA 860.
3. Finish: Prime painted, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Factory-prepare and reinforce for hardware specified in accordance with Standard; coordinate
with Door Hardware Schedule.
08 2000 - WOOD DOORS
A. General Requirements:
1. New doors shall be flush type.
2. Match existing adjacent doors and frames for type, construction, and finish.
B. Submittals:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
C. Wood-Veneered Flush Wood Doors:
1. Performance Standard: WDMA NWWDA I.S.1-A-2004 Heavy Duty.
2. Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/ICC A 117 .1-2003.
3. Construction:
a. 20 Minute Rated Doors: PC-5.
b. Other Interior Doors: PC-5.
4. Veneer: Match species of adjacent doors.
a. Doors with transparent finish: Premium grade, with AA faces.
1) Cut: Match existing, unless indicated otherwise.
5. Hardware Reinforcement in Particleboard Cores: Provide solid blocking for closers, and
locksets.
6. Finish: Matching existing doors.
7. Accessories: As indicated on drawings, including wood glazing stops.
8. Warranty: Lifetime.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 8 - 1
DOORS AND WINDOWS
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
08 7000 - HARDWARE
A. General Requirements:
1. Hardware and Finish: Provide commercial grade hardware matching Building Standard in
immediate area for type, quality, style, and finish.
2. Fire Door Hardware: UL listed and labeled meeting NFPA 80 requirements, and acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Accessibility: Comply with ANSIIICC A 117 .1.
B. Submittals:
1. Product data.
2. Hardware schedule.
3. Templates.
4. Operation manuals.
5. Special tools.
6. Keying schedule.
C. Door Hardware Schedule:
1. Prepare hardware schedule under supervision of commercial hardware supplier, detailing
fabrication, assembly, procedures, diagrams of door hardware. Coordinate door hardware with
doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper functioning of completed door assembly.
D. Cylinders: Minimum 6-pin tumbler type with removable, interchangeable cores.
E. Keys: Key locks differently and in groups based on Owner's.instructions
F. Butt Hinges:
1. Type: Full Mortise five-knuckle, complying with ANSIIBHMA A 156.1. ANSI numbering system is
used only to indicate configuration; comply with all requirements of standard and of specification.
2. Material: Steel, plated with specified finish.
a. . Exception for doors with hinge barrel exposed to outdoors: Brass or bronze with specified
finish (plated if necessary) or stainless steel.
3. Grade:
a. Interior doors without closers: Grade 2, standard weight, anti-friction bearing.
4. Hang each door for free and easy operation.
G. Locksets and Latchsets: Cylindrical (bored), match building standard.
1. Grade: Complying with ANSI/BHMA A 156.13.
a. Interior Doors: Grade 1.
2. Trim: Lever design as approved.
H. Strikes: Dustproof cast housing.
I. Surface Mounted Closers:
1. Comply with ANSIIBHMA A156.4.
2. Functional Features:
a. Interior Doors: Grade 1.
1) Adjustable hydraulic backcheck (PT4D)
2) Built-in factory dead stop at 90-110 degrees (PT 4G).
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 8 - 2
DOORS AND WINDOWS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
3. Closing Force: As specified in ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 for size required.
4. Mounting: On hinge (pull) side of door, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Where closer would be exposed in corridor or other public space, mount on room side,
regardless of door swing.
b. Use arms that project as little as possible.
5. Covers: Manufacturer's standard, full rectangular style.
J. Door Stops:
1. Complying with ANSI/BHMA A 156.16 Grade 1, with concealed or inconspicuous fasteners.
2. Wall Stops: Round convex bumper (L021 00).
. K. Protection Plates: Armor Plates, Kick Plates, Mop Plates
1. Metal Plates: Stainless Steel, 18 gauge (0.050) thick.
2. Sizes: Fabricate protection plates (armor, kick or mop) not more than 2" less than door width on
stop side and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side, x the height indicated.
L. Push And Pull Hardware: Material and finish as specified under "General Requirements"; styles as
specified in ANSI/BHMA A 156.6.
M. Thresholds:
1. Comply with ANSIIBHMA A 156.21, of configurations as indicated.
2. Type: Flat saddle type, aluminum with fluted surface.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 8 - 3
DOORS AND WINDOWS
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Draft May 8, 2007
433 East 8th Street I
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
'I
I
(Blank Page) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Print Date: 5/31/07 Division 8 - 4 DOORS AND WINDOWS I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09 2100 - GYPSUM BOARD
A. Submittals:
1. Product data.
B. Acoustic Attenuation for Interior Partitions:
1. STC calculated in accordance with ASTM E 413, based on tests conducted in accordance with
ASTM E 90. Provide sound transmission levels as follows unless noted on drawings:
a. Standard untreated partitions: 35 STC.
b. Sound partitions: 45 STC.
C. Gypsum Board:
1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M-2004, 5/8 inch thick unless noted, Type X, beveled
edge.
D. Gypsum Board Accessories:
1. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C 665-2001, preformed, friction-fit, unfaced.
2. Trim: Galvanized metal unless noted, ASTM C 1047.
a. Corner Beads.
b. Control Joints: One piece V-shaped slot, 1/4 inch wide by 7/16 inch deep.
c. End Closure Molding: Aluminum alloy extrusion.
3. Finishing System: ASTM C 475, ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound;
4. Finishing System in wet areas: ASTM C 475, Chemical hardening type compound also called
"Setting type" compounds..
5. Screws: ASTM C 1002.
6. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting type joint compound.
7. Tape and Sealant: As recommended by manufacturer.
8. Acoustic Sealant: As specified in Section 07 9005.
E. Installation:
1. Gypsum Board Installation and Finish: Comply with ASTM C 840 and Gypsum Association 216.
2. Gypsum Panel Ceilings: Comply with ASTM C 754.
3. Provide crack control joints as recommended.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 9 - 1
FINISHES
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 9 - 2
FINISHES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
F. Schedule Of Interior Finishes:
1. Specified levels of finish represent finishes described in consensus document entitled
Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish, as published by AWCI, CISCA,
GA, and PDCA.
2. Level 0 Finish:
3. Level 1 Finish:
4. Level 2 Finish:
5. Level 3 Finish:
6. Level 4 Finish:
Temporary construction only.
Plenum area above ceiling, Mechanical and Electrical areas including fan
and generating rooms.
Gypsum board to receive ceramic tile, Storage areas,
Surfaces to receive heavy texture applied finishes before painting or heavy
grade wall covering.
Surfaces to receive light texture applied finishes before painting, medium
weight wall coverings, flat paints and matte finishes. Use Level 4 as typical
gypsum board finish at all locations unless otherwise noted.
7. LevelS Finish: Surfaces in Lobby, Vestibules,
long Corridors with windows at either end, areas with non-textured flat paint,
and areas with eggshell, semi-gloss, or gloss paints.
09 5100 -ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
A. Submittals:
1. Product Data.
B. Performance Requirements:
1. Acoustical Products: Characteristics measured in conformance with classification system of
ASTM E 1264-1998.
2. Surface Burning Characteristics per ASTM E 84: 25 or less for flame spread, 50 or less for
smoke developed.
C. Products:
1. Acoustical Tile: Pattern type to exactly match existing acoustical tile. Acoustic tile must meet
Washington State Department of Health minimum requirements.
2. Accessories:
a. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units.
b. Tile Adhesive: ASTM D 1779, type as recommended by tile manufacturer, bearing UL label
for Class 0-25 flame spread.
c. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal of manufacturer's standard type and profiles for edges and
penetrations of ceiling that fit with type of edge detail. Edge angles must be sized
appropriately to meet the seismic requirements of the region.
D. Installation:
1. Install systems to comply with applicable installation standard in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and CISCA Ceiling Systems Handbook.
2. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally patterned units in manner indicated on reflected
ceiling plans. Install tile with pattern running in one direction.
3. Install acoustical tile by cementing to substrate, using amount of adhesive and procedure
recommended by tile manufacturer.
a. Remove loose dust from backs of tiles by brushing.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
b. Prime back of each tile with thin coat of adhesive.
4. Install splines in joints between tiles, and level to 1/8 inch in 12 feet tolerance.
5. Maintain tight butt joints, aligned both directions, and coordinated with ceiling fixtures.
6. Scribe and cut tile to fit accurately at ceiling edges and penetrations, and provide edge moldings.
09 6500 - RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE
A. Submittals:
1. Product Data.
2. Shop Drawings: Seaming diagram.
3. Samples: Flooring weld rod.
B. Products:
1. Homogeneous Vinyl Sheet Type:
a. Products: Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color charts.
1) Armstrong Medintech / Medintech Tandum. .
2) Mannington Biospec / Fine Fields
b. Standard Width: 6 feet.
c. Seaming Method: Heat welded, vinyl rod, color as selected.
d. Integral 6 inch high seamed base with cap strip.
e. Cove filler strips: Semi-rigid vinyl, Johnsonite CGS-OO-A or Mercer 075.
f. Resilient edge strips: Schluter or Johnsonite as selected by Architect, minimum 1 inch wide,
0.125 inch thick, taper bullnose type.
2. Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset, satin finish.
a. Height: 4 inch.
b. Use rolls, not 4 foot sections.
c. Coved.
d. Furnish matching premolded external corners and end stops.
e. Color(s) to match existing.
3. Accessories
a. Adh~sives: Low VOC, low odor, non-toxic, water-resistant type as recommended by base
manufacturer. Maximum emission rate of 0.6 mg/M2/hr.
b. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer.
c. Underlayment: 3/8 inch DOC PS 1, Exposure 1 Underlayment with fully sanded face.
d. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or
blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for
applications indicated.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 9 - 3
FINISHES
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 9 - 4
FINISHES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04 .
Draft May 8, 2007
C. Sheet Vinyl Flooring Installation:
1. Install underlayment and fasten to subfloor, spacing edges as recommended for expansion. Fill
and sand edge joints of underlayment receiving resilient flooring right before installing flooring.
2. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound
and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
3. Install tapered strip to blend into existing flooring.
4. Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction.
5. Heat weld or chemically bond seams as specified per manufacturer's instructions. Produce
tightly fitted seams without gaps or overlaps.
6. Match edges of sheet vinyl floor coverings for color shading and pattern at seams according to
manufacturer's written recommendations.
7. Integral Flash Cove: Cove sheet vinyl floor coverings up vertical surfaces to form integral base of
6-inch height over cove support strip, with top edge butted against, and covered by, cap molding.
8. Clean and apply coats of commercial floor polish in accordance with flooring manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Resilient Base Installation:
1. Install per manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other
permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
3. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable. Do not piece base within 5 feet of corners.
4. At irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of base with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive filler material.
099100 - PAINTING
A. Submittals:
1. Product Data, including VOC content.
2. Samples.
3. Manufacturer's Instructions, including special surface preparation procedures.
B. Materials:
1. Use one manufacturer per system, except as noted: Provide fillers,. undercoats, primer, and
finish coats for anyone surface by same manufacturer. Do not combine products by different
manufacturers on same substrate.
2. Provide manufacturer's best quality paint of each of the types specified, in containers that are
fully labeled with manufacturer's complete product identification.
3. Prepare and paint surfaces per manufacturer's printed instructions and MPI Repainting Manual
Premium Grade finish requirements.
4. Specification is based on Sherwin Williams paints. Submit substitutions for appr~>val.
5. Colors as selected by Architect.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
C. Interior Paints:
1. PS1 -Flat Acrylic Finish:
Gypsum Board: Two coats Harmony Interior Latex Flat B5W900 over primer.
2. PS2 - Eggshell Acrylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Concrete: Two coats Harmony Interior Latex Eg-Shel B9W900 over primer.
b. Concrete Unit Masonry (4 coats): Two coats Harmony Interior Latex Eg-Shel B9W900 over
block filler and primer.
c. Gypsum Board: Two coats Harmony Interior Latex Eg-Shel B9W900 over primer.
d. Exposed Overhead Work: Waterborne Acrylic Eg-Shel Dryfall B42W2 over primer.
3. PS3 - Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish (4 coats):
a. Wood: Two coats Harmony Interior Semi-Gloss B10W900 over wood undercoat and primer.
4. PS4 - Semi-Gloss Urethane Finish:
a. Uncoated Ferrous, Zinc-Coated,:and Non Ferrous Metals: Two coats Centurian Water Based
2K Urethane B65_700 over appropriate primer.
5. PS5 - Transparent Satin Finish Woodwork (Not in factory): (3 coats unless open grain wood.
a. Open Grain Woods -.Apply wash coat, then 3 coat work listed for Closed Grain Woods.
b. Closed Grain Woods - 2 coats WoodClassics Waterbome Polyurethane Varnish over
WoodClassics Wood Stain A49 Series
6. PS6 - Clear Catalyzed Lacquer (AW1 Finish System TR-2): Not Used.
7. PS7 - Clear Catalyzed Vinyl (AW1 Finish System TR-5): Not Used.
8. PS8 -Water Base Epoxy:
a. Gypsum Board - Two coats Water-Based Semi-Gloss Epoxy Coating over primer.
b. Opaque Painted Wood - Two coats Water-Based Semi-Gloss Epoxy Coating over primer
c. Ferrous Metal - Two coats Full Gloss Epoxy Finish over primer.
9. PS9 - Clear Penetrating Water and Oil Treatment for Concrete: Not used.
10. PS10 - Not used.
D. Exterior Paints:
1. PS 11 - Flat Finish:
a. Gypsum Board - Soffits: Two coats of 100% Acrylic over primer.
2. PS12 - Satin Finish:
a. Wood, Ferrous Metal, Zinc Coated Metal, and Aluminum: 2 coats Satin Acrylic Latex
Exterior Finish over appropriate primer.
3. PS13 - Semi-Gloss Finish: Not Used
4. PS14 - Gloss Enamel Finish:
a. Ferrous Metal, Zinc Coated Metal, and Aluminum: 2 coats Gloss Acrylic Exterior Enamel
over appropriate primer.
5. PS15 - Gloss Industrial Enamel Finish:
a. Wood, Galvanized Metal: 2 coats Alkyd Gloss Enamel over"appropriate primer.
6. PS16 - Gloss Water Based Polyurethane Finish:
a. Ferrous Metal (Shop primed or unprimed)(Not galvanized), Zinc Coated Metal, Aluminum: 2
coats Sherwin-Williams Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane over appropriate primer.
E. Painting:
1. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes
unless moisture content of surfaces is below recommended maximums.
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 9 - 5
FINISHES
Print Date: 5/31/07
Division 9 - 6
FINISHES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Draft May 8, 2007
2. Paint exposed surfaces and primed items, except where these Specifications indicate that the
surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural.
3. Do not paint pre-finished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts,
and labels, including UL, FMG, or other code-required labels and equipment name, identification,
performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
4. At remodels or additions, paint entire surfaces back on existing surfaces to a natural break such
as corner, doorway, or ceiling break. Don't stop paint in the middle of a surface.
5. Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to ach.ieve
dry film thickness for each coat, and for entire coating system.
F. Paint Schedule:
1. Interior:
a. Gypsum Board - Ceilings, Soffits: PS1
b. Gypsum Board - Walls UON: PS2
c. Gypsum Board - Walls, Ceilings in Toilets: PS2
d. Gypsum Board -Toilets: PS8
e. Wood - Opaque Finish: PS3
f. Wood - Transparent Finish: PS5
g. Concrete, CMU - Opaque Finish: PS2
h. Metals - PS4
2. Exterior Paint Schedule:
a. Metals - Typical UON:
b. Wood Siding and Trim:
PS16
Match Existing - primer and 2 finish coats
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I I
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
I
1.02
I
I
1.03
I
I
I
I
1.04
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RELA TED REQUIREMENTS
A. AlA Document A201 "General conditions of the Contract for Construction" with supplements
thereto, special conditions and applicable portions of Division I are hereby made a part of this
division of the specifications and shall apply to work under this Division of the specifications.
WORK INCLUDED
A. The work of Division 15 consists of providing labor and products, and ofperfonning all operations
required for the complete operating installation of all mechanical systems as shown and specified,
in strict accordance with this and all sections of these specifications, applicable drawings, tenns,
and conditions of the contract, and all applicable codes and ordinances governing installation of
the various mechanical systems. Coordinate all work fully with the work of other crafts. Provide
all systems complete and in proper operating order. This section of Division 15 is a part of all
other sections of Division 15.
DIAGRAMMA TIC DRAWINGS
A. Drawings and specifications are complementary, each to the other; what is shown on one is as
binding as if called for in both.
B. The drawings are partly diagrammatic and do not show all offsets in ducts or piping or exact
location of piping, ducts, etc. Also, the drawings do not necessarily show in detail all features of
the installation; however, the contractor is to provide a complete and satisfactorily working
installation.
C. Refer to details, diagrams and schematics, in addition to all Mechanical Specifications, for detailed
requirements for isolating valves, drain valves, vents, instruments and similar components.
D. If there appears to be insufficient space to install the mechanical work as shown, the Engineer shall
be notified prior to proceeding with the work. Failure to comply with this requirement will be
considered sufficient cause to require altering the work, at no additional cost to. the contract, as
directed by the Engineer.
CODES, PERMITS, STANDARDS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the current versions of the
National Fire Codes of the National Fire Protection Association, National Electrical Code,
Unifonn Building Code, Unifonn Mechanical Code, Unifonn Plumbing Code, Federal, State and
Local standards, applicable energy codes, with the requirements oflocal utility companies, and
with the requirements of all governmental agencies and departments having jurisdiction.
B. All materials and equipment for the electrical portion of the mechanical systems shall bear the
approval label, or shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
C. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all pennits and pay all government sales
taxes, fees and other costs, including utility connections or extensions, in connection with his
work; file all necessary plans, arrange for all necessary inspections, prepare all documents and
obtain all necessary approvals of all governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all
required certificates of inspection for his work, and deliver three copies of same before request for
acceptance and fmal payment for work.
D. The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost, any labor, materials, services,
apparatus, drawings, in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.
E. Nothing in. the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed as directing or pennitting work which
is not fully in confonnance with Codes and Regulations.
F. Where the Drawings or Specifications indicate materials or construction which exceeds the quality
or size required by Codes and Regulations, the provisions of the Drawings or Specifications take
precedence over the requirements of the Codes and Regulations.
G. Any variance from code requirements shall be promptly reported to the Engineer. No work shall
be installed which is not in accordance with Codes and Regulations.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 1
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
1.05
REVIEW OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS
I
I I
A. General: Procedures and requirements for submittals are addressed in Division I. In addition,
comply with specific requirements of the individual sections and as noted herein.
B. Submittals: Provide submittals for all products and systems described in Division 15 and shown
on the Drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the project. Furnish
equipment submittals in the manner described elsewhere in these Specifications. In addition,
include data for review, organized as noted below. No work shall begin or products ordered until
submittals are approved.
C. Data Required for Review: Mark submittal literature clearly, bind 8-1/2 x 11 literature in three
hole, hard-backed, looseleaf binders by individual sets, and include all equipment and material
shown on drawings and specified. Submittals not organized and prepared as follows will be
returned to the Contractor for compliance prior to any detailed review. Indicate the following:
l. Table of Contents listed by specification index sections.
2. Individual tabs nunibered by specification section.
3. Specification reference and/or drawing reference for which literature is submitted.
4. Manufacturer's name and address, and supplier's name, address and telephone number.
5. Catalog designation or model number.
6. . Rough-in data and dimensions.
7. Perfonnance curves and rated capacities.
8. Motor characteristics and wiring diagrams.
9. Operation characteristics.
10. Catalogs, pamphlets, or other documents submitted to describe items on which approval is
being requested shall be specific and identification in catalog, pamphlet, etc., of item
submitted shall be clearly made. Data of a general nature will not be accepted. When
equipment submitted is of a different size or weight, or has different access, service or
installation clearances, than the designed equipment, the equipment submittals shall
clearly note the differences.
II. Wiring diagrams for the specific system operation. .
12. Working construction drawings (shop drawings).
D. Partial Submittals: If other than a complete submittal is made, the Contractor may make partial
submittals separated into complete specification section classifications. Piece-meal submittals will
be returned without review, except for special situations.
E. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only, and does not relieve the Contractor
from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be checked for
quantity, dimension, fit, or proper technical design of manufactured equipment. Where deviations
of substitute product or system perfonnance have not been specifically noted in the submittal ~y
the Contractor, provision of a complete and satisfactory working installation is the sole .
responsibility of the Contractor.
F. Equipment Deviations:
1. Items of equipment or material designated in the plans or specifications by use of a
specific manufacture and number are so noted to indicate a standard of design and not
necessarily to be restrictive. Substituted equipment or materials shall be equivalent in
capacities, pressure drop, point of connection, control compatibility, footprint, and
electrical requirements to the equipment used as the basis for the design.
2. Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or
detailed on the drawing which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions,
foundations, piping, utility distribution system, wiring or any other part of the mechanical
or electrical design, all such redesign, all new drawings and detailing required therefore,
and all additional construction costs, shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own
expense and approved by the Engineer. Drawings shall be prepared and stamped by an
engineer licensed to practice engineering in the State of Washington.
3. Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of
ductwork, piping, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the
drawings, the Contractor shall furnish and install any such equipment, piping, structural
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.06
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.07
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07'
supports, insulation, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and conduit, and any
other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost to the Contract.
4. If the dimensions or access requirements for equipment submitted differ from equipment
dimensions or access requirements indicated on the drawings the submittals shall be
clearly marked to indicate the differences. The Contractor shall be responsible for
selecting equipment which fits the available space as well as being equivalent to the
specified equipment.
5. All materials shall be furnished and installed in conformance with Codes and Regulations.
6. All equipment of the same type, such as valves, fittings, fixtures, diffusers, control
components, etc., shall be products of the same manufacturer, used as recommended by
the manufacturer.
SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Division I and as
specified under each Section of the. specifications.
B. Prepare and submit working construction drawings where required to demonstrate proper planning
for installation and arrangement of all work for specified systems. Drawings shall be drawn to
scale and show dimensions where accuracy of location is necessary for coordination or
communication purposes. Show work of all trades which may be pertinent to proper and accurate
coordination. Provide required shop drawings for all air systems, piping systems, mechanical
rooms, equipment supports, and any product which may be fabricated for the Contractor or by the
Contractor. Shop drawings shall be prepared on reproducible paper, all of the same size. 24" x
36" is the preferred drawing size. Scale of drawings shall be as appropriate for the work shown,
with 1/4"=1'-0" the minimum acceptable scale. CAD drawings in AutoCAD 2006 format on a CD
shall be provided for all piping systems.
C. Combined or separate shop drawings shall be prepared, as required, indicating:
I. Location, size, and elevation of all piping systems, seismic bracing, supports, anchors,
valves, c1eanouts, and appurtances.
2. Location and elevation of electrical cable trays, large conduits, and electrical equipment
where they may interfere with the mechanical installation.
3. Location, size and elevation of beams, trusses, framing-members, and other general
construction items where they may interfere with the mechanical installation.
D. Following completion of preliminary shop drawings, the Contractor and subcontractors shall
review and 'coordinate the shop drawings, resolve any conflicts and modify the shop drawings.
The completed shop drawings, for submittal to the Engineer, shall represent all elements of the
complete installation, in conformance with the Contract requirements.
E. Review of shop drawings is to confirm compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall not be
considered as a guarantee of measurements of building conditions and conflicts. Where drawings
are reviewed, said review does not mean that the drawings have been checked in detail; said review
does not in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility or necessity of furnishing
material or performing work as required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any deviation from requirements of the Contract
Documents.
F. Failure of the Contractor to submit drawings in ample time for checking shall not entitle him to an
extension of contract time, and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. The schedule of Values for Mechanical work shall be prepared in accordance with Division I
requirements. The breakdown of Mechanical work shall include the following categories:
Mobilization and Demobilization
Pipe, Fixtures, Ductwork, and Equipment Demolition
Domestic Hot and Cold Water - materials
Domestic Hot and Cold Water - Labor
Ductwork - materials and Labor
HV AC Equipment
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 3
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
1.08
1.09
Plumbing Fixtures, Appurtances, and Specialties.
DWV pipe'- materials and Labor
Anchors and Supports
Controls
Insulation
Training, Operation and Maintenance Manuals
As-Built Record Drawings
I
I
I
ABBREVIA TIONSIDEFlNITIONS
AGA American Gas Association
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ARl Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
A WS American Welding Society
A WW A American Water Works Association
CAGl Compressed Air and Gas Institute
CISPl Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
ENG Engineer
F degrees, Fahrenheit
FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
NEC Natio~al Electrical Code
NFP A National Fire Protection
psig pounds per square inch gage pressure
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
v Volts
wp Working Pressure (psig)
wg , Water gage
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY
A. Streamlining: In many instances, the products, reference standards, and other itemized
specifications have been listed without verbiage. In these cases, it is implied that the Contractor
shall provide the products and perform in accordance with the references listed.
B. "Provide", as used in this division of the specifications, means furnish all material, labor, sub-
contracts, and appurtenances required, including mark-up, and install to a complete, operating,
fmished condition.
C. "Install", as used in this division of the specifications, means to set in place and connect, ready for
use and in complete, operating, finished condition, material that has been furnished by other than
the Mechanical Contractor.
D. "Rough-in and Connect Only" means provide an appropriate system connection such as supplies
with stops, continuous wastes with traps, shut-off valves required, and all piping connections,
testing, etc., for proper operation, and to connect equipment furnished by other than the
.Mechanical Contractor. Equipment furnished is received, uncrated, assembled and set in place by
supporting crafts unless they make prior arrangements to hire the mechanical installer for this
work.
E. "Accessible" means arranged so that an average size man may complete any service required
without disassembly or damage to the surrounding installation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 4
I
I
I
I
1.10
I
I
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
F. "Serviceable" means arranged so that the component or product in question may be properly
serviced without disassembly, destruction, or damage to the surrounding installation or item being
serviced. '
DEMOLITION
A. Demolition of all existing mechanical work is not specifically noted on the Drawings. The exact
extent of demolition required must be verified by on-site review. The scope of demolition required
is as identified on the drawings and as follows:
B. Remove all existing piping, including hangers, valves, insulation and fittings, which are not to be
re-used.
C. Remove all existing HV AC equipment, ductwork, and accessories which are not to be re-used.
D. Remove and replace or reinstall all equipment, piping, ductwork and accessories which must be
moved or disassembled in order to accomplish the work shown.
E. Install new piping connections, valves, fittings, insulation, and hangers, as necessary on any piping
which is to remain in service, to provide a complete and functional system. Materials shall match
existing materials, where possible, or shall be made compatible with existing materials. Insulation
thickness shall be in accordance with the insulation specified for new piping.
F. Where there is any question as to whether materials are to be removed or are to remain, the
Engineer shall be consulted.
G. The Owner has the right to retain ownership of any materials being removed. All other materials
shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be promptly removed from the site.
H. Maximum precautions shall be taken to provide protection for the existing building and equipment
from damage. Prevent water and dust from entering the existing building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
NOT USED
I
3.01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
3.02
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
I
COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. This Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades and shall furnish in writing to other
contractors, with copies to the Engineer, any information necessary to permit the work of all trades
to be installed satisfactorily, with the least possible interference or delay, and with maximum
headroom and clearance.
B. The Contractor shall furnish to other trades, as required, all necessary templates, patterns, setting
plans, and shop details for the proper installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating
adjacent work.
PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by his work or workmen, and shall
be liable for all damage thus caused.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until fmally inspected, tested, and
accepted; he shall protect work against theft, injury or damage; and shall carefully store material
and equipment received on site which are not immediately installed.. He shall close open ends of
work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of
obstructing material.
SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING, HOISTING
A. The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting, and services necessary for erection
and delivery into the premises of any equipment and apparatus furnished. Remove same from
premises when no longer required.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 5
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Interconnecting wiring between components of Mechanical equipment, when the wiring is not a
part of the power wiring to the equipment, shall be provided by the Mechanical Contractor.
I
I
EXCA VA TION AND BACKFILING
A. Mass excavation to approximate building levels will be done by the General Contractor.
Mechanical Contractor shall, however, do all trench and pit excavation and backfilling required for
mechanical work inside and outside the building, including repairing of fmished surfaces, all
required shoring, bracing, pwnping, and all protection for safety of persons and property.
Mechanical Contractor shall remove all excess earth from the site, as directed by the NE, or to a
storage point on the site as directed by the NE. Local or State Safety Codes shall be strictly
observed. In addition, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to check the indicated
elevations of the utilities entering and leaving the building. If such elevations require excavations
lower than the footing levels, the NE shall be notified of such conditions and a redesign shall be
made before excavations are commenced. It is also the responsibility of the Contractor to make
the excavations at the minimwn required depths in order not to undercut the footings.
B. Filling, Backfilling, and Compaction shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 2.
I
I
I
I
MA TERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A. All materials and apparatus required for the work shall be new, offrrst-class quality, and shall be
furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail, and shall be so selected and
arranged as to fit properly into the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material
is given, a frrst-class standard article as approved by the Engineer shall be furnished.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly
in charge of the installation of the work, together with all skilled workmen, fitters, metal workers,
welders, helpers and labor required to unload, transfer, erect, connect-up, adjust, start, operate, and
test each system.
C. Unless otherwise specifically indicated on the plans or specifications, all equipment and materials
shall be installed with the approval of the Engineer in accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends.
I
I
I
INST ALLA TlON
A. Cutting and Patching: Keep cutting and patching to a minimwn. If required, all patching shall
match existing work. Conform to Division I.
B. Measurements: Verify space availability by field measurement prior to submitting shop drawings
for approval.
C. Roughing-In Dimensions: Obtain roughing-in dimensions for equipment from approved shop
drawings or actual equipment measurements.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions where
furnished. If the details are in conflict with design drawings, notify the Engineer prior to
proceeding with the installation.
E. Accessibility: Install all equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs so it is readily
accessible. Otherwise, obtain the Engineer's approval of location.
F. Delivery, Storage, and Handling.
I. Handle, store and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during
installation in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by
the Engineer. Replace damaged or defective items.
2. Factory finished equipment which is damaged shall be refmished as required to bring the
equipment to a like-new condition in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the equipment cannot be satisfactorily repaired, the
equipment shall be replaced.
I
I
I
I
I
I
TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION
A. Perform all tests required by Codes and Ordinances. Engineer shall be notified of scheduled
testing. Give sufficient notice before performing such tests.
B. Additional tests shall be performed as required in other sections of the specifications.
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 6
I
I
I.
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
I
'I
3.09
I
I
3.10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.11
I
I
I
I
05/31/07
C. Systems Operation Demonstration: Subject systems to such operating tests as are required to
demonstrate that the equipment installed will operate within the specified limits through normal
ranges and sequences including simulation of possible abnormal conditions. Operate every device
manually and automatically, in accordance with its purpose. If tests do not demonstrate
satisfactory system performance, correct deficiencies and retest systems.
D. Operation of Equipment and Systems: Contractor is responsible during all periods of balancing
and testing.
E. Provide all equipment, instruments, personnel and supplies required to conduct all tests.
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
A. Furnish one set of as-built record drawings to the Engineer in conformance with the requirements
of Division 1. In addition, provide as-built drawings on CD, in AutoCAD 2006 format.
S. As-built drawings shall show all buried and concealed piping, with dimensions given to permanent,
easily identified building features.
C. As-built drawings shall indicate locations of all valves and other access points.
OPERA TING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS
A. Prepare three copies of an Operating and Maintenance Manual for all equipment provided under
Division IS in accordance with Division I.
S. Contents:
I. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall include operating information, maintenance
information, control information, parts lists, filter information when applicable,
lubrication information and exploded view diagrams when applicable.
2. Information shall be arranged in an orderly manner, generally in the sequence of the
specifications.
3. An index shall list the contents of each section of the manual, with index tabs matching
the index. The index page shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the
mechanical contractor. The index page of each section shall list the name, address, and
telephone number of the contractor or subcontractor responsible for the products included
in that section of the manual.
4. The index page shall list the name, address, and telephone number of a 24-hour, seven-
day emergency organization; either the contractor or a service organization authorized to
represent the contractor.
5. The manuals shall include Testing and Balancing Reports.
C. Manuals shall be provided in high quality, three-ring binders. The outside of the binders shall be
printed or stamped with the name of the project, the names of the Owner, Consulting Engineer, and
Contractor, and the year the project was completed. The identification shall be permanently
attached, contrasting color to the binder and sized appropriately. Plastic tape' labels will not be
considered permanent labels.
D. Submit one preliminary copy of the manual for review by the Engineer prior to assembling the
fmal copies. This preliminary copy will be returned, and with any required additions and
corrections, can be used as one of the fmal copies of the manual.
E. Submit the fmal manuals before requesting final payment.
INSTRUCTION PERIODS FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Following initial operation of all mechanical equipment and prior to acceptance of the mechanical
work conduct demonstrations of equipment operation and instruction periods for the Owner's
representatives during the time balancing work is being performed.
B. Contractor's representatives, in general, who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall
be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and from the trade involved.
C. Representatives of Owner who will be present at these meetings may include Owners,
Administrative, Operating and maintenance personnel.
D. General Description of Instruction Periods: Each period shall include preliminary discussion and
presentation of information from Maintenance Manuals with appropriate references to drawings,
followed by tours of equipment spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods,
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 7
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
E.
servicing, and maintenance procedures, temperature settings and available system and equipment
adjustments.
Duration ofInstruction Periods
HV AC Equipment II2 day
Controls II2 day
Scheduling ofInstruction Periods: Notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such instruction
and demonstration periods shall be given to Owner at least two weeks prior to each instruction
period and agreement reached on the date of each instruction period. Instruction periods shall be
no less than ten days after submittal of the Operating and Maintenance Manuals to the Owner.
I
I
F.
I
GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
A. Submit written copies of all guarantees and warranties prior to requesting fmal payment.
I
COMPLETION OF WORK
A. When requesting fmal inspection/punch out, give ten days' notice. Submit written certification that
the work has been fully completed in strict accordance with plans and specifications.
I
INSPECTION
A. Submit written certification of inspection from the governing building authority stating that all
work has been inspected, accepted and approved as complying with existing governing ordinances
and codes.
I
I
PROJECT FINALIZATION AND START-UP
A. Upon completion ofthe equipment and systems installation and connections, the Contractor shall
assemble all equipment factory representatives and subcontractors together for system start-up.
l. These individuals shall assist in start-up and check out of their systems and shall remain at
the site until the system operation is acceptable and understood to the Owner's
maintenance and/or operation personnel. To provide acceptance of operation and
instruction by the Owner's representative, the Contractor shall prepare a written statement
of acceptance for the Owner's signature.
2. The statement shall be worded similarly to the following:
I
I
I
"I, the Contractor, associated factory representative and subcontractor, have started and
operated each system, have proved their nonnal operating to the Owner's representative,
and have instructed him in the operating and maintenance thereof."
I
Date
Owner's Representative
I
Date
Contractor
3.
Copies of this acceptance shall be sent to the Engineer and one copy shall be put in each
maintenance manual.
END OF SECTION 15010
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15010 Page 8
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
I
05/31/07
SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART I-GENERAL
I
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this Section.
I
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Work in this Section includes sleeves, frrestopping and smokestopping, access doors, coredrilling, anchors,
electrical connections, and clean-up.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
I. Beam Attachments
2. Ceiling Hangers
3. Firestopping Materials
4. Access Doors
I
I
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publication of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
I. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
5. American Welding Society (A WS)
6. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS)
7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
10. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
!I
I
I
I
I
1.5
A.
B.
C.
1.6
A.
B.
C.
I
I
I
I
I
SERVICEABILITY OF PRODUCTS
Furnish all products to provide the proper orientation of serviceable components to access space provided.
Coordinate installation of piping, ductwork, equipment, system components, and work of other trades to
allow proper servicing of all items requiring periodic maintenance or replacement.
Replace or relocate all products incorrectly ordered or installed under this contract, at no additional cost to
the owner, to provide proper serviceability.
ACCESSIBILITY OF PRODUCTS
Arrange all work to provide access to all serviceable and/or operable products. Layout work to optimize
net usable access space within confines of space available. Advise the Engineer in a timely manner, of
areas where proper access cannot be maintained. Furnish layout drawings to verify this claim, if requested.
Provide access doors in ceilings, walls, floors, etc., for access to traps, valves, dampers, automatic devices,
and all serviceable or operable equipment in concealed spaces unless specifically specified under other
divisions of these specifications.
Access doors may not specifically be shown on the drawings. Coordinate requirements with reflected
ceiling plans. Sizes required are determined by specific component or piece of equipment serviced. Submit
shop drawings showing proposed sizes and locations of access panels.
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15050 Page I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
1.7 PIPE ROUTING
A. Route all pipe parallel with building lines, and as high as possible, except where shown otherwise on the
plans.
B. Route pipe to clear all doors and other openings and to avoid all other pipes, ducts, light fixtures, etc.
C. Conceal all pipe where routed through fmished areas, unless authorized by the Engineer or otherwise
indicated on plans.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
B.
2.2
A.
B.
C.
1.
2.
D.
E.
F.
GENERAL
Provide all products new, unused, and undamaged, of current standard manufacture, and of latest design and
best quality.
Where more than one type of material is specified, the contractor may choose one type; however only one
type of material may be used in a specific piping system.
SLEEVES, INSERTS AND FOUNDATIONS
Sleeves: Provide galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends where piping passes through any floor slab
above grade. Provide other sleeves of sheet steel. Manufacturer: Miracle, Century-Line, or Adjus-to-Crete.
Inserts: Steel or malleable concrete insert, Anvil figure 28 I, 282, 285 or equivalent.
Expansion Shells and Bolts
Expansion Shells for Rod Hangers: Phillips self-drilling anchors, Omark "Drill Anchors", Hilti HDI, or
Fastite shells, in holes drilled in structural concrete.
Expansion Bolts for Equipment: USM "Molly Parabolt", or Hilti "Kwik-Bolt" in holes drilled in concrete.
Formed Steel Channels at Slab: 12-Gage Minimum, 1-3/8-inch x 1-5/8-inch minimum cross-section size;
Unistrut P-3000, Cooper B-Line, or Powerstrut.
Welding to Building Structural Members: Not allowed except as indicated on the drawings.
Anchor Bolts: Provide for all equipment; number and size per manufacturer's recommendations or as
shown. In concrete construction, provide galvanized bolts set in the form work before pouring. In building
floors, where equipment bases are cast iron over 18 inches maximum dimension, provide a pipe sleeve
around each bolt to allow for positioning.
2.3 ACCESS DOORS
A. Access Doors: Per division 8.
2.4 WELDING, BRAZING AND SOLDERING
A. Welding materials and procedures shall be in accordance with A WS 249.1.
B. Solder: Lead Free Solder: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder; tin copper, silver, antimony and
nickel; or tin copper and silver, ASTM B 32. Workable range of at least 60 degrees F.
C. Brazing Alloy: Melting temperature 1000 degrees F or higher; A WS A5.8.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.5 PROTECTIVE COATINGS FOR UNDERGROUND FERROUS METAL SURF ACES I
A. General: All steel pipe, tiedowns and other ferrous metal surfaces buried in contact with fill materials or
concrete shall be protected as follows:
I. Pipe Wrapping: 20-mil thickness pressure-sensitive vinyl tape; 3M "Scotch Rap" No. 51 corrosion-
protection tape, or approved equal. I
2. Joint Covering: 3M "Scotch Rap" or approved equal, 50 percent overlap, 6 inches each side of joint.
3. Piping factory-coated by manufacturer shall be satisfactory, providing it affords protection comparable to
the above and that all joints and breaks in the coating are sealed in a manner compatible with the particular I
coating being used.
4. Cast iron and ductile iron items need not be coated.
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15050 Page 2
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
2.6 FlRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING
A. Firestopping Manufacturers: Products made by the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable:
1. 3M.
2. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI) as distributed by Sealant specialists.
B. Firestopping Materials: Provide penetration seal assemblies whose fIre-resistance ratings have been
detennined by testing in the configurations required and which have fIre-resistance ratings at least as high as
that of the fIre-rated assembly in which they are to be installed.
C. It is the contractor's responsibility to detennine the types of penetrations to be sealed and to select
appropriate fIrestopping assemblies.
D. If a tested assembly is not available for a particular penetration configuration, modify the penetration
configuration to suit available assemblies; do not modify assembly configuration except as specifically
stated in the test report or as approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
E. Provide products which:
I. Allow nonnal expansion and contraction movement of the penetrating item without failure of the
penetration seal.
2. Emit no hazardous, combustible, or irritating by-products during installation or curing period.
3. Do not require special tools for installation.
F. Smokestopping Materials: Use any gunnable or pourable joint sealant suitable for the application; use only
fully curing types where accessible in the fmished work. Provide products which:
1. Allow nonnal expansion and contraction movement of the penetrating item without failure of the
penetration seal.
2. Emit no hazardous, combustible, or irritating by-products during installation or curing period.
3. Do not require special tools for installation.
G. Materials
I. Firestop Mortar
a. Specified Technologies Inc. Spec Seal Mortar
2. Firestop Sealants and Caulks
a. STI Spec Seal Sealant
b. 3M Firestop Sealant No. 2000
c. 3M CP25WB-Caulk
3. Firestop Putty
a. STI Spec Seal Firestop Putty Bars & Pads
b. 3M MPS-2 Moldable putty Stix & Putty Pads
4. Firestop Collars
a. STI Spec Seal Firestop Collars
b. 3M PPD Collars
5. Wrap Strips
a. Spec Seal Wrap Strip
b.3M FS-195 Wrap Strip
6. Accessories
a. FonningIDamming materials: Mineral fiberboard or other type recommended by Manufacturer.
H. References
1. Fire Resistance Directory, Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), 2006.
2. UBC Standard No.7-I, 7-5 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; Published in: Unifonn
Building Code Standards; International Conference of Building Officials (lCBO), 1997.
I. Quality Assurance
I. Testing Requirements: Testing shall have been conducted or witnessed by an independent testing agency
acceptable to governing authorities.
2. Test method: UBC Standard No.7-I, 7-5.
3. The listing of the assembly to be used in the current edition of one of the following classification guides will
be considered evidence of acceptable testing:
a. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. "Fire Resistance Directory."
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15050 Page 3
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
2.7 CONTROL WIRING
A. Provide all control wiring for controls specified under Division 15. I
B. Extent: Provide wiring as required to provide the operations specified and as recommended by equipment
manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide interlock control wiring between equipment.
Provide wiring for smokelfIre damper control and integration of all equipment associated with this project I
with the existing Building Management Control System.
C. Do not install control wiring in power circuit conduit. Do not use magnetic starters and disconnect switches
as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement ('f
all control equipment with the Project Officer prior to rough-in. Provide all control wiring in zinc-coated I
rigid steel conduit, with conduit fittings at all junction points, connections and outlets.
2.8 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION AND PAINTING I
A. Tag aU items of mechanical equipment with engraved nameplates per section 15075.
B. Touch-up paint on factory fmished mechanical equipment where fmish is damaged, or repaint the entire unit
if paint damage is extensive. The Engineer shall determine whether repainting is required. Paint shaU
match original factory finish. I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCESSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shaU be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases, the adequate
clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings for the proper installation of his work. He shall cooperate
with all other contractors whose work is in the same space, and shall advise the other contractors of his
, requirements. Such spaces and clearances shall, however, be kept to the minimum required.
B. The Contractor shall locate aU equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fuUy
accessible positions. Equipment shall include but not be limited to valves, traps, cleanouts, motors,
controUers, switch-gear, and drain points. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better
accessibility, and any change shall be approved.
C. The Contractor shaU provide access panels for each concealed valve, control, damper, or other device
requiring service, to coordinate locations for access panels and access doors. Locations of these panels
shaU be submitted in sufficient time to be instaUed in the normal course of work.
3.2 PIPING SLEEVES
A. Provide sleeves for aU piping passing through floors, roofs or walls.
B. Size: Annular clear space of approximately 1I4-inch for bare pipe sleeves; .1I2-inch for caulked sleeves.
Provide insulation 'and covering continuous through sleeve, except caulked sleeves.
C. Projection Above Floor: Wherever piping passes through any floor slab, provide sleeves extending I-inch
above finished floor.
D. Installation: Set sleeves in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction; core drill and grout
sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing construction. Fasten sleeves to wood forms with
centered lag screws or nails. Attach sleeves to metal forms with Kalon type "U" drive screws and sheet
metaL clips.
E. Sheet Metal Dams: For core drilIed, saw cut and formed openings through above grade floor slabs, provide
galvanized sheet metal dams all around opening on top of floor, water-tight soldered or welded
construction, sealed and anchored to floor water-tight, minimum I-inch projection above floor, and 2-inch
flange width on floor or spigot end with 31l6-inch bead.
3.3 SEALING OF SLEEVES AND PREPARED OPENINGS
A. Sealing through Floor Slabs and Firewalls: 3M Fire Barrier cover CP25 or Putty 303 extending fuU depth
through the wall or floor. Provide sheet metal around outside of insulation passing through sleeve before
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15050 Page 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
caulking and sealing. Install in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions.
B. For voids or holes to 6-inch maXimum diameter and 4-inch maximum depth, 3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP25
or Putty 303 may be used. Apply in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. The annular space between pipe and sleeve or between insulation jacket and sleeve does not require sealing
in interior walls or pipe chase areas which are not designated as ftre rated or acoustically rated.
D. Penetrations through ftre rated concrete floors and walls may be made using UL listed ProSet firestop
penetrators and Proset Fireftll ftre rated caulking.
3.4 FLASHING REQUIREMENTS
A. Pipes passing through roof or floor waterproofmg membranes shall be installed through a 4-pound lead
flashing or a 16-ounce copper flashing, each within an integral skirt.or flange. Flashing shall be suitably
formed, and the skirt or flange shall extend not less than 6 inches from the pipe and shall be set over the
roof or floor membrane in a solid coating of bituminous cement. The flashing shall extend up the pipe a
minimum of 6 inches.
3.5
A.
3.6
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.
2.
EXPANSION SHELLS AND BOLTS
Use only where necessary to hang piping or equipment from existing concrete slabs or walls.
FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE STOPPING
Includes frrestopping of all penetrations through ftre barriers, including thevoid around pipes,
ducts conduit, and other openings, as required by authorities having jurisdiction and where
indicated on the drawings.
Includes smokestopping of all penetrations through smoke barriers, including voids around pipes,
ducts conduit, and joints between smoke barriers and other construction, and other openings, as
required by authorities having jurisdiction and where indicated on the drawings.
Work Not Included: Repairing penetrations made in error and repairing penetrations which are too
large to be sealed by the methods indicated; these are to be repaired using the original material of
the construction.
Definitions
Fire Barrier: Any wall, floor, ceiling, or roof which is indicated as having a frre-resistance rating.
Smoke Barrier:
a. Any wall, floor, ceiling, or roof which is indicated as being designed to prevent passage of smoke
and gases; may be indicated as "smoke barrier," "smoke partition," "smoke wall," etc.
b. Any penetration through one-hour rated construction (Le. rated corridor enclosures);
E. Install frrestopping materials in exact accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the
conditions of the testing; provide all accessory materials required.
F. Remove combustible forming materials, unless they are a required component of the tested
assembly.
G. Inspect completed installations for completeness and correct installation.
1. If installed work is to be covered in completed work, inspect and obtain approval prior to covering.
2. Obtain the approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
H. Clean up excess material adjacent to penetrations promptly; use methods and materials approved
by the manufacturers of the penetration seals and of surfaces to be cleaned.
I. Protect installed work during curing period.
J. Protect installed work from damage from construction operations using substantial barriers if
necessary .
K. Repair damaged materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.7
EQUIPMENT AND PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Provide supports for all equipment, piping and ducts as required, including braces for seismic
restraint; these include frames or supports.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15050 Page 5
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
B. Manufacturer's Instructions: All equipment, including ductwork and piping appurtenances, shall
be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions.
C. At wall attached fixtures and equipment weighing less than 50 pounds, provide backing plates of at
least 1/8 x 10 inch sheet steel or 2 x 10 inch fire retardant treated wood securely built into the
structural walls. Submit attachment details of heavier equipment for approval.
D. Install suspended equipment and duct work as specified in Section 15140.
I
I
3.8 PIPING SYSTEMS - TIE-INS AND SHUT DOWNS
A. Provide all labor and materials necessary for completing tie-ins to and shut downs of existing
piping systems for domestic water, life safety, or other distributed utility.
B. Return all systems directly or indirectly impacted by construction to their condition prior to the
start of work.
I
I
3.9 ACCESS DOORS
A: Provide access doors as required to gain access to dampers, valves, fans, tenninal units, and other
equipment, requiring periodic inspection, through fmished walls or ceilings. Coordinate with other trades.
B. Minimum Size: 12-inch x 12-inch for hand access, 24-inch x 24-inch for man entry.
I
I
3.10
A.
CORE DRILLING
Provide core drilling where penetrating floors, roof, or concrete walls as indicated on the mechanical
drawings. Location of core drilling shall also be confirmed by the general contractor.
B. The owner will occupy the existing building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the
Owner's operations, and notify general contractor and facilities staff when coring operations are to
commence.
C. Provide containment for water debris such that damage to owner's faciiities is avoided. Provide a visqueen
containment diaper below the slab to be core drilled to catch the cutting water directing it into a container
for proper disposal. The area below the core drill is occupied by storage shelving, protect this area during
coring operations.
D. Remove and dispose of all debris off-site.
I
I
I
3.11 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
A. Mass excavation to approximate building levels will be done by the General Contractor. Mechanical
Contractor shall, however, do all trench and pit excavation and backfilling required for mechanical work
inside and outside the building, includiJ:tg repairing of fmished work inside and outside the building,
including repairing of fmished surfaces, all required shoring, bracing, pumping, and all protection for
safety of persons and property. Mechanical Contractor shall remove all excess earth from the site, as
directed by the Architect, or to a storage point on the site as directed by the Architect. Local or State Safety
Codes shall be strictly observed. In addition, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to check the.
indicated elevations of the utilities entering and leaving the building. If such elevations require excavations
lower than the footing levels, the Architect shall be notified of such conditions and a redesign shall be made
before excavations are commenced. It is also the responsibility of the contractor to make the excavations at
the minimum required depths in order not to undercut the footings.
B. Filling, Backfilling, and Compaction shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 2.
C. Surplus Earth: Haul off-site and dispose of legally.
D. Barricades: Locate and maintain barricades, construction signs, warning lights and guards, as required
during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage.
E. Clean-up: Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion.
F. Installation of Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever any piping is to be installed in areas which have been
excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install the piping in a manner which will prevent subsequent
settlement. Do not install the piping until the backfill is to full compaction and completed up to a level of
18 inches or more above the level of the installed pipe; install piping in trenches which have been re-
excavated through the backfill.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15050 Page 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street '
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
3.12
A.
S.
CONTROL WIRING
InstalI in conformance with current National Electrical Code and alI requirements of Division 16.
Provide and instalI alI te'mperature control wiring, alI equipment control wiring and all interlock wiring.
Control wiring shall be in conduit when so specified in other Sections of the specifications.
3.13 EQUIPMENT READINESS
A. Shipping blocks and similar restraints shall be removed from equipment.
S. Spring mounts, spring hangers, and pipe, duct and equipment supports shall be leveled and adjusted.
3.14
A.
S.
CLEANING
The contractor shalI remove all waste material, debris and packing materials caused by his work.
The contractor shall clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of all equipment, ductwork and
piping. Fan equipment, plenums and other systems shall be vacuum cleaned if extremely dirty, if so
directed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION 15050
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15050 Page 7
OMC 433 8th Street 05/31/07 I
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
,I
(Blank Page)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15050 Page 8 I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15060
PIPE, VALVES, AND FITTINGS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. - This piping material specification has been prepared to form the basis for selection of material,
fabrication and installation of all piping required for the systems as indicated.
B. The completed systems, as specified shall be supplied through a single Contractor who will be
responsible for the fabrication, installation, inspection and testing, so as to provide a complete
system which will perform the required functions.
C. Compliance by the Contractor with this specification does not relieve him of the responsibility for
the supply of a complete piping system of proper design and suitability for the specified
application.
I
I
1.02
REFERENCES
A. This section contains references to the following documents. The latest revision of these
references are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case ofa conflict between the
requirements of this section, other sections, or the following references, the most stringent
requirements shall apply. .
I. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI A 13.1 Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems
ANSI B2.1 Pipe Threads
ANSI B 16.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ANSI B16.10 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves
ANSI B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
ANSI B 16.21 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ANSI B 16.25 Buttwelding Ends
ANSI B16.34 Valves-Flanged and Buttwelding Ends
2. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME)
ASME B31.1 Power Piping
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 1
3. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
linc Coated, Welded and Seamless
ASTM A 74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe Fittings
ASTM A 105 Standard Specification for Forging, Carbon Steel, for Piping
Components
ASTM Al 06 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for
High Temperature Service
ASTM AI93 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel
Bolting Materials
ASTM AI94 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for
Bolting
ASTM A216 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for
Fusion Welding
ASTM A234 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon
Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures
ASTM A 716 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe
4. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION
A WW A C II 0 Ductile Iron and Grey Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches
For Water and Other Liquids
A WW A C606 Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints
5. All State and Local Codes and Standards.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15060 Page 1
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PIPE
A. Pressure Ratings: Provide pipe, fittings, accessories and all other components with minimum
pressure rating of 150 psig.
Pipe: Black or galvanized steel, ASTM A 53, Grade A or B, electric resistance welded or
seamless, standard weight unless otherwise noted.
Fittings
1.
1.03
NOTES PERTAINING TO ALL PIPING
A. Codes and Warranties
I
B.
I. Basis for Specification: This specification is based on the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers Code For Power Piping, ASME B31.1, Latest Revision unless
noted otherwise.
2. Compliance with Specification: All piping and valves shall comply with applicable local,
state or municipal laws and codes. In case of a conflict, the more rigid code, law, or
specification shall prevail.
3. Warranty:
a. The Contractor shall design all piping system components for a service life of
thirty years unless specified otherwise.
b. The Contractor shall guarantee that the supplied and installed piping will meet
the requirements specified for the full warranty period as described hereafter.
c. The Contractor shall warrant that his product is free from fault in design,
workmanship, and material, and is of satisfactory size and capacity to fulfill
satisfactorily the operating conditions specified. The Contractor shall warrant
his products conform to the latest revision in effect at time of purchase of all
applicable codes and standards. Should any defect in design, material,
workmanship, or operating characteristics develop during the first twelve (12)
months of operation, the Contractor shall make all necessary or 4esirable
alterations, repairs, and replacements of defective equipment to satisfy this
specification at no cost to the Owner.
Design Conditions: Unless otherwise noted, all pressures and temperatures referred to in this
specification represent design conditions.
Manufacturer Reference: Items specified or referenced by manufacturer and figure number are not
intended to exclude equivalent items offered by other manufacturers. Products of reputable
manufacturers and of comparable type, quality and characteristics may be submitted.
Item Identification
1. Valve Locking Devices: When valves require locking devices, the contractor shall
provide appropriate tagging. Tags for locked open valves shall be stamped "Lock Open"
and painted green. Tags for locked closed valves shall be stamped "Lock Close" and
painted red.
2. System Identification: Piping and valves shall be labeled as indicated in specification
section 15075, "Mechanical Identification".
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
B.
I
C.
2.
2 Inches and Smaller
a. Threaded: 150 psig black malleable iron, ASME B16.03 and ASTM A 197.
b. Welded: 3000 psig forged steel, socket weld.
2-1/2 Inches and Larger
a. Provide welded fittings for hot water piping. Provide standard weight, seamless
steel, butt welding, ANSI B16.09, Grade WPB.
Grooved Joint fittings are permitted at Contractor's option for cold water only.
Provide the following UL listed and FM approved couplings and fittings:
(I) Couplings: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A47 malleable iron
with EPDM gaskets with temperature range of -30 to 230 degrees F.
Victaulic Style (07 rigid) (77 flexible) or equal of Grinnell or Gustin-
Bacon.
Fittings: Fittings and tees constructed of ASTM A536 ductile iron,
ASTM A I 06 carbon steel or ASTM A4 malleable iron. Victaulic,
Grinnell or Gustin-Bacon.
I
I
I
b.
I
(2)
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15060 Page 2
I
II
I.
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
I
2.02
I
I
I
I
I
2.03
I
I
2.04
I
I
I
I
05/31/07
3. Fittings for steel drainage piping, ANSI BI6.3.
D. Unions: 150 psig black or galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ASTM A 197, brass seat.
E. Flanges
1. 2 Inches and Smaller: 125 psig cast iron screwed, ANSI B16.1 and ASTM A 126, Class
B; 150 psig forged steel weld neck or slip on, ASME B 16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I;
150 psig forged steel socket weld, ANSI B 16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I.
2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: 150 psig forged steel weld neck or slip on, ASME B16.5 and
ASTM A 181, Grade I. NOTE: Flanges facing flat faced cast iron flanges will have flat
face fmish.
F. Bolting: Machine bolts and nuts, hex head bolts, hexagon nut, ASTM A 307, Grade B, dimensions
ANSI B 18.2, threads ANSI B 1.1.
G. Gaskets: ANSI B 16.2 I nonmetallic, 1/16 inch thick; Garlock Style 3000, Crane, Garlock or US
Rubber.
H. Joint Compound: Teflon tape.
I. Manufacturers: US Steel, L TV, Bethlehem, LacIede, Lone Star, Sawhill, WheatIand or Sharon.
COPPER PIPE AND TUBE
A. Pressure Ratings: Provide pipe, tubing, fittings, accessories and all other components with
minimum pressure rating of 150 psig.
Tubing (Pipe): ASTM B88 type K and type L copper water tube, hard drawn.
Fittings
1.
2.
Unions
1. Wrought copper solder joint unions, ANSI B 16.22.
2. Cast bronze solder joint fittings, ANSI B 16. I 8.
Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Cast bronze, 125 psig Class, ASME Standards.
Bolting: Machine bolts and nuts, hex head bolt, hexagon nut, ASTMA 307, Grade B, dimensions
ANSI B 18.2, threads ANSI B 1. I.
Gaskets: ANSI B I 6.21 nonmetallic 1/16 inch thick. Garlock Style 3000.
Threaded Joint Compound: Teflon tape.
Brazing Alloy: Melting temperature 1000 F or higher; A WS A5.8.
Manufacturers: Chase, Anaconda, Revere, Mueller, Reading Tube or Bridgeport.
B.
C.
Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI BI6.22.
Cast bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI B 16.18.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND COUPLINGS
A. Provide at each joint between dissimilar metals
1. 2 Inches and Smaller: Dielectric unions rated at 250 psig at 180 F confonning to ANSI
BI6.39.
2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Dielectric flange fittings confonning to ANSI B 16.42 (iron) or
ANSI B 16.24 (bronze).
3. Manufacturer: Watts 3000 Series, Epco or equivalent.
PIPING COMPONENTS
A. Pipe and Tubing
1. Pipe and tubing wall thickness shall be based on design pressure and temperature
conditions. The same shall apply to branch reinforcing.
2. Minimum pipe size shall be I -inch, except where required for equipment connections
and/or where indicated on drawings. Tubing I-inch and smaller shall be used only as
indicated on drawings.
3. The following pipe sizes shall not be used except where required for matching up to
equipment connections or existing piping:
1-1/4" 3-1/2" 5"
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15060 Page 3
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
The bore of weld-neck flanges shall match the pipe I.D.
Where a "Special Finish" is specified, the gasket contact surface shall have concentric or
continuous spiral grooves, resulting in a roughness height within the range of 125-200
AARH.
Grooved End Couplings:
I. Grooved end flexible-type couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 100, VictaulicStyle 77, or
equal. Grooved end rigid-type couplings shall be Gustin-bacon 120 Rigi-Grip, Victaulic
Style 07 Zero-Flex, or equal. Grooved end flanged coupling adapters shall be either
Gustin-Bacon 154, Victaulic Style 741, or equal. Snap-joint grooved end couplings shall
be Gustin-Bacon 115, Victaulic Style 78, or equal. Cut grooves are not permitted on
fabricated or lightwall pipe. Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts shall comply with
A WW A C606. Gaskets will be EDPM on all hydronic systems.
Temporary (Cone) Strainers
1. Temporary cone type strainers shall be placed in the suction lines of all pumps prior to
start-up of new piping systems.
2. Temporary strainers shall be manufactured from steel plate with 1/8 inch perforated holes.
3. Plate material shall be suitable for the intended service.
4. Open area of cone shall be equal to or greater than 150 percent of the pipe flow area.
5. These strainers shall be removed by the Contractor after a minimum of 4 hours operation.
Gaskets: Gaskets shall be asbestos free and conform to the requirements of ANSI B 16.5 for each
pressure-temperature rating class. Gasket material shall be suitable for the specified service.
B.
Valves
I.
2.
3.
c.
Fittings
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Flanges
I.
2.
E.
F.
G.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
I
Valves shall conform to the requirements of the following standards (latest edition),
where applicable:
API RP-526 Flanged Steel Safety Relief Valves
ANSI 82.1 Pipe Threads
ANSI 816.34 Valves-Flanged and 8uttwelding Ends
ANSI 816.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ANSI 816.10 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dirn,ensions of Ferrous Valves
ANSI 816.25 8uttwelding Ends
ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials Standards
Valves 2" and smaller for domestic water and hydronic service shall be 600 psig CWP, 2-
piece bronze body and end-piece, 316 stainless steel ball and stem, full port, sweat,
adjustable packing, metal to metal end-piece to body seal. Nibco model S585-70-66 or
equal.
Control, safety, safety-relief and relief valves shall conform to the requirements specified
for the pipe, flanges, fittings and valves for the pressures and temperatures to which they
may be subjected.
I
I
I
I
I
Lap-joint stub-ends shall have the same facing as specified for flanges in the individual
line classes.
When weld fitting thickness is specified to match pipe, fittings of commercially available
weights may be slightly greater than the pipe.
Miters, unless otherwise specified, shall be as follows:
45-Degree Turns Two Piece, One Weld
90-Degree Turns Three Piece, Two Weld, 1 1/2 Diameter Radius
a. Miter joints and fabricated pipe bends shall be used only within the limitations
prescribed by ASME 831.1
Socketweld fittings shall be used in place of screwed fittings for all underground piping
other than galvanized and ductile iron.
Screwed fittings may be used for open vent and drain piping downstream of block
valve(s).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15060 Page 4
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
2.05 CAST IRON PIPE
A. Pipe
1. Standard weight cast iron soil pipe, ASTM A 74.
2. Standard weight hubless cast iron soil pipe, CISPI 301.
B. Fittings
1. Standard weight cast iron soil pipe fittings ANSI A 112.5.1 and ASTM A 74.
2. Hubless cast iron fittings, CISPI 301.
3. Screwed drainage fittings, ANSI B 16.12.
C. Couplings
1. Type 304 stainless steel shield with stainless steel clamps, neoprene gasket. Husky series
4000, Mage or approved substitute.
2. Cast iron couplings, MG or approved substitute.
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
3.01
I
1
'I
3.02
I
1
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL
A. Headroom
1. Maintain the maximum possible headroom. Employ careful planning and proper fittings
to give the best results coordinated with all other trades. If excessive space is taken,
remove and replace the work in a proper manner.
2. In ways of egress, pedestrian walkways, etc., maintain a minimum headroom of 6'8" from
the floor to the bottom of an obstruction.
B. Diagram: Diagrams showing pipe connections are schematic only. Do not use for calculating
piping lengths or numbers and types of fittings.
C. Connections to Equipment, Control Valves, Globe Valves, and Balancing Valves: Provide unions
or flanges to allow local disassembly.
INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND VAL YES
A. General
1. Install all piping promptly, capping or plugging all open ends and making pipe generally
level and plumb, free from traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work.
2. Inspect each piece of pipe, tubing, fittings, and equipment for defects and obstructions;
promptly remove all defective material from the jobsite.
3. Install pipes to clear all beams and obstructions; do not cut into or reduce the size ofload
carrying members.
4. Use long radius elbows wherever possible.
5. Install all piping in accordance with ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping" and as
specified herein.
B. Location of Pipe: Piping layout as shown is diagrammatic indicating general arrangement.
Determine measurements at jobsite, accurately cutting pipe to suit. Piping shall be installed so as
to allow for expansion and contraction. Locate piping to avoid interference with building
structural members, equipment, and building openings; provide access for operation, service,
disconnection, removal and replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment. Within buildings,
conceal all piping in walls and above ceiling except where indicated to remain exposed.
C. Cleaning: Clean interior of piping before making joints and placing in position by blowing clean
with steam or compressed air. Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation; provide caps
or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping.
D. Unions and Fittings: Provide unions or flanges at valves, fixtures and equipment if a means of
disconnection is not otherwise provided. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size;
bushings are not acceptable. Use fittings for all changes in direction of piping.
E. Routing: Run parallel to column lines and perpendicular to the floor unless shown otherwise on
drawings.
F. Leaks: Correct immediately, using new materials; leak-sealing compounds not permitted.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15060 Page 5
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
3.03
G. Valve Installation:
I. Install all gate valves and globe valves with stems horizontal or above horizontal.
2. Install all ball valves such that handle is accessible and will turn 90 degrees with no
obstacle.
3. All valves shall be accessible.
H. Concealed Piping: Install all piping as concealed work in all fmished areas, unless indicated
otherwise. Do not cover up or enclose work until properly and completely inspected and reviewed.
Should work be covered up or enclosed prior to inspections and reviews, uncover work as
required an, after completely inspected and reviewed, make repairs and replacements with
materials as necessary and at no additional cost to Owner.
I. Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions or flanges at each joint between dissimilar metals,
except that bronze valves and fittings may be used without dielectric couplings for ferrous-to-
ferrous or non-ferrous-to-non-ferrous connections.
J. Slope and Connections: Pitch hydronic heating water piping mains not less than one inch in 40'0"
up in direction of flow. Connect branches to upfeed risers to top of main at 45 degree angle pitch
down to main. Connect branches to downfeed risers to bottom of main at 45 degree angle and
pitch down to riser. Branches shall have at least 3 elbows between mains and risers to allow for
expansion and contraction. Piping between elbows on branches shall be minimum 2'0" long.
Risers shall be straight and plumb. Install eccentric reducers approximately 3'0" beyond last
branch where main changes size to avoid trapping air in main.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JOINTS
A. Screwed
1. Confonn threads of iron and steel pipes, fittings and couplings confonning to ANSI
B3 1.1.
2. Produce sufficient lengths of perfect threads to insure full metaI-to-metal contacts when
screwed home in fittings; countersink, ream and clean ends of pipes of chips and burrs
after threading.
3. Make up full connections with not more than three full threads exposed, by such method
that will not subject pipes or fittings to twisting or cross strains; lubricate male threads
only with thread lubricant.
B. Brazed and Soldered: Cut ends square and remove all fms and burrs. Replace all dents and
damaged tubing with new tubing. Remove all grease and oil from all joints by wiping with clean
cloth saturated with a suitable chemical solvent and then clean with emery cloth. After cleaning
apply non-corrosive flux, apply heat and solder and hold joint rigidly until solder has hardened.
Wipe excess solder from exterior of joint before hardening. Before soldering, remove stems and
washers of solder joint valves.
C. Welded Branch connections may be made as follows:
1. Straight Tees: Use welding tees
2. Branch One Size Smaller than Main: Use reducing tees
3. Branch Two or More Sized Smaller than Main: Use weldolets, thredolets or sockolets as
required
D. Grooved Joint Couplings
1. Check pipe to be certain it is sufficiently free of indentations, projections, grooves, weld
seams, or roll marks on the exterior of the pipe over the entire gasket seating area to
assure a leak-tight seat for the gasket. Check that pipe ends are square cut and that
penetration is in accordance with Victaulic or equivalent manufacturer's standards.
2. Provide gaskets of the central cavity pressure-responsive design. Gasket style and grade
shall be checked to be certain gasket supplied is suited for the intended service.
3. Provide lubrication for proper coupling/fitting assembly as follows:
a. Lubricate gasket exterior including the lips and/or pipe ends and housing
interiors, to prevent pinching the gasket and for proper gasket seating and
alignment during installation.
b. Use Victaulic lubricant for installation. Other compatible materials such as
silicone and others may be used, however, petroleum based lubricants must not
be used on Grade "E" or "M" gaskets.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
.15060 Page 6
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
3.04
I
3.05
I
I
3.06
I
I
I
I
I
3.07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
Apply a thin, uniform coat of lubricant as follows:
(I) Brush lubricant on the gasket lips (10) and the entire exterior of the
gasket.
(2) Brush lubricant on the pipe ends around the entire pipe circumference
and inside the coupling housing.
WELDING OF PIPING
A. All welding shall be in accordance with ASME B31.9 per Section 15052.
FLUSHING OF PIPING
A. Flush all piping, after fabrication and prior to connecting into the existing systems and prior to
pressure tests.
B. Remove strainer screens during flushing except those protecting control equipment. Clean the
screens protecting control equipment during flushing if necessary and after flushing is completed.
C. Submit a complete report of the flushing and chemical treatment procedures to the Engineer.
TESTING OF PIPING
A. General
I. Test all piping systems and connected equipment. Test after the lines have been cleaned
and prior to insulation.
2. Isolate from existing systems by the closest valve or valves to the existing system.
3. Furnish all test equipment. Install a calibrated test pressure gage in the system being
tested.
4. Prior to testing, remove or valve-off gages, traps and other apparatus which may be
damaged by testing. _
5. Make test in presence of the Engineer.
6. Rectify all defects which develop during testmg and retest until approved at no additional
charge to the Owner.
B. Test Requirements
1. Pressure: I -112 times design working pressure or 150 psig, whichever is greater.
2. Time: Hold pressure to inspect all joints and connections.
3. Test all joints in air-tested systems by brushing with a soapy water solution.
4. Water test all piping except instrument air and natural gas piping. Water shall be less than
100 F.
GENERAL PIPING CONSTRUCTION
I. Leaks: Correct immediately, using new materials; leak-sealing compounds not permitted.
2. Air Vents:
a. Manual: Provide valved vents at high points of all systems.
b. Manual: Provide valved vents for relief of air during filling
Street ells shall not be used.
Bushings shall not be used except where indicated in individual line classes and on
drawings.
Unions shall be installed at the low pressure side of socketweld and screwed block valves
where allowed.
Flanges
1.
A.
Valves
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Fittings
5.
6.
7.
C.
2.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
Valves shall not be installed with stems below the horizontal.
Install chain wheel operators for all valves installed more than eight (8) feet above the
floor.
Where practical, a valve shall be installed directly against equipment nozzles.
Where hand shut-off valves are placed between a relief valve and the protected piping or
equipment, the hand valve shall be locked in the open position.
Flat Faced Flanges shall be installed against flat faced cast iron valves and equipment.
Raised faced flanges are acceptable for mating with forged steel flat faced flanges.
Slip-on flanges, when required, shall be welded inside and outside. There shall be a
distance from the face of the flange to the pipe end equal to the pipe wall thickness plus
15060 Page 7
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
D.
1/8-inch. The seal weld shall be applied so that the flange face will be free of weld
splatter and shall not require refacing.
3. Flange bolt holes shall be orientated as follows, unless otherwise noted on drawings or
required by equipment: .
a. Flange Face in the vertical plane - Bolt holes shall straddle vertical centerline.
b. Flange Face in horizontal plane - Bolt holes shall straddle north - south
centerlines.
Non-pressure Attachments
I. Welding of pipe supports, brackets or anchors to pipe shall be in accordance with the
provided design details.
2. Pipe insulation shoes which are field welded to pipe shall, unless noted otherwise, be
centered over pipe supports in the cold position. Shoes shall preferably be located and
attached after the line is installed. Shoes attached to stress-relieved lines shall be attached
prior to heat treatment.
I
I
I
I
I
3.04 PIPING PRESSURE TESTING
A. General
I. The pressure testing requirements defmed herein apply to all piping systems.
2. Testing shall be preformed by the Contractor on all piping after erection but before
application of insulation. Furnish all necessary equipment and material and make all taps
in the pipe, as required.
3. Hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1.5 times the design pressure as indicated
in the line list. This pressure shall be held for a minimum of 60 minutes.
B. Test Procedures:
1. Two pressure gauges shall be installed for each testing system; installed as close as
possible to the low point of the piping system.
2. Calibration records for gauges used for testing shall be submitted to the Owner.
3. All Vents and other connections that can serve as vents shall be open during filling so that
all air is vented prior to applying test pressure to a system.
4. If the maximum operating conditions of piping attached to a vessel are the same as those
of the vessel, the piping and the vessel may be tested together. If the vessel has different
maximum operating conditions, it must be isolated and tested separately.
5. Examination for leakage shall be made at all joints and connections. The piping system
shall show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking. Any visible leakage shall be
corrected at the Contractor's expense.
6. If the pressure falls after the pressurizing source is shut off, the source of pressure loss
must be determined and corrected. The system must be able to hold the test pressure for
the test duration specified without any detectable loss.
7. If the ambient air temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit (F) at the time of
pressure testing, the test medium must be heated as required to achieve the following
temperatures when filling is complete:
a. 70 degrees F minimum for pipe wall thickness one inch or less.
b. 100 degrees F minimum for pipe wall thickness greater than one inch.
8. Piping designed for vapor or gas which is to be hydrostatically tested shall be provided
with additional temporary supports, if necessary, to support the weight of the test liquid.
C. Special Requirements for Gaseous Pipe Testing
I. The Contractor shall recognize the hazards associated with compressible fluid testing and
shall take all necessary precautions to protect all personnel. All piping to be tested shall
be secured to prevent damage to adjacent piping and equipment in the event of a joint
failure. Any instruments or devices that could be damaged by the test shall be removed
from the piping or suitably isolated prior to applying the test.
2. A preliminary pneumatic test not to exceed 25 psig shall be applied to the piping system
prior to tinalleak testing as a means of locating major leaks. Examination for leakage,
detected by soap bubbles, shall be made at all joints and connections. After all visible
leaks have been corrected, the pressure in the system shall gradually be increased to not
more than one-half of the test pressure, after which the pressure shall be increased in steps
of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until a test pressure equal to 120% of the
Design Pressure is reached. This pressure shall be held for a minimum of 10 minutes..
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15060 Page 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
D.
The piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing,
shaH show no evidence of leakage. Any visible leakage shaH be corrected at the
Contractor's expense.
Testing Media Requirements:
I. Clean, fresh city water shaH be used for hydrostatic testing.
2. Oil free clean dry air shaH be used for gaseous testing.
2. After hydrostatic testing, aH water shaH be drained immediately. Care shaH be taken not
to puH a vacuum during draining - open aH vents.
Test Repairs:
1. Materials such as gaskets, bolting, etc., damaged during tests and flushing shall be
replaced.
2. New gaskets shall be used each time a flanged joint is made up.
3. Any welded joint that is defective shaH be repaired in accordance with the applicable
requirements. Repaired components shall be reexamined by the original method to
detennine freedom from defects, and all repaired joints shall be retested. Costs for such
repair shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
I
E.
I
I
I
END OF SECTION 15060
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15060 Page 9
OMC 433 8th Street 05/31/07 I
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
I
(Blank Page)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15060 Page 10 I
I
, OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
SECTION 15075
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
1.01
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
I
1.02
I
I
SUMMARY
A. Work includes identifYing valves, piping and equipment components of the mechanical systems to
indicate their function and system served.
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
I. Valve Tag Directory: Submit for approval prior to fabrication of valve tags.
2. Equipment Nameplate Directory: Submit for approval prior to fabrication of labels.
3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include a copy of valve tag and equipment nameplate
directories in the as constructed data file and each set of Operation and Maintenance
manuals.
2.01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
VALVE IDENTIFICATION
A. Valve Tags: .
I. General: IdentifY valves with metal tags, legends to be stamped or embossed. It shall
indicate the function of the valve and its normal operating position; i.e.,
V -28 (VALVE NUMBER)
HW -180 (CONTENT OF PIPE)
ISOLATION (VAL VE FUNCTION)
NO (NORMAL OPERATION POSITION)
2. Size: Valve tags 2-inch diameter with l/4-inch high letters.
3. Material: Use 0.050 or 0.064-inch brass tags.
4. Automatic valves and regulating valves: Use l/16-inch thick laminated 3-ply plastic,
center ply white, outer ply red, "Iamicoid" or equal. Form letters by exposing center ply.
5. Existing buildings and systems: Contact the Hospital for coordination with existing
building tagging system and supplementary information required for any specific system
before valve tagging begins.
B. Valve Tag Directory: Include tag number, location, exposed or concealed, service, valve size,
valve manufacturer, valve model number, tag material, and normal operating position of valve.
PIPING MARKERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. W. H. Brady, Seton, Marking Systems, Inc. (MSI), or equal.
Pipes shall be labeled with all-vinyl, self-sticking labels or letters. For pipe covering sizes up to
and including 3/4-inch outside diameter, select labels with l/2-inch letters. For sizes from 3/4 to
2-inch outside diameter, 3/4-inch letters; above 2-inches outside diameter, 2-inch letters. The pipe
markers shall be identified and color coded as follows with black directional arrows.
BACKGROUND
COLOR
Green
Yellow
Yellow
B.
C.
D.
SERVICE PIPE MARKER
Domestic CW "Dom CW"
Dom Hot Water "Dom HW"
Dom Hot Water Recirc "Dom HWR"
Provide directional arrow applied adjacent to pipe marker indicating direction offlow.
Provide custom marker labels for all piping for which no standard manufactured marker is
available. Submit sample for approval.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15075 Page I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
2.3
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Tag all items of mechanical equipment with engraved nameplates. Nameplates shall be I/l6-inch
thick, 3 x 5 laminated 3-ply plastic, center ply white, outer ply black. Form letters by exposing
center ply.
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
3.1 VALVE IDENTIFICATION
A. Valve Tags:
1. Attach to valve with a brass chain.
2. Valve tag numbers shall be continuous throughout the system.
B. Valve Tag Directory: Post fmal copy in the as constructed data file and in each copy of the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
I
3.2 PIPING MARKERS
A. Unless recommendations of ANSI AI3.l, 1981 are more stringent, apply labels or letters after
completion of pipe cleaning, insulation, painting, or other similar work, as follows:
1. Every 20 feet along continuous exposed lines.
2. Every 10 feet along continuous concealed lines.
3. Adjacent to each valve and stub out for future.
4. Where pipe passes through a wall, into and out of concealed spaces.
5. On each riser.
6. On each leg ofa "T."
7. Locate conspicuously where visible.
B. Further, apply labels or letters to lower quarters of the pipe on horizontal runs where view is not
obstructed or on the upper quarters when pipe is normally viewed from above. Apply arrow labels
indicating direction of flow. Arrows to be the same colors and sizes as identification labels.
C. Spray a protective coating of clear epoxy over markers and arrows in corrosive atmosphere areas.
I
I
I
I
I
3.3
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Nameplates: Attach to prominent area of equipment, either with sheet metal screws, brass chain,
or contact cement as applicable.
B. Nameplate Directory: Post fmal copy in the as constructed data file and in each copy of the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
I
I
END OF SECTION 15075
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15075 Page 2
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
1
SECTION 15140
MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES
I
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this Section.
I
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Included in this Section are seismic restraints, vibration isolators and structural attachments for piping and
equipment.
I
1.3 REGULA TORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be in conformance with the requirements of the applicable codes.
B. All fIre protection system supports and restraints shall be in conformance with the requirements ofNFPA
Pamphlet # 13 and the Authorities having jurisdiction.
I
1.4 SEISMIC ZONE
A. This project is located in Seismic Zone 3.
I
1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
5. American Welding Society (A WS)
6. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS)
7. National Electrical Manufacfurers Association (NEMA)
8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
10. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
I
I
I
I
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Ceiling hanger attachments
B. Product Data:
1. Structural attachments
2. Vibration mounts and hangers
3. Seismic restraints
I
I
1.7 EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Where the Contractor furnishes and installs equipment other than that which is specified or scheduled, the
specifIed or scheduled vibration isolation devices shall be modified as required to compensate for changes
in equipment size, confIguration, weight, or speed of rotation.
B. Where no vibration isolation devices are specified or scheduled for the specifIed mechanical equipment,
suitable vibration isolation devices shall be provided for substitute mechanical equipment if required
because of size, confIguration, weight, or speed of rotation changes from the specified equipment.
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
2.1 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. Steel Structure Clamps: Beam clamps, channel clamps and bar joist clips, Grinnell or equivalent. Select to
suit structural system and meet loading recommendations of manufacturer.
B. Ceiling Inserts:
3" and smaller pipe, Grinnell Fig. 285.
3-1/2" and larger pipe, Grinnell Fig. 281.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15140 Page 1
I,
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04 .
05/31/07
I
Multiple pipes on trapeze, Grinnell Fig. 285 or Fig. 281, selected for maximum weight of piping.
C. Wall Inserts
Unistruts P-3200 series inserts for concrete walls.
Unistruts P-1800 series inserts for brick walls.
Unistrut P-I 000 channels with P-I 045 and P-I 047 fittings for frame and block walls.
D. Where Unistrut model numbers are listed, equivalent products of Powerstrut, Superstrut or Ostrut, or
approved substitute, may be used.
I
I
I
2.2 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A. Anchorage And Bracing of Mechanical Systems: Provide complete seismic anchorage and bracing for the
lateral and vertical support of piping, ductwork and mechanical equipment as required by UBC Chapter 16
and SMACNA .iSeismic Restraint Manual", for Seismic Hazard Level (SHL) A.
B. Coordinate seismic restraints with equipment to be furnished.
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All elements of the support system shall be suitable for the system and shall have a safety factor of not less
than 4.0
B. Supporting elements not specifically specified shall be provided in accordance with SMACNA and NFPA
standards. Piping and heavy equipment supports, not otherwise detailed, shall confonn to !lPplicable
provision ofMSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69.
C. Where it is necessary to frame structural members between existing members or where structural members
are used in lieu of commercially manufactured supports, such supplementary steel shall be provided in
accordance with the AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for
Buildings.
D. Welding of structural members, where approved, shall be in accordance with A WS D. I. I.
I
I
I
3.2
A.
I.
EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
General:
All ductwork and piping shall be provided with seismic restraints in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level
(SHL) A of the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems.
2. Coordinate with shop drawings of major mechanical equipment items indicated.
3. Seismic Restraints: For suspended equipment, piping and ductwork, prefabncated seismic restraint systems
approved by the California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development shall be used.
Manufacturer: B-Line, Superstrut or approved equivalent.
I
I
I
END OF SECTION 15140
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15140 Page 2
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
GOLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
SECTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this Section.
I
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Included in this Section is insulation and accessories for piping and mechanical equipment
I
1.3 REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be in conformance with the requirements of the applicable codes, including Energy codes.
I
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
I. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
3. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
4. Midwest Insulation Contractors Association (MICA) Commercial and Industrial Insulation
Standards
I
I
1.5 FIRE RESISTANCE
A. Insulation: Flame spread and smoke-developed ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E84 and UL 723 testing
requirements; not more than 25/50.
1. Tape, adhesives, vapor barrier materials and jackets: Flame spread ratings not to exceed 25.
2. Exempt ItemsIMaterials: The following are exempt from the fire resistance ratings:
a. Treated wood insulation inserts
b. PVC fittings and valve covers
I
I
1.6 DEFINITIONS
I
A. Exposed is dermed as work exposed to the view of occupants in normally occupied areas and in equipment
rooms.
B. Concealed is dermed as work located in ceiling spaces, chases and other locations not exposed to view.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE INSULATION
I
A. Fiber Glass: Suitable for pipe temperature from -60 F to 500 F; one piece type with only one longitudinal
joint; thermal conductivity not greater than 0.24 Btulsq. ft./FIhr/in. at 75 F mean temperature. Provide
factory applied all-service jacket.
B. Closed Cell Elastomeric: Suitable for pipe temperature from -40 F to 220 F; one piece type with only one
longitudinal joint; thermal conductivity not greater than 0.27 Btulsq. ft./FIhr/in. at 75 F mean temperature.
Factory applied all-service jacket not required. Manufacturer: Armstrong Armaflex.
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15250 Page I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
C. Polyolefin (Polyethylene) Foam Insulation: Suitable for pipe temperature from -40 F to 200 F; one piece
type, either pre-formed or with one longitudinal joint with edges pre-coated with adhesive; thermal
conductivity not greater than 0.24 Btulsq. ft.lFlhr/in. at 75 F mean temperature. Jacketing not required.
Manufacturer: Imcoa Imcolock and Imcoshield.
I
I
D. Calcium Silicate: Rigid hydrous calcium silicate preformed pipe insulation, 1200 F maximum operating
temperature, ASTM A533; maximum thermal conductivity 0.70 Btu!hr/sq. ft./in at 700 F mean. (Factory
pre-jacketed with aluminum jacket and isolation felt.)
E. Cellular glass: Thermal conductivity 0.33 Btu!hr/sq. ft./sq. in./deg. F at mean temperature of 50 degrees F.
F. Owens-Coming, Manville, CeJtiinteed, Pittsburgh Corning, Knauf or approved substitute, and as otherwise
listed.
I
I
2.2 EQUIPMENT INSULA nON
A. Fiberglass Flexible Insulation: Suitable for temperatures to 1000 F; thermal conductivity not greater than
0.4 Btu/hr/sq. ft./in. at 200 F mean temperature.
B. Elastomeric: Closed cell elastomeric sheet insulation; thermal conductivity not greater than 0.27 Btu/hr/sq.
ft.lF/in at 75 F mean temperature. Smoke developed rating 50 for 1/2 inch thickness. Manufacturer:
Armstrong Armaflex.
C. Polyolefin (Polyethylene) Foam Insulation: Sheet or roll insulation, thermal conductivity not greater than
0.24 Btu/hr/sq. ft.lF/in at 75 F mean temperature. Manufacturer: Imcoa Imcolock.
D. Refractory Fiber Blanket: Suitable for temperatures to 1600 F, 8 Ib/cu. ft. density with thermal conductivity
of 1.04 Btu-in/sq. ft./hrlF at 1200 F mean temperature. .
E. Calcium Silicate: Rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation, (1200 F) (1500 F) maximum operating
temperature, ASTM C533; maximum thermal conductivity 0.70 Btu per square foot per degree F per hour
per inch of thickness at 700 F. Minimum density 13.0 pounds per cubic foot.
F. Owens-Corning, Manville, Certainteed, Pittsburgh Corning, Knauf or approved substitute, and as otherwise
listed.
1
I
I
I
I
2.3 NOT USED
I
2.4 JACKETS FOR PIPE INSULA nON
A. Factory Applied All-service Jacket (Fiberglass Insulation): White kraft paper outer surface bonded to
aluminum foil vapor barrier, suitable for painting. Kraft paper permanently treated for fire and smoke
safety and to prevent corrosion of the foil. Factory applied pressure sensitive closure system for permanent
seal oflaps and butt strips.
B. Metal Jackets: 0.010 inch thick stainless steel or 0.016 aluminum with integral vapor barrier. Provide self-
sealing, watertight metal bands for butt joints.
C. Buried Piping (Cellular Glass): 125 mil thick reinforced bituminous resin jacket; Pittsburgh Corning
Pitwrap.
I
I
2.5 JACKETS FOR FITTINGS, VALVES AND DEVICES
A. All-service Jacket: Factory premolded one-piece PVC fitting covers, 25/50 rated, .020" thickness for
piping up to 10" diameter, .030" thickness for piping greater than I 0" diameter. PVC jacketing for outdoor
installation shall be U.V. resistant. Proto LoSMOKE or approved substitute.
B. Metal Jacket: Factory remolded metal covers with integral vapor barrier, fabricated of the same metal as
adjacent insulation jacket.
C. Buried Piping: Polyguard Insulrap 50 self-adhesive membrane.
I
I
I
2.6 JACKETS FOR EQUIPMENT
A. Jacketing for indoor equipment shall be a metal jacket or .030" thick PVC jacket, 25/50 rated, Proto
LoSMOKE or approved substitute. PVC jacketing shall be used only for installations where the
temperature of the equipment or duct is less than 110 degrees F.
B. Jacketing for outdoor equipment shall be a metal jacket, as specified for Pipe Insulation Jackets.
C. Jacketing for outdoor ductwork shall be a .030" thick pve jacket, Ultraviolet Resistant Grade, 25/50 rated,
Proto LoSMOKE or approved substitute.
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15250 Page 2
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
2.7 V ALVES, PUMPS, STEAM TRAPS, AND FLANGES INSULATION
A. Flexible fiberglass blanket fabricated ofa sandwich section of fiberglass batt (I lb. per cu. ft. density), same
thickness as adjacent insulation, enclosed in glass cloth cover machine sewed at the ends; provide copper
eyehooks and wire for lacing the blanket.
B. Elastomeric: Mitered sections, same thickness as adjacent pipe insulation.
C. Polyolefm: Mitered sections, same thickness as adjacent pipe insulation.
D. Johnson flexible and reusable jacketing with silicone coated fiberglass cloth cover and (fiberglass) (or
ceramic fiber) liner to suit temperature requirements.
I
I
2.8 INSULATION SPECIALTIES
A. Joint Tape: Glass fiber reinforced, aluminum foil and kraft paper laminate with vapor barrier characteristics
comparable to insulation facing.
B. Finishing Cement: Hydraulic setting, low shrinkage insulating and fmishing cement for one coat fmish,
suitable for painting with water base paint, Johns-Manville No. 375, Ryders, Eagle, Pabco or approved
substitute.
C. Insulating Cement: Mineral fiber cement suitable for application on metal in single layers up to 4 inch
thick, Johns-Manville No. 460 Cement or approved substitute.
D. Vapor Barrier Adhesive: Vapor barrier lap sealing adhesive, Foster 85-20 or approved substitute.
E. Lagging Adhesive: Foster 30-36, Miracle LA69, Arabol or approved substitute.
F. Aluminum Pigmented Vapor Barrier Mastic: Foster 60-65 or approved substitute.
G. Insulation Pin Fasteners: Zinc-coated steel, 2" x 2" perforated plate with spindle and washer. Spindle
length to suit insulation thickness.
H. Insulation Pin Adhesive: Contact cement suitable for fastening insulation pins to metal surfaces, Miracle
Adhesive HT4620, Foster 82-1 I, Tuf-Bond all-purpose or approved substitute.
I. Mastic: Foster CI oil base or HI water base.
l. Inserts: Provided under Section 15 I 00, "Pipe, Valves and Accessories".
K. Insulation Bands: 3/4 inch wide,.0.02 inch galvanized or stainless steel.
L. Wire: Soft annealed stainless steel, .047 inch diameter.
M. Adhesive for Polyolefin Insulation: Adhesive shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer,
thennoplastic Fuse Seal sticks to be applied with a butane torch.
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
3.1 GENERAL
A. Insulate all surfaces of hot and cold piping and equipment.
B. Install with all joints tightly butted. Tuck and tuft all edges of insulation. Maintain, vapor barrier when
butting insulation to inserts.
C. Install insulation to allow easy access to equipment for inspection and repairs.
D. Carefully bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates. Seal all raw edges of insulation at
unions, flanges, etc.
E. Remove all loose dirt, rust, all other loose foreign material, moisture and frost from surfaces prior to
installing insulation.
F. Apply insulation only after piping has been tested.
I
I
3.2 INST ALLA TION (pIPING)
A. General
1. Provide all insulation continuous through wall and ceiling openings and sleeves.
2. Apply insulation on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used with a continuous,
unbroken vapor seal. Adequately insulate and vapor seal hangers, supports and anchors that are
secured directly to cold surfaces to prevent condensation.
3. Apply specific adhesives, mastics and coatings at the manufacturers recommended minimum
coverage per gallon.
4. Sleeves and Wall Chases: Where penetrating interior walls, extend a metal jacket 2 inches out on
either side of the wall and secure on each end with a band. Where penetrating floors, extend a
metal jacket from a point below the back-up material to a point 10 inches above the floor with one
band at the floor and one not more than one inch from end of metal jacket. Where penetrating
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15250 Page 3
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
exterior waIls, extend the metal jackets through the sleeve to a point 2 inches beyond the interior
surface of the waIl.
5. Provide insulation in the space between the pipe and the pipe saddle.
6. Inserts: Overlap adjacent insulation jacket a minimum of I inch on insulation inserts and securely
cement in place.
S. AIl-service Jacketed Fiberglass Insulation: Apply insulation over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted
firmly together. Smoothly secure longitudinal jacket laps and butt strips according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. Elastomeric Insulation
I. Insulation shaIl be slipped on the pipe prior to connection wherever possible, and the butt joints
shaIl be sealed with adhesive. Where the slip-on technique is not possible, the insulation shaIl be
slit and snapped over the pipe, and the seams and butt joints sealed with adhesive.
2. Fitting insulation shaIl be fabricated and instaIled according to the manufacturer's recommended
procedures. Sweat fittings shaIl be insulated with miter-cut pieces of pipe insulation the same size
as on adjacent piping. Screwed fittings shaIl be insulated with sleeved fitting covers fabricated
from miter-cut pieces of pipe insulation according to the manufacturer's sleeving size
recommendations and shaIl be overlapped and sealed to the adjacent pipe insulation. All joints
and miter-cut pieces are to be sealed with adhesive. As an option, screwed and weld iron pipe
fittings 2 inch IPS and larger may be insulated with sheet insulation conforming to template
patterns recommended by the manufacturer.
3. At outside-carrying hanger locations, where the insulation must resist compression, supporting
devices such as short wood dowels or woodblocks shaIl be used in combination with galvanized
sheet metal hanger shields. The wood supporting devices shaIl be the same thickness as the
insulation and sealed into the insulation with adhesive.
D. Polyolefm Insulation
1. Where the piping is to be insulated prior to testing, the insulation shaIl be seamless Imcoshield.
Where the piping is to be insulated after testing, the insulation shaIl be Imcolock, with a single
longitudinal seam with factory instaIled adhesive and release liners.
2. Fitting insulation shall be field cut and mitered to fit. AIl seams in mitered joints shaIl be sealed
with thermoplastic rods heated with a special butane torch. Insulation over valve bonnets and
similar fittings shaIl be formed from pipe insulation and sheet insulation, to fit snugly and without
gaps. AIl seams shaIl be sealed.
3. At outside-carrying hanger locations, where the insulation must resist compression, supporting
devices such as short wood dowels or woodblocks shaIl be used in combination with galvanized
sheet metal hanger shields. The wood supporting devices shaIl be the same thickness as the
insulation and sealed into the insulation with adhesive.
E. Calcium Silicate Insulation
I. Secure insulation in place with wire or metal bands.
2. Provide isolation felt between insulation and aluminum jacketing.
3. Prejacketed insulation with integral isolation felt and aluminum jacket may be used.
F. CeIlular Glass Insulation
1. Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations with stainless steel bands. If
multiple layers are required, instaIl with joints staggered between layers. Inner layers may be
secured with fiber reinforced tape. Outmost layer shaIl have all joints sealed with joint sealant.
Finish with weather-barrier reinforced mastic.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
G.
Fittings
I.
I
2.
AIl-service Jacket Insulation Fittings: Apply factory precut insulation tucking ends of the
insulation snugly into the throat of the fitting, and edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and
tucked in, fuIly insulating the pipe fitting. Seal all seam edges of the one-piece PVC fitting cover
with vapor-barrier adhesive applied over insulation. Tape circumferential edges of cover with
vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape to match fitting cover color. The tape shall extend over the
adjacent pipe insulation and have an overlap on itself at least 2 inches.
Metal Jacketed Insulation Fittings: Insulate elbows and tees for which factory fabricated metal
covers are available as follows:
a. Apply factory precut insulation tucking ends of the insulation snugly into the throat of the
fitting, and edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked in, fuIly insulating the
pipe fitting.
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15250 Page 4
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
b. Apply the factory fabricated cover per manufacturer's recommendations.
c. Seal all seams on cold piping with aluminum pigmented vapor barrier mastic.
3. Calcium Silicate
a. Insulate fittings with segments of molded insulation secured with 20 gage galvanized steel
wire.
b. Finish with glass cloth embedded between two 118 inch layers of insulating cement.
c. Insulate flanges and valves with oversize pipe insulation, wired in place and covered with
a 1/4 inch layer of insulating cement.
4. Cellular Glass: Factory or field fabricated sectional cellular glass insulation segments. Field
fabricate insulation segments in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Secure with stainless
steel bands or wire. Outermost layer shall have all joints sealed with joint sealant. Finish as
follows:
a. Exposed Piping: Apply pre-fabricated metal jacket.
b. Buried Piping: Apply pre-fabricated pipe wrap.
I
I
I
I
3.3 lNST ALLA nON (EQUIPMENT)
A. Installation (General)
1. Form or fabricate insulation to fit the equipment. Groove or score as required to closely conform
to round surfaces; to insure tight fit, bevel edges and tightly butt and stagger joints.
2. Secure insulation in place with bands or wires at intervals as recommended by the manufacturer
but not more than 12 inch centers. Protect insulation comers under wires and bands with suitable
comer angles.
3. Set insulation in a coating of mastic, and seal joints with insulating cement.
4. Provide removable insulation on heads of heat exchangers. Fabricate removable section joints
using a male-female shiplap type joint. Finish the entire surface of the removable section as
specified.
5. Install insulation on equipment with ribs over 6 inches high using 12 gage welded wire fabric
which has been spot welded to the equipment over the ribs. Secure insulation to the fabric with J-
hooks and 2" x 2" washers.
6. Apply a smooth coat of insulating cement over irregular surface.
7. Upon completion of installation of the insulation, apply two coats of (vapor barrier) adhesive with
a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats; provide 1/32 inch dry fmish thickness.
8. Elastomeric: Adhere elastomeric sheet to clean, oil-free metal surfaces by compression fit method
and full coverage of adhesive. Seal butt joints with same adhesive. Comply with manufacturer's
written instructions.
9. Polyolefin: Adhere polyolefin sheet to clean, oil-free metal surfaces by compression fit method
and seal all joints and seams with adhesive. Seal butt joints with same adhesive. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.4 NOT USED
I
3.5 ITEMS TO BE INSULATED
A. Piping
1. Cold Piping: Domestic cold water piping.
2. Hot Piping: Domestic hot water piping, Domestic hot water re-circ piping.
B. Ductwork:
1. Supply Ductwork.
2. Return Ductwork.
3. Exhaust Ductwork.
I
I
I
3.6 ITEMS NOT TO BE INSULA TED
A. Piping
I.
2.
Valve stems, handwheels and operators.
Unions on domestic hot water and domestic cold water piping.
I
~
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15250 Page 5
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
3.7 INSULA nON TYPE AND THICKNESS
A. Pipe: See the following pipe insulation table:
Thickness for Pipe Sizes Shown (Inches)
Insulation
Service Type To I 1.25-2
Domestic Hot Water
& Domestic Hot Water
Circulating 100 F to 120 F
FG,P
Domestic Cold
Water 40 F to 70 F
FG,P
B. Equipment
Service Temperature
40 F to 56 F
60 F to 140 F
140 F to 200 F
C. Abbreviations:
FG - Fiberglass
CG - Cellular Glass
CS - Calcium Silicate
E - Elastomeric
P - Polyolefm.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
~
Fiberglass
Fiberglass
Fiberglass
END OF SECTION 15250
TBS Engineering, Inc.
2.5-4
1.5
1.0
05/31/07
I
5-6
'I
I
I
I
1.5
1.0
I
Thickness (Inches)
1.0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5
2.0
I
I
15250 Page 6
I
,~
I
I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
05/31/07
SECTION 15400
PLUMBING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
1.01
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
1.02
I
1.03
I
I
1.04
I
I
1.05
I.
I
I
1.06
I
I
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this section.
DESCRIPTiON
A. Work in this section includes water piping, waste and vent piping, plumbing fixtures and
assQciated equipment.
REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be in conformance to the Uniform Plumbing Code and with applicable local codes,
regulations, standards and ordinances.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the Organizations listed below form a part of this Section to the extent
referenced.
I. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. American Refrigeration Institute (ARt)
4. American Public Works Association (APW A)
5. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI)
6. USC Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research
SUBMITTALS
A. Product data for the following:
I. Pipe, valves and fittings
2. Piping Specialties and Premise Protection Devices
3. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim
4. Drains and Cleanouts
5. Fixture Supports and Carriers
B. Operating and Maintenance Data
C. Warranty Data
DEFINiTiONS
A. "Above ground" as used to defme piping materials, means not in contact with, or within 6" of the
concrete slab or the ground.
B. "Below ground" as used to defme piping materials, means in contact with, or within 6" of the
concrete slab or the ground.
C. Piping in a crawl space, more than 6" above the crawl space slab is considered to be above ground.
I
2.01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
PIPING
A. Domestic water piping, above ground: Copper tubing, type L, as specified in Section 15060 "Pipe,
Valves, and Fittings".
B. Domestic water piping, below ground: Copper tubing, type K, as specified in Section 15060
"Pipe, Valves, and Fittings".
C. Water Service: Copper tube, type K, as specified in Section 15060 "Pipe, Valves, and Fittings".
D. Waste Pipe, above ground: cast iron, as specified in Section 15060 "Pipe, Valves, and Fittings".
E. Vent piping, above ground: cast iron as specified in Section 15060 "Pipe, Valves, and Fittings".
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15400 Page I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
2.02
A.
2.03
A.
2.04
A.
2.05
05/31/07
F. Fire Stopping:
I. All penetrations through fire-rated wall and ceiling assemblies, both empty holes and holes
accommodating items such as ducts, pipes, and conduit, shall be sealed to retain the integrity of
time-rated construction by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke, and
gases, in accordance with the requirements of Section 07270.
PIPING SPECIALTIES AND PREMISE PROTECTION
Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers
1. Sizes :y." to 2" - Watts Series 909 or Equivalent W A state DOH approved device. Provide with
full port ball valve shut-offs, strainer, and 909AG air gap.
B. Water Hammer Arresters
1. Factory-sealed shock arresters with direct action bellows and screwed connections. Provide an
isolation valve upstream of each water hammer arrester.
2. Precision Plumbing Products.
C. Check Valves - domestic water use.
1. Pipe 2" and smaller. Bronze silent check valve. Watts Series 600, model 600 or equal.
CLEANOUTS
Floor Cleanouts: Cast iron body and frame, round adjustable secured nickel bronze top, lead seal, iron
plug. Provide carpet clamping top where required. J.R. Smith Fig. 4020.
B. Cleanouts shall be J.R. Smith models listed, or Zurn, Josam or Wade equivalent.
FIXTURE SUPPORTS
Water Closet/Clinic Sink Carrier: Provide concealed cast iron carrier, vertical non-adjustable pattern, or
adjustable horizontal pattern, support fixture independent of~all construction, installed per
manufacturer's instructions. Setting accuracy checked by template. Provide support feet set on sub-
floor or cast in sub floor, no topping permitted. Provide synthetic rubber gaskets. Fixture attachment
bolts, and nuts, brass acorn type, chrome plated.
B. Wall Hung Fixtures: Provide other wall hung fixtures with concealed fixture hanger constructed for fixture,
cast iron feet set on sub floor or cast in sub floor, no topping permitted, or supported by floor-to-ceiling
pipes. Concealed arm fixture supports required where suitable for fixture. Exposed arm supports,
white enamel finish where fixture is mounted on plaster walls, vitreous enamel where mounted against
ceramic or glazed fmish walls.
Carriers and supports shall be selected to suite the construction and the space available.
Supports shall be J.R. Smith, Zurn, Josam, or Wade.
C.
D.
PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. Where stainless steel sinks are scheduled as Elkay, equivalent models of Just may be used.
B. Faucets shall have vacuum breakers or other acceptable backflow prevention device on all fixtures
with the water connection located below the rim of the fixture, and for all fixtures with a threaded
spout or serrated spout to which a hose could be attached.
C. All enamelware fixtures shall be white.
D. Install escutcheon plates on all pipes through walls and floors.
E. All fixture trim will be solid brass with chromium plate over nickel finish.
F. Stops will be provided at each fixture.
G. Traps at fixtures will be cast brass, polished chromium, with adjustable extension and escutcheon.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15400 Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
2.06
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
P-l CLINIC SINK
Eljer "Judson" Clinic Sink model 241-0260 with Zum AquaVantage A V model Z6017A V exposed
clinic service sink flush valve. Vitreous China, Wall Hung.
P-2 EXISTING LA V A TORY, NEW FAUCET
Lavatory: Existing
Faucet: Chicago, Faucets 802-317CP, Deck mounted lav faucet, 4" integral spout, laminar flow
outlet (E29 or equivalent), 317 wrist blades, 4" O.C.
P-5 EXISTING EXAM ROOM SINK - CONVERTED GOOSENECK
Sink and Faucet: Existing (varies)
Gooseneck - Laminar Flow Conversion Kit - OMNI 44637 with 44529 adaptor for Chicago
Faucets Spouts. Kit for Delta Spouts requires no adaptor.
P-6 MOP SINK
Eljer Custodial Floor Sink 242-0050 with vinyl rim protector. Comer floor service sink, enameled
cast iron, strainer with flat metal grid.
Faucet: Chicago Faucets 897-317CP wall mounted faucet. With Vacuum breaker, wall brace,
adjustable supply anns, integral stops, quatum operating cartridges, and 317 wrist blades.
P-7 DOUBLE SINK
Elkay Type 304 Stainless Steel, Self Rimming Model DLR332210.
Faucet: Chicago Faucets 786-317FCCP, 8"O.C. with GN2FC Gooseneck. Deck mounted faucet,
GN2FC rigid/swing spout, plain end spout, 317 wrist blades.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Install piping and equipment in accordance with Section 15060 and as follows:
1. Install piping promptly, capping or plugging open ends and in a manner to conserve space
for other work.
2. Provide uniform pitch of 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal waste piping within building.
3. Support all piping independently from connected equipment.
4. Inspect each piece of pipe, fittings, and equipment for defects and obstructions; promptly
remove defective material from jobsite.
5. Install pipes to clear beams and obstructions; do not cut into or reduce size ofload
carrying members without the approval of the Engineer.
6. Provide access doors for concealed valves, water hammer arresters and trap primers.
7. Install unions as required for maintenance.
8. Install dielectric union at all joints between dissimilar metals.
9. Install pressure reducing valves, with integral strainers and with pressure gauge, on all
water services where the water pressure exceeds 80 psi, and as otherwise indicated.
(Pressure reducing valves shall have bypasses, with globe valve, installed.)
10. Install water hammer arrestors at all water piping connections to fixtures, appliances or
devices which have flush valves, solenoid valves or other quick-closing valves, located
and sized in accordance with PDI recommendations for the pipe size, number of fixture
units and piping lengths. Submit calculations supporting the water hammer arrestor
selection if so requested.
Install air chambers at all water piping connections to fixtures which do not have quick-
closing valves and are not installed in groups of fixtures where water hammer arrestors
are required.
The Engineer shall be consulted where there is a question as to the water hammer
protection required.
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15400 Page 3
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING
After completion of water piping installation, flush system thoroughly. Submit a sample of water
to the Water Department to determine compliance with Water Department standards. Ifsample is
not in compliance, sterilization shall be performed as follows:
TBS Engineering, Inc.
3.03
3.04
3.05
A.
B.
3.06
A.
B.
3.07
3.08
A.
FIXTURE INST ALLA nON
A. Locate fixtures where indicated on the drawings. Refer to Architectural drawings for mounting
heights Use the type of mountings specified.
B. Secure the floor outlet of floor-mounted fixtures rigidly to the drainage connections and the floor.
C. Support wall-hung fixtures rigidly with metal supporting members so no stress is transmitted to
connections.
D. Make all connections gas- and water-tight.
E. Use one-piece special molded gaskets for connections between earthenware of fixtures and soil pip
flanges. Do not use bulk material, including putty and plastic, for gaskets.
F. Provide individual vents for each fixture.
G. Provide separate traps, where manufacturers do not supply trap for fixture.
H. Provide silicone wall sealer between the top and the sides of plumbing fixtures and adjacent wall
surfaces; General Electric No. 1200 or Dow Corning No. 780. Apply per manufacturer's
recommendations to form a smooth unobtrusive joint. Install one sample joint on each type of
fixture for the NE to review before proceeding with installation of remainder of this sealant.
I. Install stop valve for each water connection for each fixture including sinks, except where integral
stops are specified.
J. Where trim or rough-in is not specified, furnish all necessary for the completion of the job, and of
the same quality as elsewhere specified.
K. Accessible fixtures shall be installed in accordance with all code requirements. Flush valve
handles shall be on the wide side of the fixture stall. Water closets and urinals shall be installed at
required heights above floor. Flush valves shall be at a height required by code. Lavatories,
drinking fountains, water coolers and sinks shall be installed with required clearance under the
fixture. Drain traps and hot water supplies shall be insulated on sinks and lavatories.
L. Where new fixtures are being installed in place of existing fixtures, modifY rough-in to suit new
fixtures.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOT USED
I
CONCEALED WORK
General: Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved.
Noncompliance: Should work be covered up or enclose prior to required inspections, uncover
work as required, and, after inspection and approval, make repairs and replacements.
I
C.
TESTING
Test all piping as specified in Section 15060 "Pipe, Valves, and Fittings".
Test all equipment and devices to verifY that they are working within manufacturer's published
performance specifications.
Test all Backflow Prevention Devices and provide test results to the owner certifYing that the
devices are working within manufacturer's published performance specifications and meet all State
and Local Jurisdiction requirements.
I
I
I
CLEANING UP
Prior to acceptance of buildings, thoroughly clean exposed portions of plumbing installation,
removing labels and traces offoreign substance, using only a cleaning solution approved by
manufacturer of plumbing item and being careful to avoid damage to fmished surfaces.
I
I
15400 Page 4
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
B. Sterilize all water piping, 8 hour sterilization contact time; 50 parts per million chlorine
concentration. After sterilization period open all valves several times; follow by flushing with
clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million.
END OF SECTION 15400
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15400 Page 5
-- ------------
I
OMC 433 8th Street 05/31/07 I
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
(Blank Page) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15400 Page 6 I
- ----
I
!I
il
II
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
SECTION 15741
HEAT PUMP INSTALLATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
I
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. P~ovisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this Section.
I
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. The Hospital is purchasing five packaged Heat Pumps for this project. Work under this section shall
include receiving, unloading, moving, storing, moving from storage to the designated location, assembling,
installing, assisting during start-up and testing, and placing into operation the Heat Pumps.
This specification applies to the Contractor retained by Olympic Medical Center to build and install the
owner-furnished equipment for this project. The term "Component Supplier" is used in this specification to
identify the Supplier of the various owner-furnished components. The following Component Supplier has
been selected at the time of this specification preparation.
i) Carrier
B. Carrier shall be referred to by name in this specification.
I
I
1.3 REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be in conformance with applicable codes and with applicable standards.
I
1.4 REFERENCES AND REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
1. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association (SMACNA).
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
5. American Society of Heating and Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
6. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)
B. Carrier receiving, unloading, storage and installation instructions for the various Port-furnished
components.
C. Any additional recent detailed information will be either issued as an addendum to this specification during
the bidding process or made available to the successful bidder after the contract is awarded. In the event of
discrepancies between specifications and submittals, the submittals shall govern.
D. Owner-furnished equipment submittal information.
I
I
I
I
1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED COMPONENTS
A. Some or all of the Owner-furnished components may be delivered in more than one package or shipment.
Portions of the components may be shipped loose.
B. Five (5) packaged 50HJQ Series Heat Pumps, designated HP-l, HP-2, HP-3, HP-4, and HP-5, and
associated components. Component Supplier is Carrier.
I
I
1.6 CONTRACTOR WARRANTIES
A. Contractor shall provide full written warranty, including parts and labor, for one (1) year from date of final
acceptance by the Owner on all materials provided by the Contractor for use with Owner-furnished
components.
B. Contractor shall provide full warranty, including parts and labor, for one (1) year from date offmal
acceptance by the Owner on all installation work, including alignment and balancing, performed on Owner-
furnished components.
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15741 Page 1
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Unit shall be stored and handled per manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall provide all gaskets, fittings, flanges, couplings, fasteners, and any other material
required to install parts shipped loose if such items are not included as part of the shipments.
B. The Contractor shall provide (PVC) condensate drain piping, wiring, anchors and supports, rooftop tie-off
locations (on curbs), insulation, painting, identification, and any other material required to install, start-up,
test and operate Owner-furnished equipment.
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
a) The Contractor shall obtain documentation describing the Owner-furnished components from the
Engineer.
b) The Owner-furnished equipment and components are the property of the Component Supplier until
they are accepted by the Owner. . The Contractor is responsible for maintaining Owner-furnished
equipment in "as received" condition until accepted by the Owner.
c) Contractor shall examine shipping documents to ensure all equipment and components are
received. Any discrepancies shall immediately be brought to the Engineer's attention. Equipment
and components discovered as missing after departure of the shipper shall be considered as being
lost by the Contractor~ It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to replace any such items lost by
the Contractor.
d) The Contractor shall examine and inspect all received equipment and components for shipping and
other damage. Any damage shall immediately be brought to the Engineer's attention. Damage
discovered at a later date shall be considered as being inflicted by the Contractor. It shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to repair or replace, at the Owner's option, any such items damaged by
the Contractor.
e) The Contractor shall follow the Component Supplier recommendations in unloading, handling and
storing the equipment. Any damage due to failure to follow the Component Supplier's direction
shall be considered as inflicted by the Contractor. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
repair or replace, at the Owner's option, any such items damaged by the Contractor.
f) The Contractor shall follow the Component Supplier installation and start-up suggestions and
requirements. The Contractor shall not in any manner provide a means of voiding or
compromising the Component Supplier's guarantees or warrantees to the Owner. The Contractor
shall repair any damage to the components caused by the Contractor's failure to follow the
Component Supplier's directions. The Contractor shall compensate the Owner for any reduction in
Component Supplier's guarantees or warrantees caused by action, or failure to act, by the
Contractor.
g) The Contractor shall follow in detail the rigging, handling, unloading and storage instructions
provided by the Component Supplier. Lack of Component Supplier's information shall
immediately be brought to the Engineer's attention.
h) The Contractor shall store the equipment and components in a secure area at the equipment's
permanent location, close by at the site, or off site in an area approved by the Engineer. If
required, the Contractor shall provide off site temporary storage sites and be responsible for
equipment security. Moving of the equipment from the temporary storage location to the building
site shall be provided by the Contractor. .
i) Equipment and component storage areas shall be dry and protected from the elements. Component
Supplier's instructions on protection and maintenance during storage shall be followed.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Enginee~g, Inc.
15741 Page 2
I
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
j) The Contractor shaIl provide lubrication, nitrogen inerting and other such similar protection during
storage measures if required by the Component Supplier.
k) The Contractor shaIl move the equipment and components to their fmallocations and uncrate or
otherwise unpack them.
I) The Contractor shaIl provide all labor and equipment necessary for the safe unloading, moving,
storage, unpacking and instaIlation of all Owner-furnished equipment and components.
m) The Contractor shaIl foIlow the Component Supplier's written or verbal instructions for the
instaIlation, preparation for service, start-up and operation of Owner-furnished equipment.
Accepted standards of workmanship and quality shaIl be maintained in the absence of detailed
instructions.
n) The Contractor shaIl work with the Component Supplier to instaIl, start-up, test and operate
Owner-furnished equipment. Any disagreements between the Contractor and Component Supplier
shaIl be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install units in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to provide adequate service
clearance.
B. Plenums and casings shaIl be thoroughly cleaned of all debris and vacuumed free of all smaIl particles of
rubbish and dust before instaIling and making fmal duct connections. Equipment shaIl be wiped clean, with
all traces of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots removed.
C. Temporary filters shaIl be provided for all fans that are operated during construction, and after construction
dirt has been removed from the building, new filters shall be instaIled. Provide a spare set of filters to the
Owner.
D. Connect all unit controls to building control components, and provide all required interlock control wiring.
I
I
I
I
I
END OF SECTION 15741
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15741 Page 3
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
CENTRAL UTILITY PLANT EXPANSION
November 1998 (Printed 5/31/07)
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
ELECTRIC CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER INSTALLATION
15621-4
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
SECTION 15860
EXHAUST FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this Section.
I
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Work in this Section includes air handling units, exhaust fans, and accessories.
I
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Exhaust Fans
I
I
B. Submittal Detail
1. Submittals shall include equipment dimensions, equipment weights, equipment support points, fan
performance curves, dampers, controls, and duct connection sizes and locations.
2. Submittals shall show electrical power characteristics, location, requirements and quantity of
power connections.
I
I
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publication of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
1. American Society of Heating and Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
2. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF EXHAUST FANS
A. Per schedule on drawings.
B. Provide factory fabricated roof curbs and integral backdraft dampers.
C. Manufacturer: Cook (Basis of design), or equivalent of Greenheck, lenn, Carnes, or Penn.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Section 15050, "Basic Materials
and Methods".
I
3.2 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Thoroughly clean plenums and casings of all debris and blow free of all small particles of rubbish and dust
before installing and making fmal duct connections. Wipe equipment clean, with all traces of oil, dust, dirt,
or paint spots removed.
B. Lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer. Tighten belts to proper tension.
Adjust control valves and other equipment requiring adjustment to setting indicated or directed. Adjust
fans to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions, ready for air balancing.
I
END OF SECTION 15860
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15860 Page 1
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15860 Page 2
I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
SECTION 15890
DUCTWORK
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Work in this Section includes ducts, accessories and other sheet metal work.
I
1.3 REGULA TORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be in conformance with applicable codes and with applicable standards.
I
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
I. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association (SMACNA).
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
I
I
I
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
I. Ductwork Layout and Installation: Prepare detailed drawings on tracing material same size as
Contract Drawings, coordinating sheet metal work and the work of other trades so as to make all
the parts fit together. These drawings shall be completed in a timely manner and coordinated with
the construction schedule.
S. Product Data:
I. Duct Lining
2. Dampers
3. Flexible Connectors
4. Access Doors and hardware
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
2.1 DUCT SYSTEMS
A. Material: All ductwork, galvanized steel, manufactured in the United States.
B. Construction: Duct construction shall be in accordance with SMACNA "HV AC Duct Construction
Standards, Metal and Flexible", current edition. Ducts shall be constructed for 2" w.g. pressure class,
positive or negative pressure as determined by the relationship of the duct section to the system fan or fans,
Seal class C.
C. Gauges for Steel Ducts:
I. Rectangular Ducts: In accordance with SMACNA Tables 1-4 through 1-9 for appropriate pressure
class, depending on duct reinforcement. Aluminum ducts shall be thickness as adjusted by Table
1-140fSMACNA.
2. Round Ducts: In accordance with SMACNA Table 3-2 for appropriate pressure class and duct
construction.
I
I
I
I
D. Joints
1.
2.
Longitudinal Joints: Pittsburgh lock, or button punch snap lock. Do not use button punch snap
lock for aluminum ducts.
Transverse Joints:
a. Ducts through 24" on larger side: S-slip or pocket for top and bottom; drive slips for
sides. No S-slip pennitted on vertical ducts.
b. Ducts 25" and up: Pocket. Clip punch to female end of joint about 6" o.c. Bar slip
permitted only where insufficient working space to turn over joint.
c. Joints and seams in aluminum ducts shall be sealed water-tight.
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15890 Page I
OMC 433 8th Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
E. Reinforcing
1. At Joints:
2.
Larger side of duct
61 " through 84"
85" through 96"
97" through 120"
121" and over
Between Joints:
Larger side of duct
18" and less
19" through 42"
43" through 60"
61 " through 84"
85" through 96"
97" and over
05/31/07
I
I
I
,I
I
I
Angle Size
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16"
2" x2" x 1/4"
2" x 2" x 1/4" with tie rods at 120" minimum along angle
Angle Size
None required
1" xl" x 1/8" @ 60"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" @ 60"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" @ 30"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" @ 30"
2" x 2" x 1/4" @ 30"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Installation
a. Reinforcing angles shall be galvanized steel.
b. Rivets, screws, bolts or spotwelds shall be at maximum spacing of 8" centers.
F. Stiffening
1. Cross break all duct panels over 18" in width, except where the duct is lined or insulated with rigid
insulation.
2. Break panels outward for supply ducts; inward for return or exhaust ducts.
G. Hangers
1. Rectangular Ducts:
a. Horizontal Runs:
Larger side of duct Hangers
30" and less 1" x 6 ga. strap @ 10' O.c.
31" through 42" I" x 1/8" strap @ 10' O.c.
43" through 60" 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" Angle Trapeze with 3/8" rod
hangers, @ 10' O.c.
61" through 84" 2" x 2" x 3/16" Angle Trapeze with 3/8" rod hangers,
@8'o.c.
85" through 96" 2" x 2" x 3/16" Angle Trapeze with 3/8" rod hangers,
@8'o.c.
97" and over 2" x 2" x 1/4" Angle Trapeze with 3/8" rod hangers,
@8'o.c.
b. Vertical Runs:
Larger side of duct Hangers
29" and less 1" x 16 ga. strap @ 12' O.c.
30" through 41" 1" xl" x 1/8" angle @ 12' O.c.
42" through 59" 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/8" angle @ 12' O.c.
60" and larger 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" angle @ 12' O.c.
2. Round Ducts:
a. Duct Diameters Hangers
18" and smaller 1" x 16 ga. strap @10' O.c.
19" through 36" 1" x 12 ga. strap @ 10' O.c.
37" through 50" 2" x 16 ga. strap band, with 38" rod hangers @ 10' O.c.
51" through 84" 2" x 12 ga. strap band, with 3/8" rod hangers @ 10' O.c.
3. Attachments:
a. Upper attachments from the hanger rod, strap or angle shall be selected for the load to be
supported, with a safety factor of 5.
b. Fasten hangers to the duct with sheetmetal screws or rivets for ducts 24" and smaller. bolt
or rivet hangers to side bracing angles or side joints on ducts for ducts 25" and larger.
c. Ducts shall be installed so that the ducts and hangers do not touch moving equipment
supports, conduit, or piping subject to vibration.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
I
15890 Page 2
I
I
I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
H. Ells
I. Elbows in round ductwork shall be stamped, segmented, segmented standing seam or pleated
construction.
2. Inside radius of sweep ells not less than 3/4 width of duct except where otherwise noted.
3. Use single construction turning vanes for all square ells installed according to SMACNA
Standards Fig. 2.3, 2" radius with 1-1/2" spacing and 3/4" trailing edge.
I. Acoustical Turning Vanes
1. Where shown on the drawings, turning vanes shall be insulation filled, perforated face, factory
fabricated acoustical turning vanes.
2. Airsan "Acoustiturn" or approved substitute.
J. Transformations
1. Make increase in duct width or depth no more abrupt than I to 7 unless guide vanes are used,
unless otherwise dimensioned.
2. Decrease in duct width or depth no more abrupt than 1 to 4.
3. Where pipe or other obstacles must pass through a duct, increase the duct dimension only if pipe
diameter is more than 1/6 of the duct dimension.
4. Streamline obstacles other than pipes with sheetmetal sleeve of tear-drop section.
5. Caulk and tape around pipes piercing ducts.
K. Volume Damper
1. Volume dampers shall be installed as required at all branches in the ductwork. Both the leading
and leaving edges shall be hemmed and the side edges flanged 1/2". Place dampers so that the air
strikes the smooth face. Size damper to obstruct approximately 95% of the duct area when in the
closed position.
2. Damper Blades:
a. For ducts 8" x 10" and smaller: Single plate, 24 gauge.
b. For ducts larger than 8" x 10", maximum blade height 12". Single plate 22 gauge blades
up to 12" in length, multiple plate 22 gauge blades over 12" in length. Over 30" in length
use a 1/2" square steel rod stem fitted in a V-crease in the blade. Adjacent damper blades
shall rotate in opposite directions. Provide intermediate supports on long damper glades
as required to prevent sagging.
3. Damper Quadrants:
a. Quadrants on accessible ducts shall be Duro-Dyne or approved substitute:
#KS-145 for dampers maximum 10" long;
#KS-385 for dampers maximum 30" long;
#K-7 with bearings for dampers longer than 30".
b. Quadrants in fmished spaces where dampers in ducts are concealed in fmished walls or
ceilings shall be provided with Duro-Dyne series SRC, sizes as listed for accessible ducts,
or Young Regulator Series 30 I or Ventlock Series 666 concealed damper operators.
4. Damper positions shall be set and locked in the "open" position prior to balancing.
L. Flexible Connections
I. Install at all duct connections to fan inlets and outlets, minimum clear length of 6". Type to meet
requirements ofNFPA Pamphlet 90A.
2. Duro-Dyne "Durolon" or approved substitute for low temperature duct systems. Flexible
connections for ducts which may have a temperature in excess of220 degrees shall be Duro-Dyne
"Thermafab" or approved substitute.
M. Fire Dampers and Fire Smoke Dampers
I. Fire dampers shall be curtain type, Ruskin, Greenheck, Air Balance, Inc., American Warming and
Ventilation Company, Prefco or approved equal. Models listed are for static systems. Fire
dampers for dynamic systems shall be similar, but as listed for dynamic systems.
a. Type B for rectangular ducts, Ruskin Model IBD 2, Style B.
b. Type C for round ducts, Ruskin Model IBD 2, Style CR (or Style CO for oval ducts).
c. Type B, Ruskin Model IBD I 0 with integral sleeve and mounting straps for installation in
metal stud walls.
d. Dampers installed in horizontal ducts shall be UL approved radiation dampers with UL
listed fusible volume adjustment, Ruskin Model CFD2, CFD 3 or CFD4 (depending on
the damper size) for rectangular ducts and Models CFDR2 or CFDR3 (depending on the
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15890 Page 3
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
damper size) for round ducts. Install thermal insulating blanket radiation shields where
required.
2. Dampers shall meet all requirements ofUBC Standard 43-7, UBC Standard 43-12 and UL 555,
UL 555C, UL 555S, UL 33 and UL 353 as applicable. Dampers shall be for static systems.
a. Dampers for dynamic systems shall be equivalent models of the Ruskin numbers listed
above.
3. Mounting and installation shall be in full conformance with UL and UBC requirements.
4. Provide access panels in ducts for access for fusible links.
N. Flexible Ducts
1. Wiremold type WG or approved substitute, insulated.
2. NFPA Pamphlet 90A, class 1 duct.
3. Tape ends of insulation where duct and insulation are cut.
4. Make connections to ducts and equipment with factory fabricated screw-on type cuffs.
O. Plenums
1. 18 gauge galvanized steel panels not over 36" wide.
2. 2" x 2" X 3/16" galvanized steel angles for stiffening at joints not over 36" on centers, and at floor,
walls, and ceiling for bolting sheetmetal to masonry.
P. Fasteners:
1. Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, bolted connections, or welding for attachment purposes for
sheet metal. Sheet metal screws shall be of the minimum length required for a secure fastening.
Where rivets are specifically called for in this Section, sheet metal screws may be used.
2. For all ductwork, grilles and accessories exposed to view in fmished rooms, provide fmish-type
fasteners:
a. Permanent work - Blind stainless steel pop rivets;
b. Removable items and grilles - Cadmium-plated pan head or countersink tapping screws.
Q. Collars: Provide wherever an exposed duct passes through a wall, slab, or ceiling. I inch wide, 18 gauge
angle with mitered comers; installed after building construction is in place.
R Sheet Metal Connections to Building Construction: Provide steel angles, riveted to the sheet metal and
bolted to the building surface using expansion shells or expansion bolts with compressible neoprene gasket
under the angle; angles same as for bracing, 1" x 1" X 1/8" minimum.
S. Spin-In Fittings:
1. Conical type with volume damper, and quadrant; Flex Master Elgen or equivalent.
2. For lined ductwork provide with insulation guard.
T. Access Doors and Frames:
I. General: Provide access doors wherever access through ducts or plenums as necessary; provide
for reaching equipment, motor-operated dampers, and control devices; double construction, tight
fitting, hinged, with latch, insulation or sound lining equivalent to that of the duct; galvanized steel
angle frame.
2. Access Door Sizes: As indicated.
3. Latches: Die-cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors I '_0" high or smaller; No. 260 for up to 3'_0"
height; No. 310 for larger, and use two.
U. Duct Access Panels: Provide for access to fire dampers, motor operated dampers, and control devices;
insulated to match duct lining or insulation. Controlled Air Series AD-FL; knob operated or approved.
V. Duct Pressure Test Holes: Elgen TH-7 or Ventfabrics 699.
W. Exterior Ductwork:
I. Support roof mounted ductwork with steel angle legs, minimum 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/8 inch
wide with 6 x 6 inch 18 gauge minimum base plates attached to the leg and to the roof with a pitch
pocket seal.
2. Provide waterproof seams and joints. Seal all joints with United Sheet Metal "United Duct
Sealer", Precision Adhesives PA-2084 Duct Sealant or Hardcast Duct Sealant 601.
3. Refer to SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Plates 58 through 61 for details of roof
mounted supports and penetrations.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15890 Page 4
I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Ducts shall be installed so that the ducts and hangers do not touch moving equipment or equipment
supports, conduit, or piping subject to vibration.
B. Ducts shall be installed to allow adequate access and maintenance space for equipment.
C. All ducts shall be installed with clearance required by Uniform Mechanical Code and NFPA #96.
D. Where ductwork is installed in a space in which it is likely that workers will be working on ladders, or
where the ductwork is less than 7'_0" above the floor, install protective covers on all duct corners, angles
and hangers where injury might be caused. Covers shall be foam insulation or plastic shapes, permanently
attached, to cover sharp edges. The adequacy of the protective covers, and the locations for installation of
required covers, shall be reviewed by the Architect or OWner's representative.
I
I
I
3.2 DUCT TESTING AND LEAKS
A. Cut material to exact dimension necessary for airtight seams and joints. Caulk seams and joints as required
for the duct seal class of the duct system.
B. Duct systems shall be inspected for leaks, and all significant leaks shall be plugged.
C. Plug any leaks occurring with caulking compound. Where ducts are exposed in finished spaces, the
caulking compound shall be installed so that the fmished appearance of the ductwork is uniform, smooth,
clean and suitable for painting.
I
3.3 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Flexible ducts shall be a maximum of six feet in length, and shall be installed without kinks or abrupt
changes in direction.
B. End connections to ducts and equipment shall be made with factory fabricated screw-on cuffs. Flexible
duct insulation shall cover the connections.
C. Hangers for flexible ducts shall be installed in a manner to avoid compressing the duct. Saddles shall be
installed under the duct at hangers, if required.
I
I
I
3.4 WALL OPENINGS
A. Space around ducts shall be sealed where ducts pass through walls, ceiling or floors (except slab on grade)
from Mechanical Room, Boiler Rooms and similar spaces containing mechanical equipment. Pack void
space with dense packed loose fill mineral wool insulation.
B. Space around ducts shall be sealed where ducts pass through walls between occupied spaces. Pack void
space with dense packed loose fill fiberglass insulation.
C. Space around ducts shall be sealed where ducts pass through fire partitions, fire rated ceilings or slabs, or
fire walls. The method used to seal such spaces shall be as required to match the required rating of the
construction being penetrated.
D. Duct sleeves and collars shall be installed as specified in Section 15050 "Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods".
I
I
I
I
END OF SECTION 15890
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15890 Page 5
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
END OF SECTION 15890
I
I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
I
05/31/07
SECTION 15920
AIR TERMINALS, GRILLES, REGISTERS, & DIFFUSERS
1.01
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
1.02
I
1.03
I
1.04
I
I.
I
I
1.05
REQUIREMENTS: Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this
Section.
DESCRIPTION: Included in this Section are registers and grilles, diffusers, terminal boxes and electric
duct heaters.
REGULA TORY AGENCIES: All work shall be in conformance with applicable codes and with
applicable standards.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent
referenced.
I. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
3. American Refrigeration Institute (ARI)
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
SUB MITT ALS
A. Product Data:
1. Grilles
2. Registers
3. Diffusers
I
I
2.01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
2.02
I
I
I
I
DIFFUSERS
A. Square Ceiling Diffuser, Round Neck, Aluminum, adjustable flow. Type 1 surface mounted
border, Concealed Screws. With Opposed Blade Damper.
B. Titus model TDC with AG-75 Opposed Blade Damper as scheduled, or Anemostat, Carnes, J.&1.
Commercial, Price, or Krueger equivalent.
GRILLES AND REGISTERS
A. Aluminum AeroBlade return grille, 1/2" blade spacing with 0 degree deflection, blades parallel to
long dimension. Prime coat fmish. Titus Model 55FL as scheduled, or Anemostat, Carnes, J.&J.
Commercial or Krueger equivalent.
B. Aluminum AeroBlade Supply grille, 3/4" blade spacing with double deflection blades and AG-35
opposed blade damper. Prime coat fmish. Titus Model 272 as scheduled, or Anemostat, Carnes,
J.&J. Commercial or Krueger equivalent.
C. Aluminum return grille, 1/2" blade spacing with 0 degree deflection, blades parallel to long
dimension. Prime coat fmish. Titus Model 355ZFL as scheduled, or Anemostat, Carnes, J.&J.
Commercial or Krueger equivalent.
D. Eggcrate ReturnlExhaust register. Yz" x Yz" x Yz" grid with Aluminum grid and Aluminum border.
And AG-35 Opposed Blade Damper. Titus Model50F as scheduled, or Anemostat, Carnes, J.&J.
Commercial or Krueger equivalent.
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15920 Page 1
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
REGISTER, DIFFUSER, AND GRILLE INSTALLATION
A. Exact locations shall be coordinated with light fixtures, furniture, speaker outlets, clocks, etc., to
avoid conflict. Refer to reflected Ceiling Plans, floor plans, and Interior Elevations before
installation. Re-use existing floor openings where indicated.
B. Registers, grilles and diffusers shall be installed with equal spacing between units, where
applicable, and plumb and true with walls, ceiling tile patterns and similar architectural features.
C. Units shall be securely fastened to prevent rattles.
D. Visible duct surfaces inside registers, grilles and diffusers shall be painted dull black.
3.02
DUCT CONNECTIONS
A. Ductwork shall be installed, relative to diffusers, grilles, and terminal boxes, to provide straight
duct lengths required for uniform air flow, as recommended by the equipment manufacturer,
SMACNA and ASHRAE.
END OF SECTION 15920
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15920 Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
SECTION 15990
TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING.
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
A. Provisions of this section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements" apply to this section.
I
I
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Included in this section are air balancing, acoustical testing, (Air Quality Testing), equipment start-up,
system commissioning, and duct leakage testing.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
I
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to extent referred.
I. Associated Air Balancing Council (AABC)
2. National Air Balancing Council (NEBB)
3. Sheet metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
(SMACNA)
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
I
I
I
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 AIR BALANCING
I
I
A. General: The air system balancing will be performed by a fIrm designated by the Contractor and approved
by the owner under this Contract. The cost for this work is to be included in the Base Bid, including, but
not limited to, the following related Contractor Services.
B. Work by Mechanical Contractor:
I. Before balancing and testing can commence, check all fans, pumps, and other rotating equipment
for proper rotation and lubricate per the manufacturer's recommendations and operate all fans, and
auxiliary equipment for a minimum of one week. The Air Distribution System shall be checked
out to ensure that each outlet is properly connected to the branch duct, a volume damper exists for
each outlet (supply, return and exhaust), and is in the wide-open position, and that all other
required volume dampers, at branch duct connections and elsewhere, are installed and are
functional.
2. Allow the following time to provide support services for testing and balancing:
Mechanical Contractor: 8 hours
Control Contractor: 4 hours, 4 hours training, 8 hours total
a. Support services shall be provided within four hours of notification that work is required.
b. Schedule two (2) weeks for the air balancing, which is to be completed prior to
Substantial Completion of the Project.
3. NotifY the Owner fifteen (15) days prior to the time each phase of the air balancing can begin.
4. Test run all equipment and systems a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior to testing and
balancing.
5. Install new air filters in all units after the test run and before the start of testing and balancing.
6. Operate heating, cooling, ventilating and control systems continuously during the testing and
balancing.
7. Provide ladders, scaffolding and access to each system for proper testing and balancing.
8. Provide and install sheaves, belts and additional volume dampers as required by the testing and
balancing agency.
9. ConfIrm in writing that all wiring and controls for mechanical equipment have been installed and
tested. Provide control system as-builts including program flow charts. Provide four (4) hours of
training by control specialist to balancer.
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15990 Page 1
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
C. Work by Balancing Firm: Balancing firm will provide labor and instruments for the actual adjustment and
testing work. .
I
3.2
NOT USED
I
3.3 AIR BALANCING (NEBB) TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES
A. General
1. The Balancing Contractor shall be a qualified testing agency. Prior to commencing work under
this section of the specifications, the testing agency shall have been approved by the engineer and
shall be a certified member of the Associated Air Balance Council or shall have submitted
adequate documentation to satisfy the engineer as to his competence. Minimum qualifications for
acceptance shall be the General Membership standards of the Associated Air balance Council
(AABC) or the National Environmental Air Balancing Bureau (NEBB).
2. Procedures: Procedures, in general, will be in accordance with the AABC "National Standards for
Testing and Balancing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems."
3. Instruments: All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibration histories for
each instrument will be available for examination. Method of application of instrumentation shall
be in accordance with the AABCINESB Procedure.
B. Work Plan
1. Prior to beginning work, the contractor shall review the existing drawings and the actual equipment
at the site.
2. A work plan shall be submitted for review which lists all equipment, terminals and outlets to be
balanced, and which lists the proposed procedures and instrumentation to perform the work. Work
plans shall include blank copies of all forms to be used in the balancing report and a sample of the
report format, binder and labeling. .
3. The work plan shall be accepted by the engineer prior to beginning the balancing work. Allow
adequate time for work plan review.
C. Air Balancing
1. System shall be balanced with clean filters. (Filter replacement will be done by the Contractor,
with coordination by the Balancing Contractor.)
2. System air volume adjustments shall be made by adjustment of fan speed to the greatest extent
possible. Motor sheave changes and belt changes shall be included in the contract amount. Motor
replacement shall not be included in the contract amount. Ifmotor changes are required, motor
changes will be done by the owner, with coordination by the balancing Contractor.
3. Air volume adjustments shall be made by adjustment of volume dampers or splitter dampers, with
adjustments made in main ducts as much as possible. Provide and install new volume dampers, or
repair existing volume dampers if necessary, as required.
4. Air volume measurements shall be made with equipment suited for the velocity and pressure in the
duct system, as approved as part of the work plan.
5. Pitot tube traverse of main ducts shall be used to verify measurements of the air quantities
measured at the air terminals and air outlets.
6. Air volumes shall be balanced to within 10 percent of design volume.
7. Final position of balancing dampers shall be marked on the duct.
8. Instrument test holes shall be drilled in ducts where required for balancing. Test holes shall be
plugged with removable plastic plugs.
D. Balancing Reports
I. Reports shall include small scale reproduction of floor plans which identify each equipment item
and air device included in the Balancing Report. Equipment and air devices shall be numbered to
match the numbers used in the Balancing Report.
2. List of instrumentation used, with manufacturer, model number, serial number, and calibration
records shall be included.
3. Report shall include the following information for each air balancing equipment item:
a. Equipment identification
b. Manufacturer of each fan, with size, model number, arrangement, discharge arrangement,
fan class, and type of volume control device if any.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15990 Page 2
I
,I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
c. Fan motor manufacturer, model, horsepower, drive, voltage, phase, rpm, service factor
and full load amperage.
d. Design capacities: cfrn, inlet static pressure, outlet pressure, fan rpm, and motor
amperage.
e. Measured capacities: cfrn, inlet static pressure, outlet pressure, fan rpm and motor
amperage.
4. Report shall include the following information, for each air terminal and air outlet:
a. Terminal or outlet identification.
b. Manufacture, type, size, configuration and balancing factors.
c. Design cfm and velocity.
d. Measured cfm and velocity for each intermediate measurement and fmal measurement.
5. A preliminary copy of the balancing report shall be submitted for the Engineer's approval. After
any required corrections have been completed, three copies of the fmal report shall be furnished.
The final reports shall be in suitably sized, hard sided, three-ring binders with the date, project
identification and contractor's identification suitably labeled. The final copies of the balancing
report shall be certified by the Balancing Contractor.
I
I
I
II
3.4 NOT USED
I
3.5 EQUIPMENT START-UP
1
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall start-up all mechanical equipment. Factory trained and factory authorized
service personnel shall supervise the equipment start-up as required. Provide all labor, equipment and .
supplies.
B. Start-up procedure will consist of visual inspection and technical, mechanical, chemical, and electrical tests
as deemed necessary by the factory service personnel, with concurrence of the AlE. Coordinate the start-up
time with the factory trained personnel, the Owner's representative and the AlE representative in accordance
with Section 15010, "General Mechanical Provisions". The factory technicians will verifY that all
equipment is fully operational or arrange repairs if any start-up problems are evident. Once start-up and
corrections are complete, provide a letter in accordance with Section 15010, "General Mechanical
Provisions" .
3.6 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTING
A. General: Duct leakage testing shall be performed in accordance with SMACNA "HV AC Air Duct Leakage
Test Manual". Testing Procedures, Testing Apparatus and Test Report shall be equivalent to those included
in the Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.
B. Scope of Testing
1. Duct systems to be tested shall be:
a. Supply ducts from supply fan discharge to terminal boxes; to be tested for 3" w.g.,
leakage class 12 for rectangular ducts and leakage class 6 for round ducts.
b. - Supply ducts from terminal boxes to air outlet; to be tested for 1" W.g., leakage class 24
for rectangular ducts and leakage class 12 for round ducts.
c. Return ducts; to be tested at 1" w.g., leakage class 24 for rectangular ducts and leakage
class 12 for round duct.
d. Exhaust ducts; to be tested at 1" w.g., leakage class 24 for rectangular ducts and leakage
class 12 for round ducts.
e. Plenums and casings shall be included in the test for the portion of the duct systems listed.
C. Leak Testing Procedures, Generalized (SMACNA Leakage Test Procedures)
1. Conventional leak testing is based on positive pressure mode analysis. It involves inserting
temporary plugs (plates, sheets, balloons, bags, etc.) in openings in a section of duct and
connecting a blower and a flowmeter to the specimen in such a manner that pressurizing the
specimen will cause all air escaping from the specimen to pass through the flowmeter.
2. Select a test pressure not in excess of the pressure class rating of the duct.
3. Calculate the allowable or allocated leakage using leakage factors related to the duct surface area.
4. Select a limited section of duct for which the estimated leakage will not exceed the capacity of the
test apparatus.
5. Connect the blower and flowmeter to the duct section and provide temporary seals at all open ends
of the ductwork.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15990 Page 3
II
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
6. To prevent overpressurizing of the ducts, start the blower with the variable inlet damper closed.
Controlling pressure carefully, pressurize the duct section to the required level. .
7. Read the flowmeter and compare the leakage in cfin per square foot with the allowable rate.
determined in step 3. If it meets the allowable rate proceed to step 8. If it does not meet the
allowable rate, follow steps 7a through 7c.
a. Inspect the pressurized duct (and all connections between the flowmeter and the duct) for
all sensible leaks. A smoke bomb test may be used to identify actual leak sources. If
necessary apply a soap solution to locate small leaks.
b. Depressurize; repair all audible and other significant leaks. If the fIrst pressurization
failed to develop the required test pressure level and significant leak sites were not
discovered, consider the following alternatives: divide the specimen being tested into
smaller segments or use larger test apparatus.
c. Allow repaired seals to cure and retest until the leakage rate is acceptable.
8. Complete test reports and, if required, obtain witness' signature.
9. Remove temporary blanks and seals.
10. Precautions
a. Verify that an adequate and matched electric power source is available for the test
apparatus.
b. Determine that the capacity of the test apparatus is suitable for the amount of duct to be
tested.
c. Consider acquiring experience with leakage rates in the type of construction used before
formally conducting field tests. This is especially advisable if the contractor has little
experience with testing, is attempting to meet allowable rates much lower than normal, is
including equipment in the test or is dealing with unfamiliar duct construction.
d. Isolate equipment (fans, in-line flanged coils, volume regulating boxes, etc.) from tested
ductwork. Duct connections to this equipment are to be tested for leakage, and the
equipment is to leakage tested separately from the connecting ductwork.
e. Do not overpressurize ducts. Provide pressure control or pressure relief if test apparatus
behavior is unfamiliar; e.g., start test apparatus with flow restricted and gradually build up
pressure.
f. Do not test uncured seals.
g. Prepare carefully when testing in cold weather. Low temperature influences the
effectiveness of sealants and gaskets.
h. Instruct installers to use special care when assembling ducts that will be relatively
inaccessible for repair.
i. Conduct required tests before external insulation is applied and before ducts are
concealed by building enclosures.
j. Do not overlook leakage potential at access doors.
k. Do not leave test apparatus unattended.
1. A void panic by informing occupants and bystanders when you will conduct smoke tests.
m. Avoid excessive blanking, consistent with industry practice, by testing prior to installation
of collars for room air terminals.
n. Take testing seriously; work sequence, work duration and costs can be significantly
affected.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Test Apparatus
1. Test apparatus shall consist of an airflow measuring device, flow producing unit, pressure
indicating devices and accessories necessary to connect the metering system to the test specimen.
2. The contractor conducting tests shall arrange for or provide all temporary services, all test
apparatus, all temporary seals and all qualified personnel necessary to conduct the specified
testing. .
3. Test apparatus shall be accurate within plus or minus 7.5% at the indicated flow rate and test
pressure and shall have calibration data or a certificate signifying manufacture of the meter in
conformance with the ASME Requirements for Fluid Meters. ASME qualified orifice meters do
not require calibration.
4. Unless otherwise specified, test apparatus shall be used as outlined in this section, as described in
Section 3 and as rec9mmended for good practice.
I
I
I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15990 Page 4
I
I
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
il
I.
I
5. Typical construction and use of orifice meters is indicated in Figures 5-1 and 5-2 of SMACNA Air
Duct Leakage Test Manual. Typical orifice selections are shown in Figure 5-3 of this same
manual.
6. The use of flow nozzles, venturi meters, laminar flow meters, rotameters, Pitot tube meters or other
meters having equivalent accuracy and suitability is not prohibited by the references herein to
orifice meters.
7. The recommended minimum thicknesses for orifice plates in tubes of various diameters are 1116"
to 6" diameter, 3/32" to 12" diameter and 118" for larger diameters. Steel or stainless steel plate
material is preferable. Plates shall be flat and have holes with square edges (900) that are free of
burrs. Orifice openings shall be centered in the meter tube. Plates shall be perpendicular to the
flow path and shall be free of leaks at points of attachment.
8. Taps for static pressure indication across orifices shall be I)1ade with 1/16" to 1/8" diameter holes
drilled neatly in the meter tube wall. The interior of the tube shall be smooth and free of
projections at the drilled holes.
9. Pressure differential sensing instruments shall be readable to 0.05" scale division for flow rates
below 10 din or below 0.5" W.g. differential. For higher flow scale divisions of 0.]" are
appropriate. U-tube manometers should not be used for readings less than 1" of water.
1 O. Liquid for manometers shall have a specific gravity of] (as water) unless the scale is calibrated to
read in inches of water contingent on use of a liquid of another specific gravity, in which case the
associated gage fluid must be used.
II. The duct test pressure shall be sensed only from an opening in the duct.
12. The illustration of the flowmeter on test blower discharge does not preclude use of it on the suction
side.
13. Instruments must be adjusted to zero reading before pressure is applied.
14. Calculate airflow across the orifice, using the appropriate coefficients.
15. Select a flowmeter suitable for the leakage in the duct to be tested:
a. Using the target leakage rate (cfin/lOO s.f.) for the desired amount of tested duct find the
cfrn required. At this cfrn the blower will have to produce a pressure approximately equal
to the sum of the duct test pressure and the orifice differential pressure. Add 0.5" w.g. if
D2/Dl is less than 0.5. This assumes that there are no extraordinary pressure losses in the
test meter and duct 'connecting it to the test specimen.
b. Select the meter from Figure 5-3 or use Table 5-1 and Equation I from SMACNA Air
Duct Leakage Test Manual to size a meter that will have a flow curve of the desired range
and still be within the capacity of the blower. Characteristics of typical orifices are shown
in Table 5-2.
16. . Precautions to be followed for test apparatus:
a. Start the blower with blocked suction or discharge to avoid overpressurizing ductwork.
b. Use clean manometers.
c. Heat manometers to avoid freezing fluid in cold weather.
d. If manometer fluid is blown out; refill with the appropriate fluid; for convenience add a
drop of water soluble dye to water-filled manometers.
e. Level position sensitive instruments and set them to zero scale reading.
f. Read liquid levels by viewing them horizontally.
g. Record instruments used for testing.
E. Test Reports
I. Test reports shall be similar to the Leakage Test Summary Report Form included in the SMACNA
Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.
2. Test summary reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.
3. After review and approval of the preliminary reports, the final report shall be completed, with three
copies. Final reports shall be certified by the Contractor.
II
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
END OF SECTION 15990
I I
I
TBS Engineering, Inc.
15990 Page 5
~
OMC 433 ath Street
COLLlNSWOERMAN - 06004.04
05/31/07
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(Blank Page)
END OF SECTION 15990
iUU
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
!I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433. East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
SECTION 16000
ELECTRICAL
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 General
A. Provisions of the bidding requirements and conditions of the contract,
Division 1, and this section apply to all sections in the divisions.
B. Furnish and install all labor, material and equipment required for
installation of a complete safe, workable, electrical system as indicated by
contract drawings and the electrical specifications. All work shall be in
complete compliance with all local, state and national applicable codes,
and as approved by Owner, including but not limited to N.E.C. (2005),
OSHA and Washington Construction Code (State Department of Labor
and Industries regulations).
1.02 Approved Equal Products
A. Items of equipment or materials referred to in these specifications and on
the drawings are used for the purpose of establishing a quality and
standard of materials. Equal material may be used only if submitted and
approved as equal products by shop drawings, the contractor shall
assume full responsibility and cost to provide a product of equal quality to
that specified.
1.03 Drawings
A. Drawings are to be used as a guide for quantity, approximate location and
electrical system design criteria. It shall be the contractor's responsibility
to coordinate all electrical devices with all other trades, and over-all
features to provide a symmetrical appearance. Should a conflict of
quantity, coordination, location, etc., arise, the Electrical Contractor shall
immediately contact the Owner for clarification. The Owner's decision
shall be final and binding as though a part of the specifications. All extra
cost involved with the electrical to comply with the specifications or intent
of the drawings, will be absorbed by the Electrical Contractor unless a
written change order (including dollar amounts), is signed by the Owner.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall examine all drawings (structural,
mechanical and over-all), and specifications for contradictions or
discrepancies between drawings and existing conditions, specifications,
etc. Any contradictions, discrepancies or design which the contractor
does not believe meet all codes, or will not work as shown or intended,
shall be reported in writing (72 hours prior to bid opening) to the Owner. If
. no discrepancies, etc., are reported, the contractor will be held responsible
for a complete electrical installation as shown and specified without any
additional cost to Owner.
Print Date 05/31/07
16000-1
Electrical
~
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
1.04 Compliance
A. The contractor shall contact the local utility company for coordination and
approval in writing of any and all changes, additional work, etc., which
involves the utility company portion of the electrical service.
B. The contractor shall include in his bid price, all utility company costs for
additional materials, or labor required to complete the electrical services
not provided by the utility company.
C. Contractor shall secure and pay for all necessary permits and inspections
required to complete work shown and intended.
1.05 Workmanship
A. All work shall be performed by skilled, qualified workmen, with adequate
experience in his trade to execute all work intended subject to approval of
Owner.
1.06 Guarantee
A. All work and equipment to be free of defects for a period of (1) year from
date of job completion. Job completion shall be determined as Owner's
acceptance in writing or final payment by Owner. Any work or material
determined as defective within the one year guarantee period shall be
replaced or repaired by the contractor at no cost to the Owner. .
1.07 Shop Drawings
A. Contractor shall submit 5 copies of shop drawings to Owner for approval
of equipment to be used. Shop drawing review and/or approval does not
relieve the contractor from any responsibilities for providing proper
materials as intended to complete a workable, safe project. No equipment
subject to shop drawing approval shall be installed or purchased without
approved shop drawings.
1.08 Revisions
A. There shall be no changes regarding the intent of these drawings or
specifications or materials previously approved without the written
approval of the Owner. Any changes believed to be necessary by the
contractor shall be brought to the attention of the Owner for his approval.
1.09 Existing Conditions
A. Contractor shall visit site to verify existing conditions for complete
coordination between drawings and existing field conditions prior to
bidding. Should the contractor find a discrepancy between drawings and
existing conditions, he shall notify the Owner (72) hours before bid date.
If the contractor fails to notify .th,e Owner before bid date, the contractor
Print Date 05/31/07
16000-2
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r---
I
I
,I
:1
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
will be held responsible for all revisions as shown or as required by job
conditions to provide a complete electrical installation as indicated.
Date, 2007
1.10 Coordination
A. The Division 16 contractor is responsible to coordinate electrical work with
other trades to allow the code compliant. installation of electrical
equipment, raceways, lighting, etc. with respect to other equipment
including but not limited to ductwork, piping, HVAC equipment, and
furniture. Coordination shall be performed with other trades, including
general contractor, by reviewing shop drawings,
architectural/mechanical/civil/structural drawings, and furniture layouts.
Relocation of electrical equipment to accommodate other trades shall not
be considered grounds for additional funds beyond the base contract, but
shall be considered part of contractors' coordination responsibility.
1.11 Cutting And Patching
A. Any opening required for installation of electrical equipmen~, conduit, etc.,
shall be coordinated with the General Contractor by the Electrical
Contractor. Any openings, etc., required which were not given to the
General Contractor in time, will have to be cut and patched at the cost of
the Electrical Contractor. All cutting and patching shall be subject to
approval of Owner. Any roof penetrations shall be subject to same
conditions as required by general conditions.
1.12 Equipment Connections
A. The Electrical Contractor shall make final electrical connections to all
pieces of equipment supplied and installed by other contractors as
indicated on drawings. Should any of the above equipment require a
disconnecting device (per N.E.C.) it shall be this contractor's responsibility
to coordinate, supply and install such devices and make final connection.
1.13 Identification
A. Provide proper identification for panel, switches, starters or any other
piece of electrical device which would be used as a control device or
disconnecting means for any equipment.
1.14 Grounding
A. All electrical devices, motors, etc., shall be grounded per N.E.C. Article
250.
8. See drawings for additional or special grounding requirements.
C. The metallic raceway system may be used as the system grounding path
for all devices (switches, fixtures, outlets, etc.) unless noted otherwise.
Print Date 05/31/07
16000-3
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
D. A separate green ground' wire shall be used for all flexible equipment
connections and all exterior electrical devices (pole lighting, exterior
receptacles, exterior building lighting, etc.).
E. A separate green ground wire shall be used for all surge suppression,
isolated ground type receptacles. The wire shall be connected to an
isolated ground bus in the branch panel feeding the receptacles.
F. A separate green ground wire shall be used with all receptacle and
equipment connections in health care facilities, as required in N.E.C.
Article 517.
1.15 Accessibility Of Electrical Components
A. Contractor shall be responsible for code compliance accessibility of all
electrical devices per 2005 N.E.C. Section 110-16 and shall coordinate
with other trades. Electrical power connections shall not be made to
equipment not in compliance.
1.16 As Built-Drawings
A.
Contractor shall keep record drawing of any and all electrical field changes
required during construction. At the end of construction the contractor
shall turn over to owner one complete set of drawings indicating field
changes for record purposes.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 Labeling
A.
All electrical equipment shall have Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or
other owner approved testing facility label wherever published standards
exist. Compliance with UL standards is not acceptable. If the
manufacturer cannot arrange for labeling of an assembled unit at the
factory, the necessary inspection and acceptance by the testing facility
shall be performed in the field at no additional cost to the owner, and be
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01 Workmanship
A. Shall be of quality satisfactory to the owner. Remove and replace lesser
quality work as directed at no additional cost to the owner. The owner
shall be the judge of the required quality of workmanship.
3.02 Completion, Testing and Clean Up
A. Upon completion of all electrical work, the contractor shall have
thoroughly clean equipment and premises of any tools, crates, boxes,
Print Date 05/31/07
16000-4
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.OL YMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
wire, etc., related to the electrical work. Contractor shall perform all tests
required to assure a complete safe operating system, including but not
limited to tests required by other sections of this specification. After the
above conditions have been complied with, the contractor shall inform the
general contractor or owner for final inspection.
B. During final inspection, the contractor shall have a representative present
for removal and replacement of any box face plates, panel fronts, etc.,
requested by the engineer for inspection purposes. At time of request of
final inspection, contractor shall provide certificate of inspection. If field
observation by owner/engineer determines that electrical work is not
substantially complete and ready for final inspection, any additional trips
for final inspection will be at the expense of the contractor. A written
report of conditions, required changes to meet contract documents, etc.,
will follow inspection and the contractor shall immediately make changes,
corrections, etc., required to comply with the report. Final contract
payment will not be made until this has been completed to owner's
satisfaction.
Print Date 05/31/07
16000-5
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
F.
PART 3
Date, 2007
E.
Provide ballast type required for the number and type of lamps in each
case, HPF-ETL and UL approved. All fluorescent ballasts shall be
electronic energy saving type and meet Section 410-73(e) of the National
Electrical Code; shall be Advance, Magnetek/Triad, Motorola or approved
equal. Total harmonic distortion (THO) shall not exceed 10%, and
minimum power factor of .98. The manufacturer shall guarantee all
ballasts for a period of two years after installation. Rapid-start ballasts
shall be certified to have an "A" sound rating. The voltage rating of the
ballast shall be as required for the service voltage. All exterior ballast shall
be rated for -200 F.
Emergency Ballasts - Fixtures shown on drawings equipped with
emergency battery backup shall contain as a minimum: 90 minutes of
operation; T-8 lamps-1100 lumen output; Compact fluorescent - 650
lumen output.
EXECUTION
3.01 Installation of Lighting Fixtures
A. The fixture supplier shall provide all necessary hanging or mounting
devices for all fixtures and shall be responsible for checking the type
needed for various ceiling conditions. Plaster rings shall be provided
where required. Fixture supports and hanging methods shall be in full
compliance with N.E.C. 2005.
B. The contractor shall see that all lighting fixtures designed to be installed
into or on the ceiling systems throughout the project shall be of the correct
size and design to properly suit the requirements of each area. Exact
fixture locations and mounting requirements must be verified with
architectural reflected ceiling plan(s). .
C. The electrical contractor shall provide 5/8" plasterboard minimum, taped
box enclosures for all recessed fluorescent and incandescent fixtures in 1-
or 2-hour fire-rated ceilings, as required by building or fire codes. Box
enclosures shall also be provided over fixtures in direct contact with
insulation.
D. Lay-in lighting fixtures shall be independently supported by minimum of (4)
fixture wires from structure (or as required by local, or state requirements)
and not solely supported by 2 X 4 ceiling grid.
Print Date OS/2007
16500-2
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
. 433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
SECTION 16500
ELECTRICAL LIGHTING
Date, 2007
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of all lighting fixtures
used in the construction of this facility.
1.02 Submittals
A. Project data and sampl!3s submitted in accordance with the General
Division and shall include, but not limited to the following:
1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with
specifications.
2. Manufacturer's name and address.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 Lighting Fixtures
A. Provide all lighting fixtures as scheduled and shown for the project.
Fixtures to be complete with lamps. Contractor shall be responsible for
correct fixture count.
B. Catalog series numbers specified represent the type and style of fixture
and are to be. used as minimum acceptable quality standard.
C. Fluorescent fixture socket shall have silver plated contacts and shall be
rigidly supported.
D. Provide lamps for each fixture, number, size and type as required by
fixture or indicated on drawings. Manufacturer shall be General Electric,
Osram-Sylvania, Phillips, or approved equal.
1. Fluorescent Type: Bi-pin, T-8, 35000 K, minimum 82 CRI.
Fluorescent lamps shall be 32 watt T-8 with electronic ballast or as
noted on fixture schedule.
2. Incandescent Type: Inside frosted, 125-volt or par reflector type as
indicated.
Print Date OS/2007
16500-1
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
requirement of the building code and the recommendations of the
manufacturer.
Print Date OS/2007
16425-4
Date, 2007
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
D. Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the
switchboard shall be furnished when required. All groups of control wires
leaving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with
suitable numbering strips. All hardware used on conductors shall have a
high tensile strength and in anti-corrosive zinc plating.
E. A ground bus shall be furnished firmly secured to each vertical section
structure and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard.
F. Switchboard shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be
capable of being rolled or moved into installation position and bolted
directly to the floor without the use of floor sills.
G. A-B-C type bus arrangement, left-to-right, top-to-bottom, and front-to-rear,
as viewed from the front, shall be used throughout.
H. Adequate conduit space shall be provided to meet NEC requirements.
I. Each switching and protective device shall be provided with visible means
of ON-OFF identification. All terminals shall be of the anti-turn solderless
type suitable for Cu or AI cable of sizes indicated.
J. All exterior and interior steel surfaces of the switchboard shall be properly
cleaned and finished with baked enamel over a rust-inhibiting
phosphatized coating. Color shall be ANSI 61 light grey.
K. Construction shall allow maintenance of incoming line terminations, main
device connections and all main bus bolted connections to be performed
without rear access. The feeder or branch devices shall be removable
form the front and shall be panel mounted with the necessary device line
and load connection front accessible
_ L. Vertical sections shall be completely factory assembled, wired and tested
before delivery and shall bear U.L. labels where qualified. Design shall
meet applicable NEC and NEMA standards. Individual vertical sections
shall be designed for bolting together at installation site.
M. Switchboard shall be braced for 65,000 AIC, minimum.
2.03 Warning Labels:
A.
Provide required signage to indicate Arc Flash Potential, (NEe 110.16)
and Series Rating (NEC 110.22) if applicable, and other required signage
by local AHJ. Signage shall meet NFPA and ANSI standards.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01 Mounting:
A. Mount switchboards on housekeeping pads. Switchboard shall be structurally
fastened to the floor in a manner that is consistent with the
Print Date OS/2007
16425-3
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
1.06 Payment:
A.
No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and/or
materials specified herein. All costs of such work and/or materials shall be
considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the
appropriate unit or lump sum price bid.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 Approved Manufacturers:
A. Cutler-Hammer
B. General Electric
C. Square D
D. Siemens
2.02 Switchboards:
A. The switchboard shall be dead front (NEMA 3R), completely metal
enclosed, self supporting structure independent of wall supports. It shall
consist of the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form
one rigid switchboard 90" high incorporating switching and protective
devices of the number, ratings and type as shown on the drawings with all
necessary interconnections, instrumentation and control wiring.
B. Switchboard shall be front accessible. All sections shall align so that the
back of the complete structure may be placed flush against a wall.
Switchboard construction shall be of the universal frame type using die-
formed members bolted and braced through the exclusive use of self
tapping bolts which will not loosen during shipment. The sides, tip and
rear shall be covered with removable screw-on plates having formed
edges all around. Front plates shall be fabricated from code gauge steel
and shall have formed edges all around. Ventilation openings shall be
provided where required. All covers shall be secured by self-tapping
screws.
C. The bus shall be tin plated aluminum of sufficient size to limit the
temperature rise to 65 C based on U.L. tests, and rated to with stand
mechanical forces exerted during short circuit conditions when directly
connected to a power source having the indicated available short circuit
current. All connections shall be tightly bolted.
Print Date OS/2007
16425-2
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
SECTION 16425
SWITCHBOARDS
Date, 2007
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 Work Included in This Section:
A. Provide all switchboards as shown on the drawings and as specified
herein including all items required for a complete installation.
1.02 Materials:
A. All materials shall be new, free from defects, of current manufacture, of
the quality specified or shown. Each type of material shall be of the same
manufacturer throughout the work.
1.03 Related Work Specified in Other Sections:
A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract
and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of
Contents for related work.
Refer to other applicable sections of these specifications for related work.
. 1.04 Standards and Codes:
A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of
UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories
for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label.
B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all
applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards.
C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods
shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code,
N.E.C.
1.05 Submittals:
A. . Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division 1 and
shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with
specifications.
2. The manufacturer's name and address and local supplier for each
item.
Print Date OS/2007
16425-1
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
2. The manufacturer's name, address and local supplier for each item.
1.07 Payment:
A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and/or
materials specified herein. All costs of such work and/or materials shall be
considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the unit or
lump sum price bid.
1.08 Utility-Contractor Responsibilities:
PART 2
A.
Service equipment shop drawings shall be submitted to and approved by
the servicing utility prior to submitting to Architect.
The Contractor shall contact the Utility Company to verify all
responsibilities and shall perform all work required by the Utility and
necessary for installation of the service.
B.
PRODUCTS
2.01 Service Entrance Requirement:
B.
E.
PART 3
A.
Service equipment shop drawings shall be submitted to and approved by
the servicing utility prior to submitting to Architect.
Switchboards shall comply with Section 16425 of these specifications and
shall be U.L. listed for service entrance duty.
All metering and service equipment shall comply with the requirements of
the electrical utility service equipment requirements committee (EUSERC).
The current transformer compartment shall meet the requirements of the
serving utility. The compartment shall be bussed and braced, and
covered with a formed steel plate.
Meter enclosure shall comply with the requirements of the serving utility.
Installation shall be in vandal proof NEMA 3R enclosure with a lockable
hinged door.
C.
D.
EXECUTION
3.01 Grounding Electrode System:
A. Electrical service equipment shall be grounded in compliance with NEC
Article 250.
Print Date OS/2007
16420-2
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
SECTION 16420
SERVICE EQUIPMENT
Date, 2007
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 Work Included in This Section:
A. The Contractor shall install a secondary electrical service as shown and as
called for on drawings.
B. All required service meter equipment and cost associated with (excluding
Utility Co. cost to Owner) shall be the full responsibility of the Electrical
Contractor. All service work shall be coordinated and in full compliance
with the local Utility Company.
C. The Contractor must coordinate with the Utility Company for the exact
scope of work. Contractor shall provide all labor and material necessary
to comply with all Utility Company requirements. .
1.02 Materials:
A. All materials shall be new, free from defects, of current manufacturer, of
quality specified or shown. Each type of material shall be of the same
manufacturer throughout the work.
1.03 Related Work Specified in Other Sections:
A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract
and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16.
B. Refer to other applicable sections of these specifications for related work,
in particular Section 16400. .
1.04 Quality Assurance:
A. Comply with all serving Utility Company standards and requirements.
1.05 Equipment:
A. Electrical equipment shall be NEMA 3R for exterior.
B. Contractor shall provide a 4" concrete base around the electrical
equipment. .
1.06 Submittals:
A. Project data and samples shall be submitted in accordance with Division
1, and shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with
specifications.
Print Date OS/2007
16420-1
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
A. All electrical devices, shown or specified, shall be completely installed
according to intent of design, including wiring, connection, backboxes,
trim, etc., required for a complete operating installation.
B. Disconnect switches shall be placed as near as possible to equipment or
within the equipment at the point of connection; where this is not practical
the location of the disconnect shall be verified with the owner.
Print Date OS/2007
16140-2
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
SECTION 16140
ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS, PANELBOARDS AND SERVICE EQUIPMENT
Date, 2007
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of all disconnect
switches and electrical service equipment used in the construction of this
facility.
1.02 Submittals
A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with the General
Division and shall include, but not limited to the following:
1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with
specifications.
2. Manufacturer's name and address.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 Disconnect Switches
A. All switches shall be heavy duty type, fused and equipped with Bussman
"Iowpeak, dual element fuse" unless otherwise noted.
B. Service switchboard shall be rated for service entrance and sized as
shown on electrical riser diagram.
C. Switches shall be lockable with cover interlock. Interior type shall be
NEMA I enclosure and all exterior type to be NEMA type 3R.
2.03 Motor Starters and Disconnect Switches
B.
All motors shown or called for shall be equipped with a disconnecting
means (per N.E.C.), supplied and installed by Electrical Contractor. This
Contractor shall coordinate sizes, number required and mounting method
with other contractors supplying motors.
Unless otherwise indicated on electrical drawings, equipment motor
starters and controls are furnished and set in place by Division 15, and
power is wired by the electrical contractor.
A.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01 Installation of Motor Starters & Disconnect Switches
Print Date OS/2007
16140-1
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
shall be responsible to confirm that mounting heights area coordinated
with architectural drawings.
Print Date 05/31/07
1611 0-4
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
Date, 2007
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01 Wiring
A. All wiring shall be installed in a rigid raceway system, including control
wiring low voltage, etc., unless specifically noted otherwise.
B. All conductor joints shall be in accessible boxes. Additional junction boxes
shall be installed as required to meet N.E.C. or as required to install
conductors without physical damage. Any conductors determined
damaged will be replaced by the contractor as recommended by owner or
engineer.
3.02 Conduit Installation
A. Where conduits are run above accessible ceilings, route parallel or at right
angles to ceiling system and structural members. Install as close to the
underside of the roof as possible in order to avoid conflicting with removal
of ceiling panels. Coordinate with the location of structural members,
mechanical ductwork, plumbing, lighting fixtures and ceiling support
system. Conduits shall not be supported from mechanical ducts or pipes.
B. In all finished areas conduit system shall be concealed in walls, floors or
above ceilings. In unfurnished areas conduit may be exposed, run
straight, horizontal or plumb with proper support, unless shown otherwise.
C. All conduit shall be independently supported with steel supports at ends,
at boxes and all vertical or horizontal runs in compliance with N.E.C.
D. All connections for motor and equipment (with vibration or movement),
shall be made with flexible metallic conduit with ground wire.
E. The layout of all raceways shall be carefully planned by the contractor to
insure an installation which is neatly done and workmanlike. Any work
showing improper care in planning will be ordered removed, by the owner
and shall be replaced in a neat proper manner, without any additional cost
to the owner.
F. Conduit hangers shall be provided for all conduit runs. Secure hangers to
inserts embedded or drilled into concrete slabs. All anchors in concrete to
be drilled and set.
3.03 Devices
A. Center all outlets with regard to building lines, furring and trim.
B. The architect shall have the right to relocate any outlet within 5' - 0" of the
location shown on the drawings, prior to rough in, without additional cost
to the project.
C. Wall mounted receptacles and telephone outlet devices shall be 18 inches
to centerline above the floor unless noted otherwise. Electrical contractor
Print Date 05/31/07
16110-3
Electrical
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
3. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall be used for connections to
vibrating equipment or motors.
Date, 2007
4. For underground applications, Schedule 40 PVC (except as noted
above) shall be used. All bends 450 or larger shall be made with
rigid steel elbows. All PVC conduit installations shall include a
separate ground wire.
B. Conduit fittings used shall match the raceway system being used.,
C. Refer to drawings for additional conduit type requirement.
2.03 Devices
A. Approved manufacturers are:
1.
Receptacles
Hubbell
CBR20
GF53621
Leviton
P&S
5362
2091-S
a. 125V-20A
b. GFI
5362
68991
2. Switches
12211
12231
1221-21
1223-21
a. 1 pole
b. 3 way
2.04 Switches and Receptacles
A. Standard wall switches shall be single-pole, double-pole, three-way, and
shall be AC quiet type rated 20 Amp, 125/277 volt with screw terminals.
Wiring devices shall be ivory colored for general use and brown when
installed in service areas or dark finished walls.
20AC 1
20AC3
B. Standard receptacles shall be rated at 20 amps. All devices shall be back
and side-wired with a thermo-plastic high-impact resistance face,
wraparound mounting strap, brass ground contacts riveted to strap with
brass rivets.
2.05 Plates
A. Plates for devices, boxes, etc., shall match existing plates in existi!1g
areas. Verify with Owner prior to ordering.
B. Exterior receptacles shall be GFI type and have gasketed weatherproof
plates with hinged cover.
C. Plates shall match configuration of outlet. Telephone or T.V. outlet plates
shall have bushed hole or as directed by owner.
Print Date 05/31/07
16110-2
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER .
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
SECTION 16110
ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS, WIRING AND DEVICES
Date, 2007
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of all raceways, wiring
and devices used in the construction of this facility.
1.02 Submittals
A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with the General
Division and shall include, but not limited to the following:
1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with
specifications.
2. Manufacturer's name and address.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 Wiring
A. All conductors shall be #12 copper or larger, except control wiring may be
#14 copper. #10 conductors or smaller must be solid, #8 conductors and
larger shall be stranded copper of minimum size called for or as required
by N.E.C.
8. Conductor insulation shall be 600 volt THHW or THWN, 75 oC unless
noted otherwise.
C. All conductors shall be new, clean, soldered and insulated with PVC
electrical tape or provided with U.L. approved pressure type connectors
equal to 3M Company, Scotch lock or Ideal wing nut with PVC on nylon
covers.
D. All wire shall be copper conductors.
2.02 Raceways
A. Conduit:
1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit or IMC shall be used in wet,
corrosive or hazardous areas, main service feeders, and where
exposed to physical damage.
2. EMT conduit may be used for branch circuiting or for panelboard
feeders where concealed in walls or ceiling.
Print Date 05/31/07
1611 0-1
Electrical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L_
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
433 East 8th Street
CollinsWoerman - Project No. 06004.04
SECTION 16700
NURSE CALL SYSTEM
Date, 2007
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of new nurse call
devices and wiring used in the construction of this facility.
1.02 Submittals
A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with the General
Division and shall include, but not limited to the following:
1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with
specifications.
2. Manufacturer's name and address.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 Nurse Call Components
A. Provide and install (4) new nurse annunciator control units and nurse call
switches/corridor dome lights where indicated on drawings.
B. System components to be equal to the following Rauland system devices:
1. System control unit - wall mounted area control unit panels NCS
8000.
2. Station for exam rooms PBS 113.
3. Pull station for toilet facilities/dressing rooms PCS113.
4. Corridor dome light CL4082.
5. Staff station S8300.
6. Annunciator panels NCS8036 (wall mount), 4 required.
C. Control units to be wired together. Provide 120 power to each unit.
Print Date OS/2007
16700-1
Electrical